|
National Muffler Standard:
The Court went on to resolve that issue with the following
observations and conclusions:
- the Chevron and National Muffler
standards "call for different analyses of an
ambiguous statute";
- National Muffler factors such as the
agency’s inconsistency or the interpretation’s
longevity or contemporaneity (or lack thereof) are
not reasons for denying Chevron deference
to a Treasury regulation;
- whether litigation prompts a regulation is likewise
"immaterial" to the question of Chevron-eligibility;
- "[t]he principles underlying our decision in
Chevron apply with full force in the tax context";
- "the administrative landscape has changed
significantly" since the Court counseled less deference
for general authority Treasury regulations in Rowan
Cos. v. United States, 452 U.S. 247, 253 91981),
and United States v. Vogel Fertilizer Co., 455
U.S. 16, 24 (1982);
- the determination of a regulation’s eligibility for
Chevron deference "does not turn on whether
Congress’s delegation of authority was general or
specific"; and finally,
- Chevron and Mead, rather than
National Muffler and Rowan, provide the
appropriate framework for evaluating" Treas. Reg. §
31.3121(b)(10)-2.
Chevron Standard
(alternative
link):
The Chevron standard is a two-step inquiry:
1. Is the statutory language ambiguous?, and, if so,
2. Is the regulation a reasonable interpretation of the statute?
If both questions can be answered in the affirmative, the
regulation stands.
Use as a precedent and
hierarchy of Internal Revenue guidance:
IRS Written Determinations are documents the IRS is required to
make "...open to public inspection..." pursuant to the provisions of
I.R.C. Sec. 6110. The documents prepared for release each week are
made available to the public every Friday morning. In general, there
are three types of IRS written determinations:
- Taxpayer-specific rulings or determinations are
written memoranda furnished by the IRS National
Office in response to requests by taxpayers under
published annual guidelines. See Rev. Proc. 2008-1
and Rev.Proc. 2008-4 for more information about
these guidelines.
- Technical advice memoranda (TAM) are written
memoranda furnished by the National Office of the IRS
upon request of a district director or chief appeals
officer pursuant to annual review procedures. See Rev.
Proc. 2008-2 for more information about these
procedures.
- Chief Counsel Advice (CCA) materials are written
advice or instructions prepared by the Office of Chief
Counsel and issued to field or service center employees
of the IRS or Office of Chief Counsel. See the Chief
Counsel Advice Training Materials for more information
about CCAs.IRS Written Determinations do not contain
proprietary ("Official Use Only") information.
However, it is important to note that pursuant to 26 USC '§
6110(k)(3) such items
cannot be used or cited as precedent.
But then, note that pursuant to Reg
§1.6662-4(d)(3)(iii)
regarding types of substantial authority: The
following are authority for purposes of determining whether there is
substantial authority for the tax treatment of an item:
- Applicable provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code and other statutory
provisions;
- proposed, temporary and final
regulations construing such statues;
- revenue rulings and revenue
procedures;
- tax treaties and regulations
thereunder, and Treasury Department and other
official explanations of such treaties;
- court cases;
- congressional intent as
reflected in committee reports, joint explanatory
statements of managers included in conference
committee reports, and floor statements made prior
to enactment by one of a bill's managers;
- General Explanations of tax
legislation prepared by the Joint Committee on
Taxation (the Blue Book);
- private letter rulings and
technical advice memoranda issued after October 31,
1976;
- actions on decisions and general
counsel memoranda issued after March 12, 1981 (as
well as general counsel memoranda published in
pre-1955 volumes of the Cumulative Bulletin);
- Internal Revenue Service
information or press releases; and
- notices, announcements and other
administrative pronouncements published by the
Service in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
- Conclusions reached in
treatises, legal periodicals, legal opinions or
opinions rendered by tax professionals are not
authority. The authorities underlying such
expressions of opinion where applicable to the facts
of a particular case, however, may give rise to
substantial authority for the tax treatment of an
item.
Notwithstanding the preceding list of
authorities, an authority does not continue to be an authority to
the extent it is overruled or modified, implicitly or explicitly, by
a body with the power to overrule or modify the earlier authority.
In the case of court decisions, for example, a district court
opinion on an issue is not an authority if overruled or reversed by
the United States Court of Appeals for such district. However, a Tax
Court opinion is not considered to be overruled or modified by a
court of appeals to which a taxpayer does not have a right of
appeal, unless the Tax Court adopts the holding of the court of
appeals. Similarly, a private letter ruling is not authority if
revoked or if inconsistent with a subsequent proposed regulation,
revenue ruling or other administrative pronouncement published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
But notwithstanding the above, pursuant to Reg
§1.6662-4(d)(3)(ii)
regarding the nature of the analysis: "An
older private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, general
counsel memorandum or action on decision generally must be accorded
less weight than a more recent one. Any document described in the
preceding sentence that is more than 10 years old generally is
accorded very little weight."
Blue Book's Authority
The Blue Book's relative authority has been subject to various
comments by the courts and Treasury. Notice 90-20(11) discusses
substantial authority for purposes of Sec. 6662(d) (2) (B) (i) and
implies that there are three levels of authority:
- The Code and other statutory provisions,
temporary and final regulations construing such
statutes, court cases, administrative
pronouncements, treaties, joint committee
pronouncements and statements of managers;
- Pproposed regulations, the Blue Book, press
releases, notices and announcements;
- Letter rulings, technical advice memoranda (TAMs)
and AODs.
Letter Ruling (TAM) 9452005(12) states that the Blue Book "does
not technically rise to the level of legislative history because it
is authored by congressional staff and not by Congress." Est. of
Hutchinson(13) discussed the General Explanation of the Tax Reform
Act of 1976 and suggested that it should be given weight when
supported by other indications of legislative intent. Similarly, in
Rivera,(14) the Tax Court stated that the Blue Book (on the Economic
Recovery Tax Act of 1981) is
entitled en·ti·tle
tr.v. en·ti·tled, en·ti·tling, en·ti·tles
1. To give a name or title to.
2. To furnish with a right or claim to something:
to great respect, but does
not technically rise to the level of legislative history.
However, Simon(15) essentially ignored the Blue Book, and Sharp(16)
stated that General Explanations are not legislative history and are
"utterly insignificant" because they are written so long after the
enactment of the law. Slaven v. BP America,(17) a nontax case,
states that after-the-fact legislative observations are not part of
the legislative history. McDonald(18) states that the General
Explanation of the Tax Reform Act of 1969 does not directly
represent the views of the legislators or an explanation available
to them
http://www.thefreelibrary.com/Can+an+individual+deduct+interest+paid+on+a+business-related+tax...-a018500179
Informal IRS Publications (including content
found on irs.gov) are not authoritative sources of Federal Tax Law.
See
Zimmerman v. Commissioner, 71 T.C. 367, 371 (1978), aff'd
without published
opinion, 614 F.2d 1294 (2d Cir. 1979) &
Endicott v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo 2013-199.
Filing status elections
§1.6012-1(a)(5) Election for a person to
sign a tax return on behalf of his/her spouse or child
Special Handling of Signature Requests - Form 1040X, amended return
of divorced spouses
§6013(a) Election to file an initial tax
return for a given year jointly with your spouse
§1(d) Choosing to file an initial tax return
for a given year separately from spouse
§7703 Determination of Marital Status (including divorced, widowed, separated and common-law marriage)
IRS Publication 504 Unmarried persons (divorce, legally separated, annulment, intent to remarry)
§1.6013-2 Election to file a joint return for
a given year after filing separate return
§1.6013-1 Election to file a separate return
for a given year after filing joint return
Rev. Proc. 96-61 Taxpayer's use of an
alternate mailing address
Rev. Rul. §1.151-1(c)(2) and Rev. Proc.
2003-72 Special rules for birthday on January 1st
§1.441-1T Fiscal-year Individuals
§1.645-1(c) Election to treat certain revocable (living) trusts as part of the Decedent's Estate
(Form 8855)
Late issued SS# to a Foreign National who was married to a U.S. Citizen
Deductions and losses
§461 What year to deduct an expense?
§162 Ordinary and Necessary expenses
§212 Expenses for the production of income
80% deductible meals expense - DOT "hours of service" limits
Deduction for water & sewer fees & assessments
Deduction for ad valorem taxes (motor vehicle property taxes)
T.C. Memo 2010-286 - itemized deduction allowed for expenses that were paid for, by a relative (as a gift)
T.C. Summary Opinion 2003-113 - major roof
repair is expensed, not capitalized
§1031 Tax-Deferred Exchanges
§709(b)(1) election to deduct LLC, partnership and Sch.
C start-up expenditures
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Carryback /
Carryforward elections
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Helpful Hints
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Form 1045 and 1040X
preparation (corporations use 1138, 1139 & 1120X)
Built-in Gains and Losses Under Section 382(h)
Using Form 1040X to deal with a CP2000 and CP2501 notification
(CP50X are collection
notices
CP2057 require an amended return and
CP2100 is a wage garnishment)
Statute of Limitations limited to three years,
not six years for traders that overstated basis and reported each individual sale
(updated 9/24/2009)
Statute of Limitations limited to three years,
not six years for partners who overstated basis (reversed January
2011 and re-reversed February 2011)
Statute of Limitations not limited to three
years when NOL is carried forward
Statute of Limitations not limited to three
years when there are mitigating factors pursuant to §1311 through §1314
Capital Loss Carryback /
Carryforward election
Partnerships & LLCs filing
Form
1065
Partnership - Audit Technique Guide - Chapter
7 - Dispositions of Partnership Interest
Interest Expense deduction paid for
Debt-Financed Acquisition of a "trade or business" pass-thru entity
(dup below)
§761(f)(2) Spouses' Partnership (but generally not
including a LLC ) may "Elect Out" of
Partnership Rules - Qualified Joint Venture (QJV)
Rev. Proc. 2002-69 Community property state spouses' "Partnership"
(such as a LLC) has option to be treated as a disregarded entity
§1.761-2(b) Investment Partnership may "Elect Out"
of Subchapter K Partnership Rules
FSA 200216005 Investment Limited Partnership may not
"Elect Out" of Subchapter K Partnership Rules
§301.7701-1(a)(2) mere
co-ownership of property is not a separate entity vs. §761(f)
Qualified Joint Venture (QJV)
LLC members' tax deductions based on actual
capital contribution / basis
Carried partnership interest election under
IRS Code §83(b)
Rev. Rul. 87-115 regarding tiered partnerships
§754 elections
Rev. Rul. 91-26 partner compensation (no Form
W-2 is to be issued to partners nor to sole-proprietors)
Treatment of Limited Liability Company members (SECA tax) (dup
below)
§704(b) Partner's distributive share of income and loss
§704(e) Family Partnerships
§707(c) Guaranteed Payments to Partners (GPP)
TEFRA POA and POA issues (and §6229 extensions) / Tax Matters Partner
Electing Investment Partnership (EIP)
S-Corporations
(form 1120S)
Entity Classification Election
Late Entity Classification Election - Form
8832 - Rev. Proc. 2009-41 (dup below)
S-Corp election: Rev. Proc. 2013-30
(effective 9/3/2013) late election of S-Corp status
S-Corp election: Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-32 I.R.B. 172 (8/9/2004) for
LLC's seeking S-Corp status
Rev. Proc. 2003-43, 2003-23 I.R.B. 998 (6/9/2003) for corporations or
LLC's seeking S-Corp status
Interest Expense deduction paid for
Debt-Financed Acquisition of a "trade or business" pass-thru entity
(dup below)
Rev. Rul. 73-361 and Rev. Rul. 82-83
stockholder-officer of s-corporation is an employee,
Form
W-2 is to be
issued
S-Corp shareholders' medical
deductions IRC §105 & §106 (belong on Form
W-2)
S-Corp shareholders' tax deductions based on
loans made - and the taxable income based on repayments of those loans
S-Corp shareholders' pass-thru's ordering
rule 1.1367-1(g) election
S corporation debt obligations -
disqualifying second class of stock - Regs. §1.1361-1
One-shareholder s-corporation (or few shareholders) payroll issues
Selling s-corporation shareholder
- IRC §1377(a)(2) issue (trap)
Trader Status / Trade or
Business
Trader Status "election"
IRS Reg. §1.448-1T(f)(2)(iv(A) and IRS
Code §61(a) - A trader's Gross Receipts are his Net Gains (not his
Gross Sales Proceeds)
IRS Reg. §1.183-2(b) Trade or
Business
IRS Reg. §1.469-1T(e)(6) Partnership
has non-passive activity
IRS Reg. §1.469-5T(a) LLC has non-passive activity
IRS Code §446 General Rule For Methods Of
Accounting & Rev. Rul. 90-38 Two-Year rule
Mark-to-Market Accounting Method §475
Treatment of Mark-to-Market Gains of Electing
Traders (SECA tax)
Treatment of Limited Liability Company members (SECA tax)
(dup above)
IRS Code §475(f) Mark-to-Market
election for taxpayers who have filed at least one federal income tax
return
IRS Code §475(f) Mark-to-Market
elections for newly formed entities that have not filed a tax return
yet
Safe Harbor for Valuation Under
Mark-to-Market Accounting Method
M2M losses are excluded from
Reportable Transactions
IRS Code §481 elections
IRS Code §1256 Mark-to-Market election for
dealers
IRS Code §1256 hedging election
Extensions for elections
Deadline to be Extended for Elections
Under Mark-to-Mark Accounting
Late Entity Classification Election - Form
8832 - Rev. Proc. 2009-41 (dup above)
Extensions of Time to Make Elections
§301.9100-1 Extensions of time to make
elections.
§301.9100-2 Automatic extensions.
§301.9100-3 Other extensions
Deadline for filing Amended Tax Return
Deadline for retroactively changing Form 1040 credit elect
IRS Reg. §1.6081-1 & IRM 3.11.212.1 Extension
of time for filing returns (automatic and by letter request for
§6229 > 6 months)
Deadline for electing / revoking §179 on
an Amended Tax Return
Interest and Depreciation of
Real Estate
Revenue Ruling 2010-25 - §163 Homeowner's qualified residence interest on indebtedness up to $1,100,000
IRS Reg. §1.163-1(b) Interest Expense
deduction when property or mortgage is not in the name of the
taxpayer
Interest Expense deduction paid for
Debt-Financed Acquisition of a "trade or business" pass-thru entity
(dup above)
Election to treat debt as not secured by a
qualified residence §163 (instead, treat as business interest)
Credit card electronic payment convenience fees and
Interest incurred to pay federal income tax liability
Election to Capitalize Carrying Costs (property
taxes) §266
Election to Ratably Accrue Real Estate Property
Taxes §461(c)
Extension for forgotten rental election
Trick to catch-up for forgotten depreciation
after the asset was sold (using Form 3115 to correct for an
impermissible method)
Fast depreciation under the "Whiteco test"
Does a principal residence converted to residential
rental property still qualify for tax-free treatment?
IRS Reg. §1.469-2(f)(6) Self-Rental Rule
Taxation of Israel Mozel Tov Bonds
Gallenstein Decision of 1992
Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act
of 1982 - Due on Sale clause - LLC trick
Inventory and other special
rules
Worthless Inventory Thor Power Tool Company v.
Commissioner
§471 inventory rule under IRS Notice 2001-76 & Rev Proc 2001-10 & Rev Proc 2002-28
IRS Reg. §1.132-6(a) de minimis rule
Hot Assets under IRS Code §751 are
taxable as ordinary (earned) income
Hot Stock under IRS Code §355 are taxed as
dividend income
Hot Interest rule under IRS Code §6621(c) after
a 30-day letter
Tax Benefit Rule under IRS Code §111
(recoveries or refunds received by taxpayer in a year after the year
of payment / year of deduction)
Claim of Right Doctrine under IRS Code
§1341 (payments returned from taxpayer in a year after the
year of receipt / year of income)
Spiffs & Incentive Payments are not subject to
employment taxes
Foreign Tax Paid election: to deduct on Schedule A, or to take as a
foreign tax credit;
- subject to a 10-year SOL for claiming a refund
Sale of "Personal Goodwill" Martin Ice Cream case
Demutualization a life insurance company
Sale of life Insurance policy by a terminally ill or chronically ill insured
person "Viatical Settlements"
Penalties
Underpayment of withholding and estimated
tax payments
Employee withholding taxes, Form W-4
30-day letter, 90-day letter & tax court
Trick to waive penalties for late filing a
partnership tax return >
the amount of the penalties
Trick to waive penalty for late
payment of individual income tax
Trick to use when Form W-2 is missing - new
IRS/State crackdown starting 2007
Trick to use when Form W-2 is checked as being an active participant in retirement plan
Presumption of correctness of 1099-MISC forms (in
CP2000 and CP2501 cases)
Replacement of the annual Social Security Form 1099-SSA
This
is a US Gov't site, carefully review
and consider clicking "Continue to this website (not recommended)"
if prompted
IRS Penalty Handbook (alt
IRS) Avoiding IRS
Penalties
§1.6012-1(a)(5) Election for a person
to sign a tax return on behalf of his/her spouse or child:
Where one spouse is physically unable by reason of disease or injury
to sign a joint return, the other spouse may, with the oral consent of
the one who is incapacitated, sign the incapacitated spouse's name in
the proper place on the return followed by the words "By
................... Husband (or Wife)," and by the signature of the
signing spouse in his own right, provided that a dated statement signed
by the spouse who is signing the return is attached to and made a part of the return
stating:
-
(i) The name of the return being
filed,
-
(ii) The taxable year,
-
(iii) The reason for the inability of
the spouse who is incapacitated to sign the return, and
-
(iv) That the spouse who is
incapacitated consented to the signing of the return.
The taxpayer and his agent, if any, are responsible for the return as
made and incur liability for the penalties provided for erroneous,
false, or fraudulent returns.
IRS Notice 89-7:
Q.2. Who is responsible for filing a child's return?
A.2. A child is responsible for filing his or her own return. If for
any reason, such as age, the child is unable to file a return, the
child's parent or guardian is responsible for filing the child's
return on the child's behalf. The parent or guardian should sign the child's name
on the return in the proper place followed by: " By (signature), Parent
(or Guardian) for minor child."
Q.8. Under what circumstances
may the parent or guardian of a child deal with the Internal Revenue
Service concerning a notice, examination, or collection matter
pertaining to the child's return?
A.8. A parent or guardian who signs a return on a child's behalf may
deal with the Service concerning all matters arising in connection
with the return. A parent or guardian who does not sign the child's
return may provide the Service with information concerning the
return and pay the child's tax, but is not entitled to receive
information form or otherwise deal with the Service unless
designated as the child's representative by the child or the person
signing the return on the child's behalf. Such a designation is made
on
Form 2848-D
(subsequently replaced with
Form 8821), Tax Information Authorization and Declaration of
Representative.
While entitled to receive notices and information concerning the
child's return, a parent or guardian named in Form 2848-D
(subsequently replaced with
Form 8821) may not
legally bind the child with respect to a tax liability unless
authorized to do so by the state in which the child resides.
Special Handling of Signature Requests - Form 1040X, amended return of divorced spouses - Internal Revenue Manual, part 21, Chap 5 §3 21.5.3.4.4.1 (10-01-2002):
-
The following table illustrates
procedures to follow when a
signature is missing due to
extenuating circumstances:
If |
Then |
One spouse is a Prisoner of War (POW) or Missing in Action (MIA) |
One spouse can sign if a statement attesting to those facts is attached. |
One spouse is deceased |
1. Surviving spouse may sign and indicate the date of death.
2. The court appointed representative signing the return must attach a court certificate showing they represent the deceased and have the right to sign.
3. A POA may sign for a deceased taxpayer if they have a court certificate from the municipal government or Register of Wills attesting that the POA may continue to represent taxpayer after death. |
Taxpayer is divorced or separated and filing a claim or amended return requesting a tax decrease for their portion of a refund on a previously filed joint return |
Only the spouse who owns or has interest in the refund must sign. Refer to IRM 21.6.1.4.8, Allocating Jointly Filed Cases Procedures. |
A claim or amended return is filed to request a refund or credit of tax other than income tax |
Only the spouse who owns or has an interest in the refund must sign, unless credit is used as a credit against income tax.
Note:
This includes claims for overpayments of Excise Tax, Employment Tax, etc.
|
A dependent child cannot sign |
The parent or guardian may sign as "parent or guardian of minor child." |
A corporate claim is filed |
Any of these officers may sign the claim:
- President
- Vice President
- Treasurer
- Assistant Treasurer
- Chief Accounting Officer
- Other corporate officer with authority to sign.
Note:
The signature on the claim is evidence that the individual is authorized to sign.
|
Taxpayer files a partnership claim |
Any one partner may sign |
Taxpayer files a sole-proprietor claim |
The owner may sign |
An exempt organization files a claim |
Any of these officers may sign:
- Executive Director
- Director - President
- Vice President
- Treasurer
- Assistant Treasurer
- Chief Accounting Officer
- Any other officer with authority to sign.
Note:
The signature on the claim is evidence that the individual is authorized to sign
|
-
Forward claims or amended returns showing a tax
increase or credit decrease to the Statute function
if it is within 90 days of the Assessment Statute
Expiration Date (ASED). For additional information,
see
IRM 25.6.1.5, Basic
Guide for Processing Cases With Statute of
Limitations Issues.
-
If more than 90 days remain on the ASED,
input tax increases or
credit decreases upon receipt of an amended return
or written inquiry requesting a tax
increase or credit decrease even without all
required elements (forms, schedules,
signature, etc.). Input net zero
changes (TC 290 for .00) even without all required
elements.
§6013(a) Election to file an initial tax return for a given year
jointly with your spouse:
A husband and wife may make a single return jointly of income taxes
even though one of the spouses has neither gross income nor
deductions, except as provided below:
-
no joint return shall be made if
either the husband or wife at any time during the taxable year is a
nonresident alien;
-
no joint return shall be made if the
husband and wife have different taxable years; except that if such
taxable years begin on the same day and end on different days
because of the death of either or both, then the joint return may be
made with respect to the taxable year of each. The above exception
shall not apply if the surviving spouse remarries before the close
of his taxable year, nor if the taxable year of either spouse is a
fractional part of a year under section 443(a)(1);
-
in the case of death of one spouse or
both spouses the joint return with respect to the decedent may be
made only by his executor or administrator; except that in the case
of the death of one spouse the joint return may be made by the
surviving spouse with respect to both himself and the decedent if no
return for the taxable year has been made by the decedent, no
executor or administrator has been appointed, and no executor or
administrator is appointed before the last day prescribed by law for
filing the return of the surviving spouse. If an executor or
administrator of the decedent is appointed after the making of the
joint return by the surviving spouse, the executor or administrator
may disaffirm such joint return by making, within 1 year after the
last day prescribed by law for filing the return of the surviving
spouse, a separate return for the taxable year of the decedent with
respect to which the joint return was made, in which case the return
made by the survivor shall constitute his separate return.
§6013(f)(1) Joint Return Where Individual Is In Missing Status as a
result of service in a combat zone the spouse of such individual is
otherwise entitled to file a joint return for any taxable year which
begins on or before the day which is 2 years after the date designated
under section 112 as the date of termination of combatant activities
in such zone, then such spouse may elect under subsection (a) to file
a joint return for such taxable year.
§6013(f)(2)(A) such election shall be valid even if such individual
died before the beginning of such year, and
§1(d) Choosing to file an initial tax return
for a given year separately from spouse:
1(d) Married Individuals Filing
Separate Returns. --
There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every married
individual (as defined in section 7703) who does not make a single
return jointly with his spouse under section 6013, a tax as
determined.
§7703(a) General Rule
7703(a)(1) the determination of whether an individual is married shall
be made as of the close of his taxable year; except that if his spouse
dies during his taxable year such determination shall be made as of
the time of such death; and
7703(a)(2) an individual legally separated from his spouse under a
decree of divorce or of separate maintenance shall not be considered
as married.
7703(b) Certain Married Individuals Living Apart
For purposes of those provisions of this title which refer to this
subsection, if--
7703(b)(1) an individual who is married (within the meaning of
subsection (a)) and who files a separate return maintains as his home
a household which constitutes for more than one-half of the taxable
year the principal place of abode of a child (within the meaning of
section 152(f)(1)) with respect to whom such individual is entitled to
a deduction for the taxable year under section 151 (or would be so
entitled but for section 152(e)),
7703(b)(2) such individual furnishes over one-half of the cost of
maintaining such household during the taxable year, and
7703(b)(3) during the last 6 months of the taxable year, such
individual's spouse is not a member of such household, such individual
shall not be considered as married.
Filing Status: Married Filing Separately and Allocation of Deductions
and Expenses
Most married taxpayers can choose whether to file joint returns or
separate returns. Most couples will pay less tax if they file joint
returns, but in some situations they will benefit from filing separate
returns.
A married individual filing a separate return must report on that
return his or her own items of gross income, exemptions, deductions
and credits.54 A married resident of a community property state must
report half of the combined community income and deductions along with
his or her separate income and deductions, unless the husband and wife
live apart at all times during the tax year.55 If a husband and
wife jointly own income-producing property, each must report a share
of the income in proportion to the fractional ownership interest in
the property.
IRS Publication 504, Divorced or Separated Individuals (2002),
includes a chart showing how itemized deductions are allocated when
separate returns are filed in community and noncommunity property
states.
Allowable deductions may be taken by the individual who actually makes
the expenditure.56 However, if the husband and wife maintain a joint
bank account in a common-law jurisdiction, a rebuttable presumption
treats payments of deductible items from the account by one spouse as
though each spouse paid one half of the payment.57 Similarly, in
community property jurisdictions, obligations discharged with
community funds are treated as though one half is paid by each
spouse.58 In addition, if either spouse itemizes deductions, the
standard deduction for the other spouse is zero.59
54 IRS Publication 17, Your Federal
Income Tax, 22 (2001).
55 Code Sec. 66(a); IRS Publication 555, Community Property, 4
(1999).
56 A.L. Zeeman v US, CA-2, 68-1 USTC ¶9406, 395 F2d 861; A.E. Calvin
v US, DC Colo., 65-1 USTC ¶9112, 235 FSupp 594, aff'd, CA-10, 66-1
USTC ¶9108, 354 F2d 202.
57 Rev. Rul. 59-66, 1959-1 CB 60.
58 Rev. Rul. 55-479, 1955-2 CB 57; Commr v D. Newcombe, 10 TCM 152,
Dec. 18,140(M) (1951), aff'd, CA-9, 53-1 USTC ¶9241, 203 F2d 128;
M.V. Godchaux v US, DC La., 52-1 USTC ¶9183, 102 FSupp 266, appeal
dism'd, CA-5, 53-1 USTC ¶9375.
59 Code Sec. 63(c)(6)(A).
Filing Status: When Married Taxpayers Should File Separate Returns
Married couples usually have a lower tax liability if they file a
joint return than if they file separately because of the tax rates and
other provisions which are generally more generous to married
individuals filing joint returns. However, circumstances may be such
that one spouse does not want to incur the potential liability for tax
on a joint return and would therefore rather file a separate return
even though the resulting tax liability may be higher.
Comment
Professor Dennis Calfee and Professor
David Hudson, Holland Law Center, University of Florida, Gainesville,
FL note that: There are a few, somewhat unusual situations when a
married couple might have a lower combined tax liability by filing
separate returns rather than by filing a joint return. When these fact
patterns appear, computations of tax liability should be made under
both the married filing separate returns rules and the married filing
jointly provisions so that a comparison can be made.
-
Miscellaneous Itemized Deductions
Miscellaneous
itemized deductions are allowed only to the extent they exceed 2
percent of an individual's adjusted gross income.84 Thus, if one
spouse has a large amount of miscellaneous itemized deductions and a
low adjusted gross income, while the other spouse has low
miscellaneous itemized deductions and a high adjusted gross income,
separate returns may result in lower combined tax liability. If one
spouse itemizes deductions, however, the standard deduction for the
other spouse is zero.85
Example
Husband and Wife has adjusted
gross income of $100,000 and no miscellaneous deductions. Husband
has $10,000 of gross income and $2,200 miscellaneous itemized
deductions. If they file a joint return, no miscellaneous deductions
would be allowed, because 2 percent of $110,000 combined adjusted
gross income is $2,200. If separate returns are filed, Husband would
be allowed to deduct $2,000 of the miscellaneous itemized
deductions.
-
Personal Casualty Gains and Losses
The excess of
personal casualty losses over personal casualty gains in a tax year
is deductible only to the extent the excess is greater than 10
percent of adjusted gross income.86 If personal casualty gains
exceed personal casualty losses in a tax year, all the gains and
losses are treated as capital gains and capital losses.87 Thus, if
one spouse has a large personal casualty loss while the other spouse
has a large personal casualty gain in the same tax year, if they
file joint returns the personal casualty gain is offset by the
personal casualty loss. If they file separate returns the loss would
be deducted from ordinary income, while the gain would be taxed at
the rates for capital gains.88
Example
Husband has adjusted gross income of
$100,000 and Wife has adjusted gross income of $10,000, without
including personal casualty gains or losses. Husband has a personal
casualty gain of $8,000. Wife has a personal casualty loss of
$8,000. If they file a joint return, the personal casualty gain is
offset by the personal casualty loss. If they file separate returns,
Husband must include in gross income an additional $8,000 of capital
gain and Wife may deduct $7,000 of the personal casualty loss from
ordinary income.
-
Medical Expenses
The deduction for medical expenses is allowed only to the extent the
expenses exceed 7.5 percent of a taxpayer's adjusted gross income.89
Thus, if one spouse has paid a large amount of qualifying medical
expenses while the other spouse has not, it may be advantageous
to file separate returns.
Example
Husband and Wife each have adjusted gross income of $50,000. Wife
pays $10,000 of medical expenses.
Husband does not have any medical expenses for the tax year. If
Husband and Wife file a joint return, only $2,500 of the medical
expenses are deductible. If they file separate returns, Wife may
deduct $6,250 for medical expenses.
-
Sales or Exchanges of Business
Property and Involuntary Conversions
Taxpayers treat gains and losses from the sale or exchange of
property used in a trade or business, or from the involuntary
conversion of capital assets held in connection with a trade or
business, as long-term capital gains and losses when recognized
gains in a current tax year exceed recognized
losses. When the gains do not exceed the losses, the gains and
losses are treated as ordinary.90 Gains or losses from the sale or
exchange of depreciable property, real property held for more than
one year and used in a taxpayer's trade or business, capital assets
held in connection with a trade or business or a transaction entered
into for profit that are compulsorily or involuntarily converted all result in Section 1231 gain or loss. Thus, if one spouse has
a large gain and the other spouse has a large loss, it may be
advantageous to file separate returns.
Example
Husband has a $20,000 Section 1231 gain and a $10,000 long-term
capital loss from the sale of investment property. Wife has a
$10,000 Section 1231 loss. If Husband and Wife file a joint return,
their aggregate Section 1231 gains
exceed their Section 1231 losses, so the Section 1231 gain is a
long-term capital gain and the Section 1231 loss is a long-term
capital loss. The aggregate long-term capital losses of $20,000 may
be deducted from the $20,000 long-term capital gain, resulting in no
net effect on their taxable income. If they file separate returns,
however, Husband's Section 1231 gain will be treated as long-term
capital gain, while Wife's Section 1231 loss will be treated an
ordinary loss. Husband's net capital gain is $10,000, taxable at
more favorable rates. Wife's $10,000 loss is not subject to the
limitations on the deductibility of capital losses,91 and may be
deducted in full.
84 Code Sec. 67(a).
85 Code Sec. 63(c)(6)(A).
86 Code Sec. 165(h)(2)(A).
87 Code Sec. 165(h)(2)(B).
88 Code Sec. 1(h).
89 Code Sec. 213(a).
90 Code Sec. 1231(a)(1), (2).
91 Code Sec. 1211(b).
Tax Consequences for Married Taxpayers Filing Separate Returns
Most married taxpayers can choose whether to file joint returns or
separate returns. Most couples will pay less tax if they file joint
returns, but in some situations they will benefit from filing separate
returns.
Individuals who are married filing separate returns have smaller
amounts of taxable income taxed at the lower tax rates than do
individuals with any other filing status.60 A number of other
provisions treat taxpayers with this filing status in a manner that is
generally more onerous than treatment of other taxpayers. These
include:
-
the basic standard deduction is
lower;61
-
the standard deduction is reduced to
zero if the other spouse itemizes deductions;62
-
the credit for expenses for household
and dependent care services necessary for gainful employment is
disallowed;63
-
the credit for the elderly and the
permanently and totally disabled has a lower initial amount, a lower
adjusted gross income limitation, and is disallowed if the spouses
live together at any time during the tax year;64
-
the credit for qualified adoption
expenses is disallowed;65
-
the Hope scholarship and lifetime
learning credit are disallowed;66
-
the earned income credit is
disallowed;67
-
the limitation on the general
business credit may be halved;68
-
the threshold for reducing the amount
of otherwise allowable itemized deductions for higher-income
taxpayers is halved;69
-
the threshold for including social
security benefits in gross income is reduced to zero if the spouses
live together at any time during the tax year, and the entire amount
of benefits is subject to inclusion at the higher 85-percent
level;70
-
the amount that can be excluded under
the exclusion for gain on the sale of a principal residence is the
lower amount generally available to single taxpayers, and one
spouse's ownership and use are not attributed to the other spouse,
as they are if a joint return is filed;71
-
the amount which may be excluded from
gross income under dependent care assistance programs is halved;72
-
the exclusion from gross income
provided for the proceeds of the redemption of U.S. savings bonds
which are used to pay higher education tuition and fees is
disallowed;73
-
the phaseout of deductions for
personal exemptions for higher-income taxpayers begins with a lower
threshold amount, and phases out more rapidly;74
-
the amount of acquisition
indebtedness and home equity indebtedness which is deductible
qualified residence interest is limited;75
-
the limitation on the amount of
deductible losses in insolvent financial institutions which may be
treated as an ordinary loss is halved;76
-
for purposes of the election to
expense certain depreciable business assets, the two spouses are
treated as one taxpayer in applying the dollar limitation and the
reduction in the amount of the limitation;77
-
the dollar limitation on the
deduction and/or amortization of reforestation expenditures is
halved;78
-
the deduction for student loan
interest is not allowed;79
-
the exception to the passive activity
losses and credits limitation for certain real estate activities is
restricted and is eliminated if the spouses live together at any
time during the tax year;80
-
the amount of capital losses which
may be offset by ordinary income is halved ;81
-
the threshold amounts for applying
the limitations on the use of the preceding year's tax liability in
computing the amount of required installments of payment of tax to
avoid the penalty for underpayment are affected;82 and
-
tax tables are adjusted for inflation
by rounding to the nearest $25, rather than to the nearest $50.83
60 Rev. Proc. 91-65, 1991-2 CB 867.
61 Code Sec. 63(c)(2)(D).
62 Code Sec. 63(c)(6)(A).
63 Code Sec. 21(e)(2).
64 Code Sec. 22(c)(2)(A)(iii), (d)(3), (e)(1).
65 Code Sec. 23(f)(1).
66 Code Sec. 25A(g)(6).
67 Code Sec. 32(d).
68 Code Sec. 38(c)(2)(A).
69 Code Sec. 68(b)(1); Code Sec. 68(f), (g), as added by the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, P.L.
107-16, Act §103(a) (June 7, 2001).
70 Code Sec. 86.
71 Code Sec. 121.
72 Code Sec. 129(a)(2)(A).
73 Code Sec. 135(d)(2).
74 Code Sec. 151(d)(3)(A) through (D); Code Sec. 151(d)(3)(E), (F),
as added by the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of
2001, P.L. 107-16, Act §102(a) (June 7, 2001).
75 Code Sec. 163(h)(3)(B)(ii), (C)(ii).
76 Code Sec. 165(l)(5)(B)(ii).
77 Code Sec. 179(b)(4).
78 Code Sec. 194(b)(1), as amended by the American Jobs Creation Act
of 2004, P.L. 108-357, Act §322(a) (October 22, 2004).
79 Code Sec. 221(b)(2).
80 Code Sec. 469(i)(5).
81 Code Sec. 1211(b)(1).
82 Code Sec. 6654(d)(1)(C)(ii).
83 Code Sec. 1(f)(6)(B).
§7703
Determination of Marital Status (including divorced, widowed,
separated and common-law marriage):
z7703(a)General Rule.
For purposes of part v of subchapter B of chapter 1 and those
provisions of this title which refer to this subsection-
7703(a)(1) the determination of
whether an individual is married shall be made as of the close of
his taxable year; except that if his spouse dies during his
taxable year such determination shall be made as of the time of
such death; and
7703(a)(2) an individual legally
separated from his spouse under a decree of divorce or of separate
maintenance shall not be considered as married.
7703(b)Certain Married Individuals
Living Apart.
For purposes of those provisions of this title which refer to this
subsection, if
7703(b)(1) an individual who is married (within the meaning of
subsection (a)) and who files a separate return maintains as his
home a household which constitutes for more than one-half of the
taxable year the principal place of abode of a child (within the
meaning of section 152(f)(1)) with respect to whom such individual
is entitled to a deduction for the taxable year under section 151
(or would be so entitled but for section 152(e)),
7703(b)(2) such individual furnishes over one-half of the cost of
maintaining such household during the taxable year, and
7703(b)(3) during the last 6 months of the taxable year, such
individual's spouse is not a member of such household, such
individual shall not be considered as married.
Married Filing Jointly Filing Status
Taxpayers may use the
married filing jointly status if they are married and both agree
to file a joint return.
This includes:
- taxpayers who live together in a
common-law marriage recognized by the state
where the marriage began
- Common-law states: Alabama,
Colorado, District of Columbia,
Iowa, Kansas, Montana, Oklahoma,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South
Carolina, and Texas
- and Idaho (only if before 1-1-96) and Ohio (only if before 10-10-91)
and limited in Georgia and Penn.
see
marriage laws see
DOL (11 page PDF)
- taxpayers who live apart but are not legally
separated
- taxpayers whose spouses died during the year and
who have not remarried
Both husband and wife must sign the income tax return. Special
rules apply when a spouse cannot sign the tax return because of
death, illness, or absence.
Both husband and wife are responsible for any tax owed.
The lowest tax rates apply to the married filing jointly filing
status.
IRS Publication 504 Unmarried persons (divorce, legally separated, annulment, intent to remarry):
Unmarried
persons.
You are unmarried for the whole year if either of the
following applies.
-
You have obtained
a final decree
of divorce or separate
maintenance by the last
day of your tax year.
You must follow your
state law to determine
if you are divorced or
legally separated.
Exception. If you
and your spouse obtain a
divorce in one year for
the sole purpose of
filing tax returns as
unmarried individuals,
and at the time
of divorce you intend to
remarry each other
and do so in
the next tax year, you
and your spouse must
file as married
individuals.
-
You have obtained a decree of
annulment,
which holds that no
valid marriage ever
existed. You must file
amended returns (Form
1040X, Amended U.S.
Individual Income Tax
Return) for all tax
years affected by the
annulment that are not
closed by the statute of
limitations. The statute
of limitations generally
does not end until 3
years after the due date
of your original return.
On the amended return
you will change
your filing status to
single, or if
you meet certain
requirements, head of
household.
§1.6013-2 Election to file a joint return for a given year after
filing separate return:
Where an individual has filed a separate return for a taxable year for
which a joint return could have been made by him and his spouse under
section 6013(a), and the time prescribed by law for filing the return
for such taxable year has expired, such individual and his spouse may,
under conditions hereinafter set forth, make a joint return for such
taxable year.
§1.6013-2(b) Limitations with respect to making of election.
A joint return shall not be made under section 6013(b)(1) with
respect to a taxable year:
-
After the expiration of three years from the last day prescribed
by law for filing the return for such taxable year determined
without regard to any extension of time granted to either spouse; or
-
After there has been mailed to either
spouse, with respect to such taxable year, a notice of deficiency
under section 6212, if the spouse, as to such notice, files a
petition with the Tax Court of the United States within the time
prescribed in section 6213; or
-
After either spouse has commenced a
suit in any court for the recovery of any part of the tax for such
taxable year; or
-
After either spouse has entered into
a closing agreement under section 7121 with respect to such taxable
year, or after any civil or criminal case arising against either
spouse with respect to such taxable year has been compromised under
section 7122.
§1.6013-1 Election to file a separate return for a given year after
filing joint return:
Where a couple files a joint return for
a taxable year, they cannot later file separate returns after the last
date prescribed for filing the return.
On the other hand, where a couple files separate returns, they may
later change their minds and file a joint return, provided it is not
filed after any of the following events:
-
The expiration of three years from
the last day for filing the return.
-
The mailing to either spouse of a
notice of deficiency if the spouse files a timely petition with the
Tax Court.
1.6013-1(a)(1) For any taxable year with respect to which a joint
return has been filed, separate
returns shall not be made by the spouses after the time for filing the
return of either has expired.
See, however, paragraph (d)(5) of this section for the right of an
executor to file a late separate return for a deceased spouse and
thereby disaffirm a timely joint return made by the surviving spouse.
1.6013-1(a)(2) A joint return of a husband and wife (if not made by an
agent of one or both spouses) shall be signed by both spouses. The
provisions of paragraph (a)(5) of § 1.6012-1, relating to returns made
by agents, shall apply where one spouse signs a return as agent for
the other, or where a third party signs a return as agent for one or
both spouses.
1.6013-1(d)(5) If the surviving
spouse makes the joint return provided for in subparagraph (3) of this
paragraph and thereafter an executor or administrator of the decedent
is appointed, the executor or administrator may disaffirm such joint
return. This disaffirmance, in order to be effective, must be made
within one year after the last day prescribed by law for filing the
return of the surviving spouse (including any extension of time for
filing such return) and must be made in the form of a separate return
for the taxable year of the decedent with respect to which the joint
return was made. In the event of such proper disaffirmance the return
made by the survivor shall constitute his separate return, that is,
the joint return made by him shall be treated as his return and the
tax thereon shall be computed by excluding all items properly
includible in the return of the deceased spouse. The separate return
made by the executor or administrator shall constitute the return of
the deceased spouse for the taxable year.
Office of Chief Counsel memorandum May 18, 2010
Treatment of Multiple Returns for the Same Tax Period:
http://www.irs.gov/pub/lanoa/pmta_2010-17.pdf
Rev. Proc. 96-61, 1996-2 C.B. 401
Taxpayer's use of an alternate mailing address:
SECTION 8. INFORMATION AN ELECTRONIC FILER MUST PROVIDE TO THE
TAXPAYER
.01 The ERO must furnish the taxpayer with a complete paper copy of
the taxpayer's return. A complete copy of a taxpayer's return
includes: (1) Form 8453 and other paper documents that cannot be
electronically transmitted, and (2) a printout of the electronic
portion of the return. See section 2.02 of this revenue procedure. The
electronic portion of the return can be contained on a replica of an
official form or on an unofficial form. However, on an unofficial
form, data entries must be referenced to the line numbers on an
official form.
.02 The ERO must advise the taxpayer to retain a complete copy of the
return and any supporting material.
.03 The ERO must advise the taxpayer than an amended return, if
needed, must be filed as a paper return and mailed to the service
center that would handle the taxpayer's paper return.
.04 The ERO must, upon request, provide the taxpayer with the
Declaration Control Number and the date the electronic portion of the
taxpayer's return was acknowledged as accepted for processing by the
Service.
.05 The ERO must advise taxpayers that they can call the local IRS
TeleTax number to inquire about the status of their tax refund. The
ERO should also advise taxpayers to wait at least three weeks from the
acceptance date of the electronic return before calling the TeleTax
number.
.06 If a taxpayer chooses to use
an address other than his or her home address on the return,
the Electronic Filer must inform the taxpayer that
the address
on the electronic portion of the return
once processed by the Service,
will be used to update the taxpayer's address of record.
The Internal Revenue Service uses the taxpayer's address of record for
various notices that are required to be sent to a taxpayer's "last
known address" under the Internal Revenue Code, and for refunds of
overpayments of tax (unless otherwise specifically directed by the
taxpayer, such as by Direct Deposit).
Rev.
Rul. §1.151-1(c)(2) and Rev. Proc. 2003-72 Special rules for birthday
on January 1st:
Determination of a child's specific age:
A child attains an age on his or her birthday for purposes of Code
sections 21 (child and dependent care credit), 23 (adoption credit),
24 (child tax credit), 32 (earned income credit), 129 (excludable
dependent care benefits), 131 (excludable foster care benefits), 137
(excludable adoption assistance benefits), and 151 (dependency
exemptions).
For purposes of each of the provisions identified in this revenue
ruling, a child attains a given age on the anniversary of the date
that the child was born. For example, a child born on January 1, 1993,
attains the age of 17 on January 1, 2010.
http://www.irs.gov/irb/2003-33_IRB/ar06.html
There is an exception with regard to when a person turns age 65 for purpose
of the standard deduction amount (the so-called old-age
exemption).
"For the purposes of the old-age exemption, an individual attains the
age of 65 on the first moment of the day preceding his sixty-fifth
birthday. Accordingly, an individual whose sixty-fifth birthday falls
on January 1 in a given year attains the age of 65 on the last day of
the calendar year immediately preceding.
Personal and Dependency
Exemptions
§1.441-1T Fiscal-year Individuals
An individual adopts a tax year when he is first required to file a
return and he may adopt any tax year, provided it matches his annual
accounting period and meets the requirement that books of account be
maintained for that accounting period. Once adopted, the fiscal year
applies to any business operated as a sole-proprietorship.
§1.441-1T Period for computation of
taxable income (temporary).
(b) Taxable year--(1) Definition of
taxable year--(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (b)(1), the term "taxable year" means--
(A) The taxpayer's annual accounting
period if it is a calendar year or a fiscal year; or
(B) The calendar year if section
441(g) (relating to taxpayers who keep no books or have no
accounting period) applies. Except as provided in administrative
provisions of the Internal Revenue laws, a taxable year may not
cover a period of more than 12 calendar months. If a return is made
under section 443 for a period of less than 12 months (a "short
period"), the taxable year is the short period for which the return
is made.
§1.645-1(c) Election to treat certain revocable (living) trusts as part of the Decedent's Estate (Form 8855)
Recognizing that a revocable inter vivos trust can be used to settle
a decedent's affairs and distribute assets to the beneficiaries,
Congress provided an irrevocable election to treat a "qualified
revocable trust" as part of the decedents estate (and not as a
separate trust) for federal income tax purposes. Both
the trustee of the qualified revocable trust and the executor of the
decedent's estate must make the election. Technically the
election is only effective for two or more years.
The election is due by and is made with the first timely
filed income tax return if the estate, thereby
eliminating
any need to file an initial short-year return for the trust.
See
IRS Form 8855.
See §7508A for limited extensions to the deadline.
Some additional benefits:
Pursuant to §644 estates, unlike trusts, are not required to use a
calendar year-end and thus, they may use a fiscal year-end to defer
the recognition of income to the estate and its beneficiaries.
Also, pursuant to §6654(1)(2) estates, unlike trusts, are not
required to pay estimated taxes for the first two years of their
existence. And pursuant to §642(b) estates are entitled to a
$600 exemption, compared to a $100 exemption for a complex trust.
Further, a trust that is treated as an estate may be able to pass
certain losses and deductions through to its beneficiaries at its
termination as an estate, even though the trust itself may continue
in the form of a trust thereafter. And pursuant to §213(c)
medical expenses incurred by the decedent that are paid by the
estate during the one-year period after death may be deductible on
the decedent's final return, whereas this medical deduction is not
available if the medical expenses are paid by a trust.
Elect to Include Income Earned in the Decedent’s
Trust on the Estate’s Income Tax Return
Trusts are required to use a calendar-year end. However, a tax
adviser can elect to include the income from a decedent’s qualified
revocable trust on the estate income tax return. Doing that provides
an array of benefits not normally available to trusts, the most
significant of which may be the ability to use the estate’s fiscal
year end for trust income. This election lasts two years beyond the
decedent’s date of death (longer if a Form 706 is required to be
filed; consult the instructions to Form 8855,
Election to Treat a Qualified Revocable Trust as Part of an Estate),
which is normally plenty of time to deal with closing out a trust.
Known as a Sec. 645 election, it is made by filing Form 8855 with
the Form 1041. This election can be made even if there are no
income-producing probate assets in the estate.
The 10 Most Powerful Postmortem Planning Pointers for
Trusts and Estates
Internal Revenue Code: Sec. 645. Certain revocable trusts
treated as part of estate
IRC Section 645 Is Your Friend
A Primer on Fiduciary Income Taxes
Late issued SS# to a Foreign National who was married to a U.S. Citizen
Q. Client is active duty
military. Spouse is foreign national with green card but did not
have a SSAN until this past month. Application for SSAN had been
sent (I believe) prior to year 2013. Client would like to file year
2012 personal tax return as MFJ using the just now received SSAN.
Is there any bar to using this just issued SSAN for filing the year
2012 tax return when the SSAN was actually issued in 2013? It seems
a little awkward, but I haven't encountered a situation such as this
before. Any advice and/or possible cite would be appreciated.
Thanks in advance.
A. I have done this MANY times with clients. Go back to the
furthest available open years for which they would be MFJ. Works
great. .
§461 What year to deduct an expense?:
see:
The 2˝ month rule: Regs §1.404(b)-1T A-2(b)(1) regarding accrual of
deferred compensation
The 3˝ month rule: Regs §1.461-4(d)(6)(ii) regarding prepaid services
The 8˝ month rule: Regs §1.461-5(b)(1)(i) regarding accrual of
reoccurring items
The 3˝ month rule:
Regs §1.461-4(d)(6)(ii) A taxpayer is permitted to treat services or
property as provided to the taxpayer as the taxpayer makes payment to
the person providing the services or property (as defined in paragraph
(g)(1)(ii) of this section), if the taxpayer can reasonably expect the
person to provide the services or property within 3-1/2 months
after the date of payment.
The 8˝ month "recurring
item" rule:
Under the recurring item exception, a liability is treated as incurred
for a taxable year if --
1.461-5(b)(1)(i) As of the end
of that taxable year, all events have occurred that establish the fact
of the liability and the amount of the liability can be determined
with reasonable accuracy;
(ii) Economic performance with
respect to the liability occurs on or before the earlier of
(ii)(A) The date the taxpayer
files a timely (including extensions) return for that taxable year; or
(ii)(B) The 15th day of the
9th calendar month after the close of that taxable year;
(iii) The liability is
recurring in nature; and
(iv) Either
(iv)(A) The amount of the
liability is not material; or
(iv)(B) The accrual of the
liability for that taxable year results in a better matching of the
liability with the income to which it relates than would result from
accruing the liability for the taxable year in which economic
performance occurs.
From IRS Publication 538
Under an accrual method of
accounting, you generally deduct or capitalize a business expense when
both the following apply.
-
The all-events test has been met. The
test is met when:
-
All events have occurred that
fix the fact of liability, and
-
The liability can be
determined with reasonable accuracy.
-
Economic performance has occurred.
You generally cannot deduct or capitalize a business expense until
economic performance occurs. If your expense is for property or
services provided to you, or for your use of property, economic
performance occurs as the property or services are provided or the
property is used. If your expense is for property or services you
provide to others, economic performance occurs as you provide the
property or services.
Example. You are a calendar year taxpayer. You buy office supplies in
December 2003. You receive the supplies and the bill in December, but
you pay the bill in January 2004. You can deduct the expense in 2003
because all events have occurred to fix the fact of liability, the
liability can be determined, and economic performance occurred in
2003.
Your office supplies may qualify as a recurring item, discussed later.
If so, you can deduct them in 2003, even if the supplies are not
delivered until 2004 (when economic performance occurs).
Workers' compensation and tort liability. If you are required to make
payments under workers' compensation laws or in satisfaction of any
tort liability, economic performance occurs as you make the payments.
If you are required to make payments to a special designated
settlement fund established by court order for a tort liability,
economic performance occurs as you make the payments.
Taxes. Economic performance generally occurs as estimated income tax,
property taxes, employment taxes, etc. are paid. However, you can
elect to treat taxes as a recurring item, discussed later. You can
also elect to ratably accrue real estate taxes. See chapter 6 of
Publication 535 for information about real estate taxes.
Other liabilities. Other liabilities for which economic performance
occurs as you make payments include liabilities for breach of contract
(to the extent of incidental, consequential, and liquidated damages),
violation of law, rebates and refunds, awards, prizes, jackpots,
insurance, and warranty and service contracts.
Interest. Economic performance occurs with the passage of time (as the
borrower uses, and the lender forgoes use of, the lender's money)
rather than as payments are made.
Compensation for services. Generally, economic performance occurs as
an employee renders service to the employer. However, deductions for
compensation or other benefits paid to an employee in a year
subsequent to economic performance are subject to the rules governing
deferred compensation, deferred benefits, and funded welfare benefit
plans. For information on employee benefit programs, see Publication
15-B, Employer's Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits.
Vacation pay. You can take a current deduction for vacation pay earned
by your employees if you pay it during the year or, if the amount is
vested, within 2 months after the end of the year. If you pay it later
than this, you must deduct it in the year actually paid. An amount is
vested if your right to it cannot be nullified or cancelled.
Exception for recurring items. An exception to the economic
performance rule allows certain recurring items to be treated as
incurred during the tax year even though economic performance has not
occurred. The exception applies if all the following requirements are
met.
-
The all-events test, discussed
earlier, is met.
-
Economic performance occurs by
the earlier of the following dates.
-
8˝ months after the close
of the year.
-
The date you file a timely
return (including extensions) for the year.
-
The item is recurring in nature and you
consistently treat similar items as incurred in the tax year in
which the all-events test is met.
-
Either:
-
The item is not material, or
-
Accruing the item in the year in
which the all-events test is met results in a better match against
income than accruing the item in the year of economic performance.
This exception does not apply to workers' compensation or tort
liabilities.
Amended return. You may be able to file an amended return and treat a
liability as incurred under the recurring item exception. You can do
so if economic performance for the liability occurs after you file
your tax return for the year, but within 8 1/2 months after the close
of the tax year.
Recurrence and consistency. To determine whether an item is recurring
and consistently reported, consider the frequency with which the item
and similar items are incurred (or expected to be incurred) and how
you report these items for tax purposes. A new expense or an expense
not incurred every year can be treated as recurring if it is
reasonable to expect that it will be incurred regularly in the future.
Materiality. Factors to consider in determining the materiality of a
recurring item include the size of the item (both in absolute terms
and in relation to your income and other expenses) and the treatment
of the item on your financial statements.
An item considered material for financial statement purposes is also
considered material for tax purposes. However, in certain situations
an immaterial item for financial accounting purposes is treated as
material for purposes of economic performance.
Matching expenses with income. Costs directly associated with the
revenue of a period are properly allocable to that period. To
determine whether the accrual of an expense in a particular year
results in a better match with the income to which it relates,
generally accepted accounting principles are an important factor. For
example, if you report sales income in the year of sale, but you do
not ship the goods until the following year, the shipping costs are
more properly matched to income in the year of sale than the year the
goods are shipped. Expenses that cannot be practically associated with
income of a particular period, such as advertising costs, should be
assigned to the period the costs are incurred. However, the matching
requirement is considered met for certain types of expenses. These
expenses include taxes, payments under insurance, warranty, and
service contracts, rebates and refunds, and awards, prizes, and
jackpots.
An expense you pay in advance is deductible only in the year to which
it applies, unless the expense qualifies for the "12-month rule."
Under the 12-month rule, a taxpayer is not required to capitalize
amounts paid to create certain rights or benefits for the taxpayer
that do not extend beyond the earlier of the following.
-
12 months after the right or benefit
begins, or
-
The end of the tax year after the tax
year in which payment is made.
If you have not been applying the general rule (an expense paid in
advance is deductible only in the year to which it applies) and/or the
12-month rule to the expenses you paid in advance, you must get IRS
approval before using the general rule and/or the 12-month rule. See
Change in Accounting Method, later, for information on how to get IRS
approval. See Expense paid in advance under Cash Method, earlier, for
examples illustrating the application of the general and 12-month
rules.
Business expenses and interest owed to a related person who uses the
cash method of accounting are not deductible until you make the
payment and the corresponding amount is includible in the related
person's gross income. Determine
the relationship for this rule as of the end of the tax year for which
the expense or interest would otherwise be deductible. If a deduction
is denied, the rule will continue to apply even if your relationship
with the person ends before the expense or interest is includible in
the gross income of that person.
Related persons. For purposes of this rule, the following persons are
related.
-
Members of a family, including only
brothers and sisters (either whole or half), husband and wife,
ancestors, and lineal descendants.
-
Two corporations that are members of
the same controlled group as defined in section 26 USC 267(f).
-
The fiduciaries of two different
trusts, and the fiduciary and beneficiary of two different trusts,
if the same person is the grantor of both trusts.
-
A tax-exempt educational or
charitable organization and a person (if an individual, including
the members of the individual's family) who directly or indirectly
controls such an organization.
-
An individual and a corporation when
the individual owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation.
-
A fiduciary of a trust and a
corporation when the trust or the grantor of the trust owns,
directly or indirectly, more than 50% in value of the outstanding
stock of the corporation.
-
The grantor and fiduciary, and the
fiduciary and beneficiary, of any trust.
-
Any two S corporations if the same
persons own more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of each
corporation.
-
An S corporation and a corporation
that is not an S corporation if the same persons own more than 50%
in value of the outstanding stock of each corporation.
-
A corporation and a partnership if
the same persons own more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock
of the corporation and more than 50% of the capital or profits
interest in the partnership.
-
A PSC and any employee-owner,
regardless of the amount of stock owned by the employee-owner.
Ownership of stock. To determine whether an individual directly or
indirectly owns any of the outstanding stock of a corporation, the
following rules apply.
-
Stock owned directly or indirectly by
or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust is treated as
being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or
beneficiaries.
-
An individual is treated as owning
the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for the individual's
family (as defined in item (1) under Related persons ).
-
Any individual owning (other than by
applying rule (2)) any stock in a corporation is treated as owning
the stock owned directly or indirectly
by that individual's partner.
-
To apply rule (1), (2), or (3), stock
constructively owned by a person under rule (1) is treated as
actually owned by that person. But stock constructively owned by an
individual under rule (2) or (3) is not treated as actually owned by
the individual for applying either rule (2) or (3) to make another
person the constructive owner of that stock.
Reallocation of income and deductions. Where it is necessary to
clearly show income or prevent tax evasion, the IRS can reallocate
gross income, deductions, credits, or allowances between two or more
organizations, trades, or businesses owned or controlled directly or
indirectly by the same interests.
If you use an accrual method of accounting and contest an asserted
liability, you can deduct the liability either in the year you pay it
(or transfer money or other property in satisfaction of it) or in the
year you finally settle the contest. However, to take the deduction in
the year of payment or transfer, you must meet certain conditions.
Conditions to be met. You must satisfy each of the following
conditions to take the deduction in the year of payment or transfer.
Liability must be contested. You do not have to start a suit in a
court of law to contest an asserted liability. However, you must deny
its validity or accuracy by a positive act. A written protest included
with payment of an asserted liability is enough to start a contest.
Lodging a protest in accordance with local law is also enough to
contest an asserted liability for taxes. You do not have to deny the
validity or accuracy of an asserted liability in writing if you can
show by all the facts and circumstances that you have asserted and
contested the liability.
Contest must exist. The contest for the asserted liability must exist
after the time of the transfer. If you make payment after the contest
is settled, you must accrue the liability in the year in which the
contest is settled.
Example. You are a calendar year taxpayer using an accrual method of
accounting. You had a $500 liability asserted against you in 2000 for
repair work completed that year. You contested the asserted liability
and settled in 2002 for the full $500. You pay the $500 in January
2003. Since you did not make the payment until after the contest was
settled, the liability accrues in 2002 and you can deduct it only in
2002.
Transfer to creditor. You must transfer to the creditor or other
person money or other property to provide for the payment of the
asserted liability. The money or other property transferred must be
beyond your control. If you transfer it to an escrow agent, you have
met this requirement if you give up all authority over the money or
other property. However, buying a bond to guarantee payment of the
asserted liability, making an entry on your books of account,
transferring funds to an account within your control, transferring
your indebtedness or your promise to provide services or property in
the future, or transferring (except to the creditor) your stock or the
stock or indebtedness of a related person will not meet this
requirement.
Liability deductible. The liability must have been deductible in the
year of payment, or in an earlier year when it would have accrued, if
there had been no contest.
Economic performance rule satisfied. You generally cannot deduct
contested liabilities until economic performance occurs. For workers'
compensation or a tort liability, or a liability for breach of
contract (to the extent of incidental, consequential, and liquidated
damages), violation of law, rebates and refunds, awards, prizes,
jackpots, insurance, warranty and service contracts, and taxes,
economic performance occurs as payments are made to the person. The
payment or transfer of money or other property into escrow to contest
an asserted liability is generally not a payment to the claimant that
discharges the liability. This payment does not satisfy the economic
performance test, discussed earlier, except as provided in section 26
USC 468B or the regulations thereunder.
Recovered amounts. An adjustment is usually necessary when you recover
any part of a contested liability. This occurs when you deduct the
liability in the year of payment and recover any part of it in a later
tax year when the contest is settled. Include in gross income in the
year of final settlement the part of the recovered amount that, when
deducted, decreased your tax for any tax year.
Also see:
http://www.traderstatus.com/prepaidexpenses.htm
§162 Ordinary and Necessary expenses:
Ordinary: normal, habitual, usual,
customary, accepted, expected and common in a particular line of business.
Necessary: convenient, useful, essential, appropriate, and helpful to conducting business.
The facts and
circumstances surrounding the transaction, the intention of the
taxpayer, as well as the degree of the ordinariness and necessity of
the transaction in carrying on the trade or business are all
involved in the determination of whether an expense is ordinary and
necessary and, therefore are tax deductible.
To
be deductible, a business expense must be both ordinary and
necessary. An ordinary expense is one that is common and accepted
in your trade or business. A necessary expense is one that is
helpful and appropriate for your trade or business. An expense does
not have to be indispensable to be considered necessary.
Individuals who have unreimbursed ordinary and
necessary business expenses often may claim a tax deduction using IRS
Form 2106 & Schedule A, line 21 or using Schedule E, part II.
§212 Expenses for the production of income:
Nontrade or nonbusiness expenses
paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year for the
production or collection of income which, if and when realized, will
be required to be included in income for Federal income tax
purposes, or
are for the management, conservation, or maintenance of property
held for the production of such income, or
are made in connection with the determination, collection, or refund
of any tax; and
it is an ordinary and necessary expense for such purposes.
Individuals who have incurrent expenses for the
production of income often may claim a tax deduction using
Schedule A, line 23.
80% deductible meals expense - DOT "hours of service" limits:
Individuals subject to "hours
of service" limits.
You can deduct a higher percentage of your meal expenses while
traveling away from your tax home if the meals take place during or
incident to any period subject to the Department of Transportation's
"hours of service"
limits. The percentage is 80%.
Individuals subject to the Department of
Transportation's "hours of service" limits include the following
persons.
- Certain air transportation workers (such as
pilots, crew, dispatchers, mechanics, and control tower operators)
who are under Federal Aviation Administration regulations.
- Interstate truck operators and bus drivers who
are under Department of Transportation regulations.
- Certain railroad employees (such as engineers,
conductors, train crews, dispatchers, and control operations
personnel) who are under Federal Railroad Administration
regulations.
- Certain merchant mariners who are under Coast
Guard regulations.
50% deductible meals and entertainment
Deduction for water & sewer fees &
assessments:
Internal Revenue Code (IRC) section 164
permits a deduction for state and local real property taxes. Under
Federal law, a tax is an enforced contribution, collected for the
purpose of raising revenue to be used for governmental purposes, and
not as a payment for a service rendered. In addition, Section
1.164-3(b) of the Treasury Regulations defines "real property taxes"
as taxes imposed on interests in real property and levied for the
general public welfare, but does not include taxes assessed against
local benefits.
Charges for services - Itemized
charges for trash collection, water, sewer, etc. are not deductible as
real estate taxes.
Special
assessments-principal portion - Charges for improvements that tend
to increase the value of the property are added to the basis of the
property and are not deductible. Example: an assessment to build
a new sidewalk or to connect up to a city sewer system.
Charges to repair or
maintain existing public facilities already in service - are
deductible as real estate taxes. Example: repairs to an existing
sidewalk.
Special assessments-interest
portion - IR Regs. §1.164-4(b)(1)
say that any interest charged to the property owner on his sewer
assessment is deductible, not as interest, but as property taxes
regardless if the assessment was for improvements or a repair.
Fees for water/sewer services are not imposed on an interest in real
property nor levied for the general public welfare. The charges by a
water/sewer authority to its customers for water and sewer services
are simply fees for a service and do not qualify as a tax.
Consequently, no portion of the fees would qualify as a deduction on
the customer's income tax return.
The confusion may come from a misunderstanding of Treasury
Regulation 1.164-4(b)(1). This regulation states that:
"Insofar as assessments against local benefits are made for the
purposes of maintenance or repair or for the purpose of meeting
interest charges with respect to such benefits, they are deductible.
In such cases, the burden is on the taxpayer to show the allocation of
the amounts assessed to the different purposes. If the allocation
cannot be made, none of the amount so paid is deductible."
In some circumstances, the local governments are attempting to
calculate the portion of the water/sewer fees that go to maintenance
and interest expenses of their systems. That figure is then provided
as being tax deductible. The problem is the service fees do not
qualify as a tax to begin with so the provisions of 1.164-4(b)(1) do
not apply.
Below are
some common situations, with the relevant law that clarifies the
issue:
-
A water authority charges its
customers for water usage based on meter readings.
The charges are
not taxes but fees for
receipts of water services.
Revenue Ruling 79-201
-
A sewer utility imposes a
flat charge for each quarter to all residential customers.
The charges are
not taxes but fees for sewer
services.
Revenue Ruling 75-346
-
Real estate taxes are increased on
all property owners within a municipality to pay for a sewage
disposal system.
The taxes are levied for the general public welfare by
the taxing authority at a like rate against all property over which
the authority has jurisdiction.
This is not a tax assessed against local benefits. The
increased real estate taxes
are deductible under section
164 of the IRC.
Revenue Ruling 74-52
-
Improvements are made by a
municipal water authority to expand the coverage area of the water
services. Properties that are benefited by the improvements
have an assessment added to their property taxes. The amount of the
increase is based on the value of the property.
This is an example of a tax assessed against local
benefits. According to IRC 164(c)(1) such charges are
not deductible
except to the extent that they are properly allocable to maintenance
or interest charges.
Revenue Ruling 75-455, Revenue Ruling 76-45
In summary, most of the time water and sewer fees are simply fees for
services and are not deductible.
http://apps.irs.gov/pub/irs-tege/p_4090_fed_1204_text.pdf
IRS-TE/GE
is the Tax Exempt & Government Entities Division. The
TE/GE Division
was established in late 1999 as part of the IRS's modernization
effort. This Division replaces the former Assistant Commissioner
(Employee Plans and Exempt Organizations) function, which was
established as a result of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
(ERISA) of 1974.
Deduction for ad valorem taxes (motor vehicle property taxes):
Automobile License Fees
You may not deduct an auto license fee based on weight, model, year, or horsepower. But you may deduct a fee based on the value of the car as a state personal property tax if these three tests are met:
-
the fee is an ad valorem tax, based on a percentage of value of the property;
-
it is imposed on an annual basis, even though it is collected more or less frequently; and
-
it is imposed on personal property.
This third test is met even though the tax is imposed on the exercise of a privilege of registering a car or for using a car on the road.
The majority of state motor vehicle registration fees are not ad valorem taxes and do not qualify for the deduction. Various states and localities impose ad valorem or personal property taxes on motor vehicles that may qualify for the deduction. Contact a state or local authority to determine whether a license fee qualifies.
Local governments in
approximately 12 states impose a value-based (ad valorem) tax on
motor vehicles at locally determined rates.
Approximately 16 states have a state value-based tax in lieu of a
property tax on vehicles.
Approximately 3 states have a hybrid structure.
AL - based on the
fair and reasonable value of the vehicle, therefore this is
deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
AR - based on 20% of the value of the vehicle,
therefore this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose. The
mill rate is assessed by the Counties, Cities and the School
Districts.
CA - the "License Fee" or "Vehicle License Fee"
(VLF)
portion of the Vehicle Registration Renewal Notice is based on the value
of the vehicle, therefore the VLF is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
CT - based on 70% of the value of the vehicle, therefore this is
deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose. For CT
residents, it is also a limited, non-refundable state income tax
credit.
FL - has no ad valorem tax assessed upon motor vehicles.
GA - based on a combination of the FMV and the
wholesale value of the vehicle, therefore this is deductible for IRS
itemized deduction purpose.
IL - has no ad valorem tax assessed upon motor vehicles.
KS - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore
this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
KY - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore
this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
LA - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore
this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
MD - has no ad valorem tax assessed upon motor vehicles.
MN - The "Car Tabs" are based on the value of the
vehicle, therefore this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction
purpose.
MS - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore
this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
NY - has no ad valorem tax assessed upon motor vehicles.
OR - "Vehicle License Fee" is based on the value of
the vehicle, therefore is deductible for IRS itemized deduction
purpose.
SC - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore
this is deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
TX - DPS registration fee and county road bridge
add-on fee are not based on the value of the vehicle, therefore not
deductible for IRS itemized deduction purposes.
VA - based on the value of the vehicle, therefore this is
deductible for IRS itemized deduction purpose.
VT - has no ad valorem tax assessed upon motor vehicles.
WY - .
T.C. Memo 2010-286 - itemized deduction allowed for expenses
that were paid for, by a relative (as
a gift):
Child can take itemized deductions for her medical costs and real
estate taxes that were paid for by parent. Tax Court says the
parent is deemed to make a gift to the child. As such the
money is treated as going to the child and then to the creditors,
therefore the child gets the tax deduction.
Since the medical
costs were paid by parent directly to
the doctor, the parent does not count this for gift tax purposes.
Judith F. Lang v. Comr of Internal Revenue
12/30/2010
http://www.ustaxcourt.gov/InOpHistoric/la5ng.TCM.WPD.pdf
T.C. Summary Opinion 2003-113 - major roof repair is expensed, not capitalized:
Thomas J. Northen, Jr & Shirley Cox v. Comr. IR referring to
Oberman Manufascturing Co "...there was no replacement or
substitution of the roof. Petitioner's only purpose in having the
work done to the roof was to prevent the leakage and keep her
commercial property in operating condition and not to prolong the
life of the property, increase its value, or make it adaptable to
another use. Petitioner's expenditure merely restored her
commercial to one with a roof free of leaks."
Google search
§1031 Tax-Deferred
Exchanges:
http://www.1031.org/
http://firstexchange.com/drop-and-swap
§709(b)(1) election to
deduct LLC, partnership and Sch. C start-up expenditures:
(also see §195(b) and see §248(a) for corporations)
After October 22, 2004 a new law
allows this election to be made for expenditures of $5,000 or less for
start-up, §248 organizational, syndication and formation costs to be
deducted when it begins business. Otherwise, generally, these
costs are amortized over a 15 year period starting with the month it
begins business.
Prior to October 23, 2004 these costs were usually amortized
straight-line over 60 months.
After September 8, 2008 and through July 8, 2011, the qualifying costs are expensed,
by default.
How to make the election. You elect to deduct the start-up or
organizational costs paid or incurred before 9/9/08 by claiming the deduction on the income tax
return (filed by the due date including extensions) for the tax year
in which the active trade or business begins. However, if you timely
filed your return for the year without making the election, you can
still make the election by filing an amended return within 6 months of
the due date of the return (excluding extensions). Clearly indicate
the election on your amended return and write "Filed pursuant to section
301.9100-2." File the amended return at the same address you
filed the original return. The election applies when computing taxable
income for the current tax year and all subsequent years.
After September 8, 2008 and through July 8, 2011- the election to capitalize start-up or
organizational costs is made similar to the above.
update:
Effective August 17, 2011
final regulations made
changes (at the taxpayer's option, retroactive to October 23, 2004
to the extent the period of limitations on assessment of tax has not
expired for the year the election is deemed made), as follows:
Taxpayers are deemed to have made
the election to deduct start-up or organizational expenditures.
A taxpayer that wants to capitalize these costs must affirmatively
elect capitalization (that is, elect not to recover its start-up or
organizational costs) on a timely filed federal income tax return
(including extensions). The final regulations provide no guidance on
the manner for making this election.
Start-up costs are costs for creating an active trade or business or
investigating the creation or acquisition of an active trade or
business. Start-up costs include any amounts paid or incurred in
connection with any activity engaged in for profit and for the
production of income in anticipation of the activity becoming an
active trade or business.
Qualifying costs. A start-up cost is amortizable if it meets both the
following tests.
-
It is a cost you could
deduct if you paid or incurred it to operate an existing active
trade or business (in the same field as the one you entered into).
-
It is a cost you pay or
incur before the day your active trade or business begins.
Start-up costs include costs
for the following items.
-
An analysis or survey of
potential markets, products, labor supply, transportation
facilities, etc.
-
Advertisements for the
opening of the business.
-
Salaries and wages for
employees who are being trained and their instructors.
-
Travel and other necessary
costs for securing prospective distributors, suppliers, or
customers.
-
Salaries and fees for
executives and consultants, or for similar professional services.
Disposition of business.
If you completely dispose of your business before the end of the
amortization period, you can deduct any remaining deferred start-up
costs. However, you can deduct these deferred start-up costs only to
the extent they qualify as a loss from a business.
A special note about educational seminars attended before you begin
trading:
Education is deductible when it is not part of a program
that will qualify you for a new trade or business. Therefore for
tax deduction purposes it is perhaps best to consider avoiding such
controversy and defer your trader training seminars until after you
have actually begun active trading. The trading needs to be done with
appropriately significant dollars at stake - "paper trading" without
dollars at stake does not necessarily qualify as a legitimate trade or
business.
IRS Publication 17
Maintaining skills vs. qualifying for new job.
Education to maintain or improve skills needed in your present work is
not qualifying education if it will also qualify you for a new
trade or business.
IRS Publication 970
Temporary absence. If you stop working for a year or less in
order to get education to maintain or improve skills needed in your
present work and then return to the same general type of work, your
absence is considered temporary. Education that you get during a
temporary absence is qualifying work-related education if it maintains
or improves skills needed in your present work.
Indefinite absence. If you stop work for more than a year, your
absence from your job is considered indefinite. Education during an
indefinite absence, even if it maintains or improves skills needed in
the work from which you are absent, is considered to qualify you for a
new trade or business. Therefore, it is not qualifying work-related
education.
Net Operating Loss Carryback / Carryforward elections:
Individuals:
Planning stages:
2007 & 2008: Carry back five years (or elect to carry back two years),
carryforward twenty years.
1998, 1999, 2000 and 2003 to present (2006): Carry back two years,
carryforward twenty years.
2001 & 2002: Carry back five years (or elect to carry back two years),
carryforward twenty years.
prior to 1998 Carry back three years, carryforward fifteen years.
Corporations:
Numerous special cases and exemptions exist for:
Losses on Sec 1256 contracts, futures, commodities
Losses of a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT)
Losses from certain product liabilities and deferred statutory
liabilities (ten year carryback)
Losses from certain Causalities, Thefts & Presidential Declared
Disasters (three year carryback)
Farming Losses (five year carryback)
Certain timber losses (three & five year carrybacks)
Gulf Opportunity (GO) Zone losses (five year carryback)
Losses from a casualty or thief (three year carryback)
Losses from a Presidentially declared disaster for a qualified small
business
Product liability (ten year carryback)
Reclamation of land (ten year carryback for accrual basis taxpayers
three years after an act)
Dismantling of a drilling platform (ten year carryback for accrual
basis taxpayers three years after an act)
Remediation of environmental contamination (ten year carryback for
accrual basis taxpayers three years after an act)
Payment under any workers compensation act (ten year carryback for
accrual basis taxpayers three years after an act)
The election to forgo the carrytback was added by the Tax Reform Act
of 1976. There are two basic requirements for elect to forgo the
carryback: A properly worded election statement and a timing
requirement.
There has been litigation when ambiguous election statements have been
made regarding the Regular Income Tax NOL vs. the Alternative
Minimum Tax (AMT) NOL.
Taxpayer may not make a split election (between regular and AMT NOL)
but the election should refer to both to be valid. Use language
such as "net operating losses"
(Miller v. Comr., 99 F.3d 1042 11th Cir. 1996 Taxpayers' attempt to
waive only carryback of their regular tax NOL rendered election
invalid because attached statement was ambiguous on its face and thus
invalid because taxpayer attempted to split election, rev'g, 104 T.C.
330 1995).
The irrevocable election must be filed no later than the due date
(including extensions) for the filing of the tax return for the
taxable year in which the net operating loss arises see IRC
§172(b)(3). There is much misunderstanding (general ignorance,
or purposefully ignoring of the law) by many tax advisors regarding
this requirement.
Once you choose to waive the carryback period, it is irrevocable. If
you choose to waive the carryback period for more than one NOL, you
must make a separate choice and attach a separate statement for each
NOL year.
CAUTION: If you do not file this statement on time, you cannot waive
the carryback period.
The Form 1040 Election to Waive Net Operating Loss Carryback (NOL)
under IRS Code Sec 172(b)(3) has a deadline for filing which is the
due date including extensions of the tax return for the year of the
NOL, which in no event generally would go beyond October 15, 2004 (or
April 15, 2005 if filed pursuant to section 301.9100-2).
§172(b)(3). The right to choose to forgo the carryback period is lost if a timely election is not made.
e.g., Young
v. Comr., 83 T.C. 831 (1984), aff'd, 783 F.2d 1201 (5th Cir. 1986)
(Statement electing to waive carryback made on an amended return for
1976 did not constitute a timely waiver where amended return was filed
in 1980); Curran v. U.S., 88 AFTR2d 7172 (D. Md. 2001) (Election to
waive carryback of a 1989 net operating loss untimely where the
taxpayer filed the 1989 return more than four years late); Diesel
Performance, Inc. v. Comr., T.C. Memo 1999-302, aff'd in unpub. opin.,
2001-2 USTC ¶50,589 (9th Cir. 2001) (Statement electing to waive
carryback on an amended return for 1992 did not constitute a timely
waiver where amended return was filed in 1994); Menaged v. Comr., T.C.
Memo 1991-079 (Statement of election to carry over unused net
operating loss generated in 1979 made on amended return filed more
than two years after due date of original return was not timely
election to waive carryback period).
When the election is made on an
amended return, the taxpayer must write "Filed pursuant to section
301.9100-2" on the election statement. IRS Pub. 536, Net Operating
Losses (NOLs) for Individuals, Estates, and Trusts. Regs. §301.9100-2(b) authorizes an automatic six-month extension to make a regulatory election or a statutory election with a due date of the return
including extensions, provided the taxpayer timely filed its return
for the year the election should have been made and the taxpayer takes
corrective action within the six-month extension period.
Regs.
§301.9100-3 provides for discretionary extensions for regulatory
elections that do not meet the requirements of Regs. §301.9100-2, if
the taxpayer acted reasonably and in good faith and granting relief
will not prejudice the government's interests. PLRs 200124007 and
200123048 involved consolidated groups that inadvertently failed to
file waivers of carryback for consolidated net operating losses on
their tax returns for the loss year. Although §172(b)(3) provides the
general deadline for waiving carryback, Regs. §1.1502-21T(b)(3)(i)
specifically addresses requirements for waiver by consolidated groups.
Treating the elections by the consolidated groups as regulatory
elections, the IRS granted discretionary extensions for making the
election under Regs. §301.9100-3. See also PLRs 200214023 (45-day
extension granted to relinquish carryback); 200209002 (45-day
extension granted to relinquish carryback period).
Absent application
of Regs. §301.9100-2 or Regs. §301.9100-3, the IRS will not grant an
extension of time to elect waiver of carryback. PLRs 9435004, 8549057,
8339056, 8229035; TAMs 8333001, 8107001. Additionally, the IRS may
postpone the deadline for making the election for taxpayers affected
by a Presidentially declared disaster or terroristic or military
action (§7508A) or serving in or in support of the Armed Forces in a
combat zone or qualifying deployment in a contingency operation
(§7508). Rev. Proc. 2004-13, 2004-4 I.R.B. 335.
The general rule provides a two-year carryback period and a 20-year
carryover period; provided, however, that a five-year carryback period
applies for net operating losses for taxable years ending during 2001
or 2002 and is planned again for 2007 & 2008. 264 To provide
flexibility, taxpayers incurring net operating losses may elect to
waive carryback of the losses and carry them
forward for the applicable carryover period. 265
/Footnote/ 264 §172(b)(1)(A), (H). The two-year carryback and 20-year
carryover periods were implemented by the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997,
P.L. 105-34, §1082(a), effective for tax years beginning after Aug. 5,
1997. The five-year carryback period for net operating losses for
taxable years ending during 2001 or 2002 was implemented by the Job
Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, P.L. 107-147, §102(a).
/Footnote/ 265 The waiver of the two-year carryback period is
discussed at ¶2410.04.C., below. The waiver of the five-year carryback
period is discussed at ¶2410.04.A.2.b., below.
Personal Income Tax Net Operating Losses are carried back using Form 1045. You must file Form
1045 within 1 year after the end of the year in which an NOL, unused
credit, a net section 1256 contracts loss, or claim of right
adjustment arose. Alternatively Form 1040X
may be filed before three years from the date the Form 1040 was filed.
Corporate Income Tax Net Operating Losses are carried back using Form 1139. The corporation must
file Form 1139 within 12 months of the end of the tax year in which an
NOL, net capital loss, unused credit, or claim of right adjustment
arose. Alternatively Form 1120X
may be filed before three years from the date the Form 1120 was filed.
Delinquent filers:
Unless the timely-filed 2005 return has an election to relinquish the
carryback, the NOL must first be carried back and then carried
forward. The number of years of the carryback depends on the type of
loss. it can be as much as 10 years under IRC 172(b)(1)(C).
Assuming the 1040X carryback is not timely filed, the amount of loss
(if any) that can be carried forward is determined as if the 1040X
carryback had been filed. The only difference is that the refunds from
the carryback years are lost.
The interplay of the two and three year rules that are normally looked
at basically relate to the situation where the refund is being claimed
for the "current" year, not a carryback year.
First, Reg. 301.6511(a)-1(a)(1) says that a refund claim must be filed
within 3 years of the time the original return is filed or, if later,
2 years from the time the tax was paid. Note that the original return
may, in itself, be a refund claim. Note also that, if no return is
filed, Reg. 301.6511(a)-1(a)(2) also allows a refund claim of taxes
paid within two years, which presumably would refer to an adjustment
by the IRS, since I can't think of any other way a refund could be
claimed without filing a return.
IRC 6511(b)(1) says there will be no refund or credit based on that
refund claim unless it is timely. Note that neither Reg. 301.6511(a)-1
nor 6511(B)(1) refer to the due date of the return. Both refer to the
timeliness of the refund claim.
Second, assuming that the claim is timely under Reg. 301.6511(a)-1,
IRC 6511(b)(2) limits the amount that can be refunded. If the claim
was filed within 3 years of filing the original return, the limit
under IRC 6511(b)(2)(A) is the tax paid within 3 years plus, if an
extension of time was granted for the original return, the period of
the extension, prior to filing the refund claim.
If the refund claim is not filed within 3 years of filing the original
return, the limit is the tax paid within 2 years of filing the refund
claim, per IRC 6511(b)(2) (B).
Note that none of the periods involved refer to the due date of the
return except to the extent that IRC 6513 deems a tax paid before the
due date to be paid on the due date of the return.
If a Form 1040 has not yet been filed but it shows an overpayment of
tax, filing it before the three year statute would constitute a valid
refund claim for the overpayment of tax. Filing after the three year
statute would constitute a valid refund claim only for the tax paid 3
years plus the period of any extension granted prior to the date of
filing. (Since this is the original return and, simultaneously a
refund claim, the refund claim is filed within 3 years of the original
return.)
Net Operating Loss (NOL)
Helpful Hints:
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=128495,00.html
Net Operating Loss (NOL)
Helpful Hints
Headliner Volume 98 - August 16, 2004
Tax practitioners can speed up the processing of net operating losses
(NOLs) by avoiding some common errors. Individuals, estates and trusts
may have an NOL if deductions exceed income for the year. Taxpayers
can use an NOL by deducting it from income in another year or years.
If you carry back your NOL, you can use Form 1045, Application for
Tentative Refund, or Form 1040X Amended U. S. Individual Income Tax
Return. Form 1045, is an application for a quick refund, resulting
from a tentative adjustment of tax in a carryback year. Generally,
Form 1045 must be filed after the NOL year tax return was filed, but
not later than one year after the NOL year. Any claims filed more than
one year after the end of the NOL year must be filed on Form 1040X, or
an amended Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts.
Here are some common errors that resulted in an NOL rejection during
processing:
Error: Failure to
provide documentation
to support the NOL calculation.
Solution: Review the checklist of "What to Attach" in the Form 1045
instructions. Be sure to include all forms or schedules for items
refigured in the carryback year. Also, provide a copy of any
examination reports if the IRS has previously audited the return.
Error: Failure to separate all items shown on the return and tax
account when an allocation is required because of a change in filing
status or marital status.
Solution: Attach a complete breakdown of each spouse's income; a
detailed capital gain calculation; deductions, including a list of
total Schedule A Itemized Deductions; exemptions; taxable income;
credits; other taxes, including separate Forms 6251, Alternative
Minimum Tax; federal tax withheld; payments; offsets; and refunds. For
information about figuring the NOL carrybacks and carryovers for
married people whose filing status changes for any tax year involved
in figuring an NOL carryback or carryover, see Publication 536, Net
Operating Losses (NOLs) for Individuals, Estates, and Trusts.
Error: Incorrect "before carryback" figures on Form 1045 or Form
1040X.
Solution: "Before carryback" figures are the amounts from the original
filed return. If there have been any adjustments made to the original
tax return amounts, either by the taxpayer or the IRS, use personal
records or order an IRS transcript of the tax account. To order a
transcript, call (800) 829-1040 for Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income
Tax Return, or (800) 829-4933 for business returns, or file Form
4506-T Request for Transcript of Tax Return.
Error: Incorrect use of Table 1. Worksheet for NOL Carryover From 2003
to 2004 (For an NOL Year Before 2003) in Publication 536 instead of
Form 1045, Schedule B, NOL Carryover, to compute absorbed carryback.
Solution: Calculate the total NOL absorbed in each carryback year
using Form 1045, Schedule B. Taxpayer should not use the carryforward
worksheet shown in Publication 536 to calculate the absorbed NOL for
carryback claims. The worksheet is used to figure the amount of an NOL
from a prior year still remaining after applying it to the current
year.
Error: Missing NOL and
alternative tax net operating loss (ATNOL)
calculations.
Solution: For NOL calculations attach Form 1045, Schedule A NOL. For
ATNOL calculations attach the calculation and a Form 6251, Alternative
Minimum Tax. If taxpayer did not file a Form 6251, with the loss year
and/or carryover years' returns, IRS must have a copy of completed
Forms 6251 to determine the total adjustments and preferences for the ATNOL deductions.
Error: Incorrect NOL and ATNOL calculations.
Solution: The NOL calculation on Form 1045, Schedule A and ATNOL
calculations must include all non-business and business capital gains
and losses equal to the net capital gains or losses from Form 1040,
Schedule D Capitol Gains and Losses.
Error: Recalculating charitable contributions based on an NOL
carryback.
Solution: The charitable contributions on Form 1040 Schedule A,
Itemized Deductions, are not changed by an NOL carryback.
Only
carryforward losses (where the loss year occurred before the carryover
year) will affect the adjusted gross income for computing the
percentages for allowable contributions.
Deadline for NOL
carryback elections:
Error: Election to waive carryback
period filed late.
Solution: To make the election to carry an NOL and ATNOL forward
without first carrying it back,
the election must have been made with the original loss year return,
or filed with a Form 1040X within six months of the original due date
(excluding extensions) of the loss year return.
If the election was not timely made, the NOL must be carried back
before being carried forward. Remember to attach a copy of the timely election
to the return where the NOL is carried forward.
Error: Failure to provide a breakdown of how each NOL changed the tax
figures when combining multiple years' NOL carrybacks on the same
Form1040X.
Solution: If you are carrying over more than one NOL, apply each one
separately, starting with the earliest one to determine your NOL
deduction. Attach a copy of each separate computation to your 1040X.
Error: Combining changes to other income/deductions on a prior year
return that are not related to an NOL carryback adjustment.
Solution: NOLs have different processing dates and statutory
requirements than regular tax changes. Therefore, non-NOL adjustments
must be made on a separate amended return.
For additional information on net operating losses, see Publication
536, Form 1045 and instructions. Forms and publications are available
by download from the IRS Web site, or by calling toll free
1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
Deadline for NOL
carryback refunds:
NOL carrybacks must be filed
within three years of the original due date of the tax return for the
tax year of the loss being carried back. Otherwise the portion
that must be carried back is in effect lost since any resulting refund
is forfeited as a late filing penalty. Any remaining carryback
losses, that are then being carried forward are reduced by the
portions used up in computing the forfeited refunds.
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Form 1045 and 1040X
preparation (corporations use 1138, 1139 & 1120X):
Instructions for Form 1045:
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/i1045.pdf
What to Attach
Attach copies of the following, if applicable, to Form 1045 for
the year of the loss or credit:
-
If you are an individual,
page 1 and 2 of your loss-year Form 1040 and Schedule A, D and J
(Form 1040), if applicable.
-
Any Form 4952, Investment
Interest Expense Deduction, attached to your loss-year income tax
return.
-
All Schedules K-1 you
received from partnerships, S corporations, estates, or trusts that
contribute to the carryback.
-
Any application for
extension of time to file your loss-year income tax return
-
All Forms 8271, Investor
Reporting of Tax Shelter Registration Number, attached to your
loss-year income tax return.
-
All Form 8886 Reportable
Transaction Disclosure Statement, attached to your loss-year income
tax return.
-
Forms 8302. Electronic
Deposit of Tax Refund of $1 Million or More.
-
All other forms and
schedules from which the carryback results, such as Schedule C or F
(Form 1040), Form 3800, General Business Credit, Form 6781, Gains
and Losses Form 6781, gains and Losses From Section 1256 Contracts
and Straddles, or Form 8586 Low-Income Housing Credit, and
-
All forms and schedules for
items refigured in the carryback year(s), such as Form 3800, Form
6251, Alternative Minimum Tax - Individuals, Form 6781, Form 8586,
From 8844, Empowerment Zone and Renewal Community Employment Credit,
or Form 8884, New York Liberty Zone Business Employee Credit.
Instructions for
Form 1040X:
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/i1040x.pdf
Net operating loss
(NOL). Attach a computation of your NOL
using Schedule A (Form 1045) and any carryover using Schedule B (Form
1045). A refund based on an NOL should not include a refund of
self-employment tax reported on Form 1040X, line 9. See Pub. 536, Net
Operating Losses (NOLs) for Individuals, Estates, and Trusts, for
details.
Carryback claims.
You must attach copies of the following if Form 1040X is used as a
carryback claim.
-
Both pages of Form 1040 and
Schedules A and D, if applicable, for the year in which the loss or
credit originated. Enter "Attachment to Form 1040X - Copy Only - Do
Not Process" at the top of these forms.
-
Any Schedules K-1 you
received from any partnership, S corporation, estate, or trust for
the year of the loss or credit that contributed to the loss or
credit carryback.
-
Any form or schedule from
which the carryback results, such as Form 3800, Form 6781 or
Schedule C or F.
-
Forms or schedule from which
the carryback results, such as Form 6251, Form 3800, or Schedule A.
Built-in Gains and Losses Under Section 382(h):
IRS Notice 2003-65
The 1374
Approach
The 1374 approach generally incorporates the rules of
section 1374(d) and §§1.1374-3, 1.1374-4, and 1.1374-7
of the Income Tax Regulations in calculating NUBIG and NUBIL and identifying RBIG and
RBIL. The following sections describe the application of those rules
in the context of section 382(h) and describe those areas in which
the 1374 approach departs from those rules.
The 338 Approach
The 338 approach identifies items of RBIG and RBIL generally by
comparing the loss corporation's actual items of income, gain,
deduction, and loss with those that would have resulted if a section
338 election had been made with respect to a hypothetical purchase
of all of the outstanding stock of the loss corporation on the
change date (the “hypothetical purchase”). As a result, unlike under
the 1374 approach, under the 338 approach, built-in gain assets may
be treated as generating RBIG even if they are not disposed of at a
gain during the recognition period, and deductions for liabilities,
in particular contingent liabilities, that exist on the change date
may be treated as RBIL.
Using Form 1040X to deal with a CP2000 and
CP2501 notification:
CP2000 and CP2501 notices are sometimes so complicated that the
preparation of an amended tax return, Form 1040X, is the best way to
address any errors made on the original Form 1040. A problem in
doing this is that the IRS mail room upon seeing a 1040X is not
letting the CP2000 or CP2501 dept people see it, rather they reship
it away to another dept that is very overworked.
The IRS CP2000 notices dept, fed up with the slow processing of
1040X's, now requests that you send them a full photocopy of the
1040X and it's supporting statements with the CP2000 notice firmly
stapled on top of it (the trick is to hide the 1040X under the
CP2000 paperwork). ALSO in red ink across the top of the page
#1 of the 1040X write "CP2000 RESPONSE" Send the package of
materials to the address shown on the CP2000 notice.
Statute of Limitations limited
to three years, not six years for traders that overstated basis and reported each individual
sale:
A taxpayer overstated
the tax basis (cost) of sales that were made during the year. In
Bakersfield Energy Partners, 128 TC No. 17 6/14/07 the Tax Court decided that
the IRS was not entitled to assess the underpaid tax by using the
special six year look-back statute of limitations that is applicable
when a taxpayer omits more than 25% of gross income pursuant to IR
Code §6501(e). The logic as stated by the court in denying the
IRS the six year statute of limitations was that there was no
"omission" since the sale was actually reported on the tax return (see
IR Code §6501(e)(1)(A)(ii)).
Statute of Limitations limited
to three years, not six years for partners who overstated basis:
Partners overstated
their deductible basis on a §754 election by their partnership (husband and wife
partnership). In
Grapeview Imports Ltd v. U.S., No 05-296T Fed. Cl. 7/17/07 the Court decided that
the IRS was not entitled to assess the underpaid tax by using the
special six year look-back statute of limitations that is applicable
when a taxpayer omits more than 25% of gross income pursuant to IR
Code §6501(e)(1)(A). The logic as stated by the court in denying the
IRS the six year statute of limitations was based on US Supreme Court
Colony Inc v. Comr, 357 U.S. 28 1958 and Bakersfield Energy Partners
LP (above) - that there was no
"omission" since the sale was actually reported on the tax return (see IR Code §6501(e)(1)(A)(ii))
update:
9/24/2009 IRS issues proposed and temporary regulations to clarify
that an overstatement of basis can create a substantial omission
of gross income under IR Code
§§6229(c)(2) and 6501(e) for purposes of the six-year extended period
for assessments and collections of tax attributable to partnership
items. (see Treas. Reg. §301.6229(c)(2)-1T)
update:
1/26/2011 U.S. Court of Appeals for the 7th circuit in Beard
v. Comr ruled in a case regarding a Son-of-BOSS (Bond and
Option Sales Strategy) transaction, that the IRS is allowed
six years to assess taxes when basis of the marketable
security
is overstated and results in the taxpayer effectively
omitting 25% of income.
update:
2/7/2011 U.S. Court of Appeals for the 4th circuit in Home
Concrete
v. USA and for the 5th circuit in Burks
v. USA ruled for the taxpayers, saying that the IRS is
limited to three
six years to assess taxes when basis
is overstated and does not result in the taxpayer omitting 25% of
gross income.
Tax Notes 7/26/10
http://www.woodporter.com/Publications/Articles/pdf/Capital_Gain_Three-Year_or_Six-Year_Statute_of_Limitations.pdf
Update: October 24, 2011 Bosamia v. Comr sidetracks the statue of
limitation by applying
§481 to the taxpayer's situation of relying on an inappropriate
accounting method to avoid or delay recognizing taxable income.
Statute of Limitations
not limited
to three years when NOL is carried forward:
A taxpayer overstated
the tax basis (cost) of partnership items. In Curr-Spec Partners
LP the Court decided that
the IRS was entitled to assess the underpaid tax by ignoring the
general three year statute of limitations. Partners had elected to
carry forward a Net Operating Loss (NOL) and by the time the IRS audit
was underway the three year statute of limitations had expired for the
year that originally created the NOL. The logic, as stated by the court in denying the
taxpayer the right to the protection of three year statute of
limitations, was that IR
Code §5118(a) says
that the statute of limitations period "shall not expire before" three
years from the date the partnership return was filed or, if later,
when is was due. The Fifth Circuit Court said that the
phrase shall not expire before" is unambiguous; that is, it can extend
but never shorten the
§6501(a)
period for assessing individual tax liabilities attributable to
partnership items.
Statute of Limitations not limited to three years when there are mitigating factors pursuant to §1311 through §1314:
A taxpayer had ending inventories adjusted during an IRS audit, for a
year for which a waiver of the three year Statute of Limitations was signed. The IRS
then assessed an adjustment in the following year for a comparable
adjustment to opening inventories. Tax claimed IRS was barred
because no waiver of the three year Statute of Limitations was
signed for the following year. The U.S. tax Court rules that
the IRS shall be allowed to adjust the opening inventories but no
other unrelated items may be changed. Tuwana Jynne
Anthory v. Comr of Internal Revenue (T.C. Summary Opinion
2011-50, April 18, 2011).
Capital Loss Carryback /
Carryforward election:
TBA
Supporting
Law
Revenue Ruling 84-52, 1984-1 C.B. 157 - The conversion of
a general partner interest into a limited partner interest, and vice
versa, within the same partnership, generally will result in no gain
or loss recognition by the partner under section 741 or 1001 of the
Code.
Revenue Ruling 84-53, 1984-1 C.B. 159 - Rev. Rul. 84-53
illustrates basis allocations and adjustments that may occur when a
partner owns multiple interests in a partnership and disposes of only
a portion of such interests.
Revenue Ruling 95-37, 1995-1 C.B. 130 - This ruling treats
the conversion of a partnership interest into an LLC interest in much
the same manner as conversions described in Rev. Rul. 84-52.
Crenshaw v. United States , 450 F.2d 472 (5th Cir. 1971) -
The court found, in a case of substance versus form, that a series of
transactions in which the taxpayer claimed tax-free liquidation
treatment under IRC section 736(b) followed by a tax-free exchange of
like-kind property under IRC section 1031 amounted to a sale of a
partnership interest. (see Drop & Swap
below)
Pollack v. Commissioner, 69 T.C. 142 (1977) - The Tax
Court ruled that the loss resulting from the disposition of a
partner’s interest in a partnership should be characterized as a
capital loss pursuant to IRC section 741 rather than an ordinary
business loss, as the taxpayer had claimed. Characterization of a
partnership interest as a capital asset neither depends on the
taxpayer’s motive when acquiring the interest nor the fact that
treatment would be different if the taxpayer had established the enterprise as a business other than a partnership.
see Drop and Swap here:
http://firstexchange.com/drop-and-swap
Dissolution of Partnerships in a 1031 Exchange - The Drop and Swap
When
a partnership is selling property
and some of the partners want to
cash out and others want to
reinvest, it can create
complications with a 1031 exchange.
There are a couple of reasons
for this.
First, under IRC §
1031(a)(2)(D), partnership interests
are not exchangeable.
Second, the taxpayer that
sold the relinquished property must
acquire the replacement property.
For example, if a partnership
sells the relinquished property,
that same partnership must buy the
replacement property.
If individual partners buy
the replacement property, it will
not be a valid exchange.
A
common solution to this problem is
to dissolve the partnership prior to
the sale and distribute tenant in
common interests in the property to
the individual partners (this is the
"drop").
Those individual owners then
deed the property to the buyer.
Some former partners exchange
their interests (here’s the "swap")
into replacement property, and
others take the cash proceeds and
pay tax on the gain.
While
a drop and swap is a common
structure, it is not without tax
risk.
In order to qualify for 1031
treatment, the property sold and the
property purchased must have been
"held for investment."
Although the code does not
include a specific minimum time
frame for which property must be
held, if property is acquired by the
individual partners immediately
prior to the sale, the IRS may take
the position that the individual
partners acquired the property not
for investment purposes, but rather
for the sole purpose of selling it.
Even if the original owner,
the partnership, had owned the
property for many years prior to the
drop and swap, the individual
partners may not be able to benefit
from the partnership’s prior holding
period.
There
have been several IRS rulings which
have disqualified exchanges due to
transfers which occurred immediately
before or immediately after an
exchange.
See
Revenue Rulings 77-337 and Revenue
Ruling 75-292.
Courts, however, have often
interpreted the holding requirement
more liberally and have permitted
non-recognition of gain, even when
there is a transfer immediately
before or after an exchange from or
to an entity controlled by the
taxpayer.
See
Magneson v. Commissioner of Internal
Revenue;
Bolker
v. Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
In
addition to some favorable case law,
the IRS decided in favor of the
taxpayer in Private Letter Rulings
200521002and
200651030.
Both Private Letter Rulings
addressed a testamentary trust that
owned real estate and regularly did
1031 exchanges.
The trust was due to
terminate at a certain time and, per
the trust’s termination plan, the
assets of the trust would eventually
be held in an LLC.
The trust was expected to
terminate during the exchange period
in two of its transactions and
immediately after the completion of
a 1031 exchange in a third
transaction.
In each ruling, the IRS held
that the termination of the trust
and subsequent transfer of the
properties to the LLC would not ruin
the 1031 exchange transactions.
Despite these positive decisions,
the IRS has not published any
rulings that give investors
certainty regarding the ability to
defer tax in an exchange if the
taxpayer uses a drop and swap
structure.
Moreover, there are other methods by
which the IRS may challenge a drop
and swap transaction.
For example, partners who
drop down to TIC owners but continue
to operate as a partnership for
their profit and loss allocations or
for their purchase agreement
negotiations may have a hard time
arguing that individuals really
dropped out of the partnership.
In this situation, the IRS
would likely find that the substance
of the transaction occurred at the
partnership level, rather than the
individual level.
See
Chase v. Commissioner of Internal
Revenue.
Within the last few years, the
taxing authorities have started to
pay attention to drop and swap
transaction.
For example, in late 2007,
the California Franchise Tax Board
("FTB") issued a notice with regard
to its examination of like kind
exchanges involving TIC interests.
The notice indicated that the
FTB would be examining whether TIC
interests were actually disguised
partnership interests.
Although taxpayers have been
relying on
Revenue
Procedure 2002-22to
structure their TIC transactions,
the FTB stated that the conditions
set forth in the Revenue Procedure
would be considered minimum
requirements for determining the
existence of a TIC interest in
rental real estate.
This notice serves to remind
investors that a TIC interest may be
characterized as a partnership
interest if the transaction is not
structured properly.
Since the partnership
interests are not exchangeable, this
can ruin an exchange.
Additionally, beginning in 2008,
Partnership Income Tax Returns
included two new questions in
Schedule B portion of Form 1065.
Question 13 asks
"...during the current or prior tax
year, the partnership distributed
any property received in a like-kind
exchange or contributed such
property to another entity (other
than entities wholly-owned by the
partnership throughout the tax
year)"
Question 14 asks
"At any time during the tax year,
did the partnership distribute to
any partner a tenancy-in-common or
other undivided interest in
partnership property?"
The
addition of these questions is a
clear indication that the IRS is
starting to track drop and swap
transactions.
A
drop and swap is a complicated
transaction with a variety of tax
implications.
Below are some practical
tips; however, investors should work
closely with their CPA or attorney
and analyze all of the tax issues
involved with their specific
transaction.
-
Drop out of the
entity as early as
possible before the
closing of the
relinquished
property.
-
Hold the replacement
property for a
sufficient amount of
time prior to
transferring to any
entity.
-
Maintain adequate
records in order to
establish evidence
of intent to hold
the relinquished or
replacement property
for business or
investment purposes.
-
When dropping into
TIC interests,
follow as many of
the criteria set
forth in Rev. Proc.
2002-22 as possible,
i.e., share in the
profits and expenses
on a pro rata basis.
-
Examine the case law
in addition to
Revenue Procedure
2002-22.
-
When selling the
relinquished
property, negotiate
and enter into the
sale agreement as
individuals.
-
Consider the tax
implication of
alternatives, such
as a swap and drop.
References:
Revenue Ruling 77-337, 1977 WL 43782
(1977)
Revenue Ruling 75-292, 1975 WL 35378
(1975)
Magneson v. Commissioner of Internal
Revenue,
753 F.2d 1490 (US
TC 1985)
Bolker
v. Commissioner of Internal Revenue,
760 F.2d 1039 (1985)
PLR
2005-21002 (February 24, 2005)
PLR
2006-51030 (September 19, 2006)
California
Franchise Tax Board Notice 2000 1107
02
Chase v. Commissioner of Internal
Revenue,
92 T.C. 874 (1989)
- See more at:
http://firstexchange.com/drop-and-swap#sthash.5Fr6MwjG.dpuf
The following list covers many of the considerations
you may want to think about with respect to technical terminations:
1. The terminating partnership is required to file a short-year
final return for the taxable year ending with and including the date
of its termination. Notice 2001-5 provides that the "Final
Return" box should be checked
while the instructions to Form 1065 indicate that the "Final
Return" box should not
be checked
[note: in my experience, it seems that most practitioners follow the
Notice].
2. The new partnership is required to file a return for its
taxable year beginning after the date of termination of the
terminated partnership. The tax year of the new partnership is
determined by reference to its partners under section 706(b)(1)(B).
Accordingly, the tax year of the new partnership may not necessarily
be the same as that of the old partnership.
3. The new partnership retains the employer identification number
of the terminated partnership.
4. 'Depreciation and amortization restart:' (i) the
terminated partnership computes depreciation for its final-year
return as if the assets were disposed of using appropriate
conventions and using the short-year rules of Rev. Proc. 89-15; (ii)
the new partnership computes depreciation as if the property
transferred from the terminated partnership were newly acquired -
the short-year rules of Rev. Proc. 89-15 apply [see also section
168(i)(7)]. In addition, Reg. Sec. 1.197-2(g)(2)(iv)(B) provides
that the "step-in-the-shoes" rule under Reg. Sec. 1.197-2(g)(2)(ii)
applies to transfers of section 197 intangibles pursuant to section
708(b)(1)(B) terminations.
5. 'Tax Elections:' tax elections made by the terminated
partnership are no longer applicable to the new partnership. The new
partnership should consider the following elections (among others):
(i) Section 754 election to adjust the basis of partnership assets
upon the transfer of partnership interests or upon certain
distributions from the partnership; (ii) accounting methods; (iii)
inventory methods; (iv) election to amortize organizational expenses
under section 709; (v) election to amortize start-up expenditures
under section 195; (vi) section 704(c) methods.
Also worth noting: because letter rulings are issued to specific
taxpayers and the newly-formed partnership is a new taxpayer, it
appears that the new partnership cannot rely on any letter rulings
received by the old partnership(?) /p>
6. 'Section 754 Elections:' a valid section 754 election
with respect to the terminating transfer may be made by either the
terminated partnership or the new partnership. If a section 754
election is beneficial for the incoming partner, and the terminating
partnership does not have a section 754 election in effect, it is
generally preferable to make the election with the terminating
partnership (as opposed to the new partnership) so that the new
partnership will not be bound by the section 754 election. This will
allow the new partnership the flexibility to determine whether a
section 754 election is beneficial with respect to future
transactions.
7. 'Section 743(b) adjustments of existing partners:' if
an existing partner has a section 743 basis adjustment in property
held by a partnership that technically terminates, such partner will
continue to have the same basis adjustment with respect to property
deemed contributed by the terminated partnership to the new
partnership, regardless of whether the new partnership makes a
section 754 election.
8. Section 704(b) capital accounts of the partners and the book
bases of the assets of the terminated partnership carry over to the
new partnership. Accordingly, a technical termination does not
create new section 704(c) property.
9. Deemed transfers resulting from a technical termination are
ignored in applying the section 707 disguised sale rules.
10. A technical termination does not trigger the application of,
or begin new periods with respect to, section 704(c)(1)(B) or
section 737.
11. A technical termination does not trigger recapture of
investment tax credits claimed by the terminated partnership under
the “mere change in form” exception in Reg. Sec. 1.47-3(f).
I am less certain about the following items; accordingly, if they
are important to you, support your position with your own research:
12. 'Acceleration of unamortized section 481(a) adjustments:'
a taxpayer that ceases to engage in a trade or business or
terminates its existence must take the remaining balance of any
section 481(a) adjustment relating to that trade or business into
account in computing its taxable income in the tax year of cessation
(or termination). Additionally, the contribution to a partnership of
the assets of a trade or business to which the section 481(a)
adjustment relates accelerates the section 481(a) adjustment. In
short, it appears that a section 708(b)(1)(B) termination
accelerates any unamortized section 481(a) adjustments relating to
assets that are deemed transferred.
13. 'Write-off unamortized section 709 organization costs:'
if the organization costs are considered an asset of the partnership
that can be transferred in the deemed section 721 transaction to a
new partnership, the basis of the organization costs would
presumably carry over and the new partnership would
"step-in-the-shoes" of the old partnership. When a partnership is
liquidated, unamortized organization costs may be deducted as a
section 165 loss, provided that the partnership previously elected
to amortize organization expenditures under section 709(b)(1). It is
possible that unamortized section 709 costs may not be considered an
asset of the terminated partnership that can be contributed to the
new partnership. Such costs would remain with the terminated
partnership and, therefore, become worthless and deductible when the
terminating partnership liquidates. Accordingly, a position also
exists to deduct the unamortized balance of the organization costs
on the final return of the terminated partnership.
14. 'Write-off unamortized start-up costs:' again, the
question is whether unamortized section 195 costs are assets that
may be contributed to the new partnership. If not, they should
become worthless and deductible at the time the terminating
partnership liquidates. Section 195(b)(2) provides for the deduction
of unamortized section 195 costs as a section 165 loss when a "trade
or business is completely disposed of by the taxpayer" before the
end of the amortization period. It is unclear to what extent the
contribution/distribution construct of section 708(b)(1)(B) will be
applicable outside of Subchapter K.
http://www.taxalmanac.org/index.php/Discussion:Partnership_-_Technical_Termination
§761(f)(2) Spouses' Partnership (but
generally not including a LLC ) may "Elect Out" of Partnership Rules - Qualified Joint Venture (QJV):
First, please note that:
§6231(a)(12) Husband and wife
Except to the extent otherwise
provided in regulations, a husband and wife who have a joint
interest in a partnership shall be treated as 1 person.
For tax years beginning after Dec. 31, 2006, a "qualified joint
venture" that is conducted by a husband and wife who file a joint
return for the tax year - may be elected out of and not treated as a
partnership for tax purposes.
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/i1040sc.pdf
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-prior/i1040sc--2007.pdf
Husband-wife business. Beginning in 2007, you and your spouse, if you
are filing married filing jointly, may be able to make a joint
election to be taxed as a qualified joint venture instead of a
partnership.
Husband-wife business. If you and your spouse jointly own and operate
a business and share in the profits and losses, you are partners in a
partnership, whether or not you have a formal partnership agreement.
Do not use Schedule C or C-EZ. Instead, file Form 1065. See Pub. 541
for more details.
Exception - Qualified joint venture. If you and your spouse materially
participate (see Material participation beginning on page C-2) as the
only members of a jointly owned and operated business, and you file a
joint return for the tax year, you can make a joint election to be
taxed as a qualified joint venture instead of a partnership. To make
this election, you must divide all items of income, gain, loss,
deduction, and credit between you and your spouse in accordance with
your respective interests in the venture. Each of you must file a
separate Schedule C or C-EZ. On each line of your separate Schedule C
or C-EZ, you must enter your share of the applicable income,
deduction, or loss.
As long as you remain qualified, your election cannot be revoked
without IRS consent.
Election for Husband and Wife Unincorporated Businesses
An unincorporated business jointly owned by a married couple is
generally classified as a partnership for Federal tax purposes. For
tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, the Small Business and
Work Opportunity Tax Act of 2007 (Public Law 110-28) provides that a
"qualified joint venture," whose only members are a husband and a
wife filing a joint return, can elect not to be treated as a
partnership for Federal tax purposes.
Reasons why a Husband and Wife might
want to make the election not to be treated as a partnership
Because a business jointly owned and operated by
a married couple is generally treated as a partnership for Federal
tax purposes, the spouses must comply with filing and record keeping
requirements imposed on partnerships and their partners. Married
co-owners failing to file properly as a partnership may have been
reporting on a Schedule C in the name of one spouse, so that only
one spouse received credit for social security and Medicare coverage
purposes. The election permits certain married co-owners to avoid
filing partnership returns, provided that each spouse separately
reports a share of all of the businesses’ items of income, gain,
loss, deduction, and credit. Under the election, both spouses will
receive credit for social security and Medicare coverage purposes. (ed.
in other words, it is possible to pay double the Social Security
portion of the S/E tax - once for the husband and then again for the
spouse - which is the proper way to pay, unless for example, if only
one spouse owned the business)
Definition of a qualified joint venture
A qualified joint venture is a joint
venture that conducts a trade or business where (1) the only members
of the joint venture are a husband and wife
who file a joint return, (2) both spouses
materially participate in the trade or business, and (3) both
spouses elect not to be treated as a partnership. A qualified joint
venture, for purposes of this provision, includes only businesses
that are owned and operated by spouses as co-owners, and not in the
name of a state law entity (including a limited partnership or
limited liability company) (See below). Note also that mere joint
ownership of property that is not a trade or business does not
qualify for the election. The spouses must share the items of
income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit in accordance with each
spouse's interest in the business. The meaning of "material
participation" is the same as under the passive activity loss rules
in section 469(h) and the corresponding regulations (see
Publication 925, Passive Activity and At-Risk Rules).
Note that, except as provided in section 469(c)(7), rental real
estate income or loss generally is passive under section 469, even
if the material participation rules are satisfied, and filing as a
qualified joint venture will not alter the character of passive
income or loss.
How to make the election to be treated as a qualified joint venture
Spouses make the election on a jointly filed
Form 1040 (PDF) by dividing all items of income, gain, loss,
deduction, and credit between them in accordance with each spouse’s
respective interest in the joint venture, and each spouse filing
with the Form 1040 a separate
Schedule C (Form 1040), Profit or Loss From
Business (Sole Proprietorship) (PDF) or
Schedule F (Form 1040), Profit of Loss From
Farming (PDF), Form
4835, Farm Rental Income and Expenses(PDF) and, if otherwise
required, a separate
Schedule SE (Form 1040), Self-Employment Tax
(PDF). For example, to make the election for 2009, jointly file your
2009 Form 1040, with the required schedules (see below). The
partnership terminates at the end of the taxable year immediately
preceding the year the election takes effect. For information on how
to report the business for the taxable year before the election is
made, see
Publication 541 on Partnerships and terminations.
A business owned and operated by the spouses through a
limited liability company does not qualify for the election
(ed. for people not residing in a "community property" state)
Only businesses that are owned and operated by
spouses as co-owners (and not in the name of a state law entity)
qualify for the election. See Rev. Proc. 2002-69, 2002-2 C.B. 831,
for special rules applicable to husband and wife state law entities
in community property states.
Ed.
In a
non-community
property
state,
it is a
little
more
confusing.
For tax
years
beginning
after
December
31,
2006,
the
Small
Business
and Work
Opportunity
Tax Act
of 2007
(Public
Law
110-28)
provides
that a
"qualified
joint
venture,"
whose
only
members
are a
husband
and a
wife
filing a
joint
return,
can
elect
not to
be
treated
as a
partnership
for
Federal
tax
purposes.
Reading
the
statute,
it would
seem
that an
LLC that
does not
elect to
be
treated
as a
corporation
should
be a
"qualified
joint
venture"
that can
essentially
be
disregarded.
However,
the IRS
states
that
with
respect
to the
election
provided
by the
statute,
that
"Only
businesses
that are
owned
and
operated
by
spouses
as
co-owners
(and not
in the
name of
a state
law
entity)
qualify
for the
election.
See
Rev.
Proc.
2002-69,
2002-2
C.B. 831,
for
special
rules
applicable
to
husband
and wife
state
law
entities
in
community
property
states."
So the
IRS says
that in
non-community
property
states,
a
husband-and-wife
LLC
cannot
be
disregarded.
Even
though a
reading
of the
statute
does not
appear
to
support
the IRS
position,
in may
be wise,
in a
non-community
property
state,
to file
a
partnership
tax
return
for the
LLC.
http://en.allexperts.com/q/Starting-Small-Business-1637/2008/5/LLC-single-member-disregard.htm
How to report Federal income tax as a qualified joint venture (including self-employment tax)
Spouses electing qualified joint venture status
are treated as sole proprietors for Federal tax purposes. The
spouses must share the businesses’ items of income, gain, loss,
deduction, and credit. Therefore, the spouses must take into account
the items in accordance with each spouse's interest in the business.
The same allocation
will apply for calculating self-employment tax if applicable,
and may affect each spouse’s social security benefits.
Each spouse
must file a separate Schedule C (or Schedule F) to report profits
and losses and, if otherwise required, a separate Schedule SE to
report self-employment tax for each spouse. Spouses with a rental
real estate business not otherwise subject to self-employment tax
must check the box on Line 1 of Schedule C and should not file
Schedules SE (ed. or starting with 2011, Line 2 of Schedule E).
(ed. Just for tax years
2008,
2009 &
2010. Starting with
2011, the check box was moved to Line 2 of
Schedule E)
However, if there are other net earnings from
self-employment of $400 or more, the spouse(s) with the other net
earnings from self-employment should file Schedule SE without
including the amount of the net profit from the rental real estate
business from Schedule C on line 2. If the election is made for a
farm rental business that is not included in self-employment, file
two
Forms 4835 instead of Schedule F.
In general, spouses do NOT need an Employer Identification Number (EIN) for the qualified joint venture
Spouses electing qualified joint venture status
are treated as sole proprietors for Federal tax purposes. Using the
rules for sole proprietors, an
EIN is not required for a sole proprietorship unless the sole
proprietorship is required to file excise, employment, alcohol,
tobacco, or firearms returns. If an EIN is required, the filing
spouse should complete a Form SS-4 and request an EIN as a sole
proprietor.
What to do if the spouses already have an EIN for the partnership
One spouse cannot
continue to use that EIN for the qualified joint venture. The EIN
must remain with the partnership (and be used by the
partnership for any year in which the requirements of a qualified
joint venture are not met). If you need EINs for the sole
proprietorships, see above on EINs for sole proprietors.
How to handle requests from the IRS for a partnership return from the spouses for tax years for which the election is in effect
Once the election is made, if the spouses
receive a notice from the IRS asking for a
Form 1065 (PDF) for a year in which the spouses meet the
requirements of a qualified joint venture, the spouses should
contact the toll-free number that is shown on the notice and advise
the telephone assistor that they reported the income on their
jointly-filed individual income tax return as a qualified joint
venture. Alternatively, the spouses can write to the address shown
on the notice and provide the same information.
If the spouses elect to be treated as a qualified joint venture, how do they report and pay Federal employment taxes?
If the business has employees, either of the
sole proprietor spouses may report and pay the employment taxes due
on wages paid to the employees, using the EIN of that spouse’s sole
proprietorship. If the business already filed Forms 941 or deposited
or paid taxes for part of the year under the partnership's EIN, the
spouse may be considered the "successor employer" of the employee
for purposes of determining whether the wages have reached the
social security and Federal unemployment wage base limits. See
Publication 15 for more information on the successor employer
rules. See above regarding the allocation of the deductions for
income tax purposes.
Duration that the election remains in effect
Once the election is made, it can be revoked
only with the permission of the IRS. However, the election
technically remains in effect only for as long as the spouses filing
as a qualified joint venture continue to meet the requirements for
filing the election.
(ed. for example, by bringing in a third partner, such as a child buying a 1% interest in the partnership, the election is automatically broken) If the spouses fail to meet the qualified joint
venture requirements for a year, a new election will be necessary
for any future year in which the spouses meet the requirements to be
treated as a qualified joint venture. (ed. for example, if the child sells his 1% interest to one of his parents, the election can again be made)
Page Last Reviewed or Updated:
December 07, 2011
http://www.irs.gov/Businesses/Small-Businesses-&-Self-Employed/Election-for-Husband-and-Wife-Unincorporated-Businesses
Rev. Proc. 2002-69 Community property state spouses' "Partnership" (such as a LLC)
has option to be treated as a disregarded entity - when they reside in a Community Property
State:
Generally for tax years beginning after
Dec. 31, 2002, a "qualified entity" owned by a husband and wife in a
community property state may be
treated as a single Schedule C and not treated as a partnership for tax purposes
at the discretion of the taxpayers.
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-prior/i1040sc--2003.pdf
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/rp-02-69.pdf
§1.761-2(b)
Investment Partnership may "Elect Out" of Subchapter K
Partnership Rules:
A "qualified investment partnership"
- may be elected out of and not treated as a partnership for tax
purposes, as follows:
Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code §761 all the members of ABC
Associates elect to exclude the organization from the provisions of
Subchapter K of the Internal Revenue Code. This election shall be
effective beginning with the tax year ending December 31, ______. In
connection with this election the members of ABC Associates
represent the following:
1) ABC Associates is located at 100 Co-Ownership Road, Rockville,
Maryland 20852. A copy of the
operating agreement is
available at that location.
2) ABC Associates qualifies for this election as an investing
partnership that satisfies the requirements of Regulation
§1.761-2(a)(1) & (2).
3) The members of ABC Associates are:
(a) Mr. W. Smith ###-##-####
100 Co-Ownership Road
Rockville, Maryland 20852
(b) Ms. J. Jones ###-##-####
102 Co-Ownership Road
Rockville, Maryland 20852
FSA 200216005
Investment Limited Partnership may not "Elect Out" of Subchapter K
Partnership Rules:
FSA 200216005
Since partners in a limited partnership are not co-owners of
partnership property under the section 761 regulations, Partnership
cannot elect to be excluded from the application of the provisions
of subchapter K pursuant to section 721(s).
Reg 1.761-2
Rev. Proc. 2002-16
§301.7701-1(a)(2)
mere co-ownership of property is not a separate entity vs. §761(f)
Qualified Joint Venture (QJV):
§301.7701-1(a)(2)
Certain
joint undertakings give rise to entities for federal tax purposes.
A joint venture or other contractual arrangement may create a
separate entity for federal tax purposes if the participants
carry on a trade, business, financial operation, or venture and
divide the profits therefrom. For example, a separate
entity exists for federal tax purposes if co-owners of an apartment
building lease space and in addition provide services to the
occupants either directly or through an agent. Nevertheless,
a joint undertaking merely to share expenses does not create a
separate entity for federal tax purposes. For example, if
two or more persons jointly construct a ditch merely to drain
surface water from their properties, they have not created a
separate entity for federal tax purposes. Similarly, mere
co-ownership of property that is maintained, kept in repair, and
rented or leased does not constitute a separate entity for
federal tax purposes. For example, if an individual owner, or
tenants in common, of farm property lease it to a farmer for a cash
rental or a share of the crops, they do not necessarily create a
separate entity for federal tax purposes.
Any form of co-ownership of business property is a "partnership"
under both
IRC 761(a) and
IRC 7701(a)(2). There is at least one case (investment tax
credit?) that held that an election not to be treated as a
partnership under
Reg. 1.761-2 applied only to Subchapter K (and the related
reporting requirements of IRC 7031), but did not apply to other
references to "partners" or "partnerships" under IRC 7701(a)(2).
That said, Reg. 1.761-2 provides for special circumstances under
which an unincorporated organization can elect not to be treated as
a "partnership" subject to Subchapter K. This is the "traditional"
route taken by co-owners of rental property who report their share
of "partnership" income individually. The advantage of doing this,
aside from not preparing Form 1065, is that elections normally made
by the "partnership" are, instead, made individually by the
co-owners.
In 2007, the
Small Business and Work Opportunity Tax Act of 2007 (P.L.
110-28) inserted
IRC 761(f) as another method whereby co-ownership by husband and
wife could elect not to be treated as a "partnership" for all
purposes of the IRC, including those whose definition is under IRC
7701(a)(2), if the co-owners elect under
IRC 761(f)(2)(C) to be a Qualified Joint Venture (QJV). The
wording of IRC 761(f) could lead one to conclude that Congress did
not intend this subsection to apply to rental real estate
operations, and the IRS has indicated that it does not apply when a
state entity (such as an LLC) is the actual owner.
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=177376,00.html
LLC members' tax deductions based on
actual capital contribution / basis:
Proposed IRS Regulation §1.465-6(d) says that an LLC member MAY NOT
DEDUCT LLC K-1 LOSSES to the extent that they exceed his capital
contribution. Even if that LLC member has guaranteed the debts of the
LLC - UNLESS, that particular LLC member has actually paid the debt
AND has no right to be reimbursed from the LLC or from the other
members.
Search this link of an IRS Auditor Guide excerpt for the word *
Guarantees * for the IRS position on this:
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/partnerships/article/0,,id=134694,00.html
If you deposit additional cash into an LLC before the end of the year
that should help cure this issue.
But be aware that there's also new 2008 rules regarding the
old-school s-corp trick of
removing the cash back out early in the following year.
These new rules became effective for any money loaned to the entity
after October 20, 2008. While the rules deal specifically with s-corps
the implications can be that LLC members trying to circumvent
§1.465-6(d) should be cautious as well.
http://www.irs.gov/irb/2008-47_IRB/ar09.html
Carried partnership interest election under IRS Code §83(b):
On April 2, 2009, Congressman
Sander Levin (D-Mich.) introduced H.R. 1935, the latest proposal to tax
capital gains allocated to a fund manager holding a partnership carried
interest as ordinary income. The bill would generally apply to carried
interests in private equity, venture capital, real estate, LBO,
mezzanine, distressed, and hedge funds. Most such funds have a general
partner (the fund manager) that receives a management fee (e.g., 2%) and
a carried interest equal to a percentage (e.g., 20%) of the profits
including realized capital gains.
The Levin bill provides an
opportunity to consider Congress’ latest thinking on this matter. While
it is not clear that this version of the bill will be enacted, it
appears increasingly likely that some sort of carried interest
legislation will become law. In its recently released Green Book, the
Obama administration indicated that it will push for carried interest
legislation to be effective in 2011.
Under current law, when the
partnership sells a long-term investment at a capital gain, the portion
of the gain allocated to the fund manager’s carried interest is taxed at
the favorable capital gains rate, currently 15%. By contrast,
compensation income for services is taxed at ordinary income rates,
currently, a maximum rate of 35%, and is subject to social security and
other payroll taxes. In the Green Book, the Obama administration
proposes to allow the maximum rates for capital gains to increase to 20%
and for ordinary income to rise to 39.6%.
President Obama’s proposal would
be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 and
would apply to all partnerships. Under the proposal, a partner’s share
of income on a services partnership interest (SPI) would be taxed as
ordinary income rather than capital gain, regardless of the character of
the income at the partnership level. The proposal also requires the
partner to pay self employment taxes on the share of income, and any
gain recognized on the sale of an SPI would be taxed as ordinary income
rather than capital gain.
http://www.nixonpeabody.com/services_pubdetail.asp?ID=2838&SID=442
http://www.lw.com/upload/pubContent/_pdf/pub2678_1.pdf
Rev. Rul. 87-115 regarding tiered partnerships §754 elections:
Rev. Rul. 87-115, 1987-2 C.B. 163
ISSUES
Under section 26 USC 743(b) of
the Internal Revenue Code, does a sale of an interest in an upper-tier
partnership (UTP) result in an adjustment to the basis of the property
of a lower-tier partnership (LTP) in which UTP has an interest if:
-
both UTP and LTP have made an
election under section 26 USC 754?
-
Only UTP has made the election under
section 26 USC 754?
-
only LTP has made the election under
section 26 USC 754?
FACTS
UTP is a partnership in which A,
B, C, and D are equal partners. A, B, C, and D each contributed 30x
dollar interest in partnership capital and surplus. A's share of the
adjusted basis of partnership property is 30x dollars, the sum of A's
interest as a partner in partnership capital and surplus, plus A's
share of partnership liabilities (neither UTP nor LTP have any
liabilities). UTP is an equal partner in LTP, along with X and Y. LTP
was formed by X, Y, and Z, who each contributed 110x dollars of cash
to LTP upon its formation. UTP purchased its interest in LTP from Z
for 80x dollars in a taxable year for which LTP did not have an
election under section 26 USC 754 in effect. UTP, X, and Y each have a
110x dollar interest in partnership capital and surplus.
UTP has an adjusted basis of 120x dollars in its property as follows:
an adjusted basis of 80 dollars in its partnership interest in LTP and
an adjusted basis of 40x dollars in inventory. UTP's partnership
interest in LTP has a fair market value of 120x dollars, and UTP's
inventory has a fair market value of 80x dollars. LTP has only one
asset, a capital asset that is not a section 26 USC 751 asset. LTP's
asset has an adjusted basis of 330x dollars and a fair market value of
360x dollars.
In 1985, A sold A's entire interest in UTP to E for 50x dollars.
SITUATION 1
Both UTP and LTP have valid
section 26 USC 754 elections in effect.
SITUATION 2
UTP has a section 26 USC 754
election in effect, but LTP does not.
SITUATION 3
UTP does not have a section 26
USC 754 election in effect, but LTP does.
LAW AND ANALYSIS
Section 26 USC 742 of the Code
provides that the basis of an interest in a partnership acquired other
than by contribution shall be determined under part II of subchapter O
of chapter 1 (sections 26 USC 1011 through 26 USC 1015).
Section 26 USC 1012 of the Code provides, with certain exceptions,
that the basis of property shall be the cost of such property.
Section 26 USC 754 of the Code provides that if a partnership files an
election, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary,
the basis of partnership property shall be adjusted, in the case of a
transfer of a partnership interest, in the manner provided in section
26 USC 743(b). Such election shall apply with respect to all transfers
of interests in the partnership during the taxable year with respect
to which such election was filed and all subsequent years.
Section 26 USC 743(a) of the Code provides the general rule that the
basis of partnership property shall not be adjusted as the result of a
transfer of an interest in a partnership by sale or exchange or on the
death of a partner unless the election provided by section 26 USC 754
is in effect with respect to such partnership.
Section 26 USC 743(b) of the Code provides that, in the case of a
transfer of an interest in a partnership by sale or exchange or upon
the death of a partner, a partnership with respect to which the
election provided in section 26 USC 754 is in effect shall (1)
increase the adjusted basis of partnership property by the excess of
the basis to the transferee partner of such partner's interest in the
partnership over the partner's proportionate share of the adjusted
basis of partnership property; or (2) decrease the adjusted basis of
partnership property by the excess of the transferee partner's
proportionate share of the adjusted basis of partnership property over
the basis of such partner's interest in the partnership. Section 26
USC 743(b) further provides that the increase or decrease shall be an
adjustment to the basis of partnership property with respect to the
transferee partner only.
Section 26 CFR 1.743-1(b)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations provides
that, in general, a partner's share of the adjusted basis of
partnership property is equal to the sum of that partner's interest as
a partner in partnership capital and surplus, plus that partner's
share of partnership liabilities.
Section 26 USC 755(a) of the Code requires that, in general, the
amount of the basis adjustment be allocated among partnership assets
in a manner which has the effect of reducing the difference between
the fair market value and the adjusted basis of those assets, or in
any other manner permitted by the regulations prescribed by the
Secretary.
Section 26 USC 755(b) of the Code provides that in applying the
allocation rules provided in section 26 USC 755(a), increases or
decreases in the adjusted basis of partnership property
arising from the transfer of an interest attributable to (1) capital
assets and property described in section 26 USC 1231(b)("capital
assets"), or (2) any other property of the partnership, shall in
general be allocated to partnership property of like character.
Section 26 CFR 1.755-1(b)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations provides
that to the extent an amount paid by a purchaser of a partnership
interest is attributable to the value of capital assets, any
difference between the amount so attributable and the transferee
partner's share of the partnership basis of such property shall
constitute a special basis adjustment with respect to partnership
capital assets. Similarly, any such difference attributable to any
other property of the partnership shall constitute a special basis
adjustment with respect to such property.
Section 26 USC 741 of the Code provides that, except as provided in
section 26 USC 751, the gain or loss on the exchange of an interest in
a partnership shall be considered as a gain or loss from the sale of a
capital asset.
Rev. Rul. 78-2, 1978-1 C.B. 202, concerns the transfer of an interest
in an investment partnership, X, which is a partner of an operating
partnership, Y. The ruling concludes that if elections under section
26 USC 754 of the Code are in effect for X and Y, the adjustment to
the basis of partnership property under section 26 USC 743(b) includes
(a) an adjustment to X's partnership interest in Y and (b) a
corresponding basis adjustment to Y's property with respect to X and
the transferee partner of X only.
In essence, if an election under section 26 USC 754 is not in effect,
the partnership is treated as an independent entity, separate from its
partners. Thus, absent a section 26 USC 754 election, even though the
transferee receives a cost basis for the acquired partnership
interest, the partnership does not adjust the transferee's share of
the adjusted basis of partnership property. If, however, an election
under section 26 USC 754 is in effect, the partnership is treated more
like an aggregate of its partners, and the transferee's overall basis
in the assets of the partnership is generally the same as it would
have been had the transferee acquired a direct interest in its share
of those assets. Nevertheless, the transferee's adjusted basis for
specific partnership assets will not necessarily equal the basis the
assets would have had if the transferee had acquired a direct interest
in the assets. The difference is due to the fact that the transferee's
basis in specific partnership assets is controlled by section 26 USC
755, which does not adopt a pure
aggregate approach. See section 26 CFR 1.755-1(c) of the regulations.
SITUATION 1
E purchased A's interest for 50x
dollars. Thus, under section 26 USC 742, E's basis in E's partnership
interest is 50x dollars. Because UTP made a valid section 26 USC 754
election, under section 26 USC 743(b) UTP must increase the adjusted
basis of its property by 20x dollars, the excess of the transferee
partner's basis in the partnership interest (50x dollars) over the
partner's share of the adjusted basis of such property. Under section
26 CFR 1.743-1(b)(1), E's share of the adjusted basis of partnership
property is 30x dollars, because E succeeds to A's interest in
partnership capital and surplus. See, e.g., section 26 CFR
1.743-1(b)(1) Example (2). The 20x dollar special basis adjustment
raises UTP's adjusted basis in its partnership property to 140x
dollars, but the additional 20x dollars must be segregated and
allocated solely to E. Under section 26 USC 755, the 20x dollars must
be allocated between capital assets (UTP's interest in LTP) and other
assets (UTP's inventory).
Under section 26 CFR 1.755-1(b)(2) of the regulations, to the extent
that an amount paid by a purchaser of a partnership interest (here,
50x dollars) is attributable to the value of capital assets (here,
120x dollars, the value of UTP's interest in LTP), any difference
between the amount so attributable and the transferee partner's share
of the partnership basis of such property constitutes a special basis
adjustment with respect to such capital assets. In the instant case,
30x dollars (60 percent of 50x dollars) of E's purchase price is
attributable to the value of UTP's interest in LTP, because 120x
dollars, the value of UTP's interest in LTP, is 60 percent of 200x
dollars, the total value of UTP's property. Thus, 10x dollars, the
difference between the 30x dollars attributable to the value of UTP's
interest in LTP and 20x dollars, E's proportionate share of UTP's
basis in LTP, is a special basis adjustment to UTP's interest in LTP.
This adjustment gives E an adjusted basis of 30x dollars in UTP's in
LTP. The remaining 10x dollars of the 20x dollar special basis
adjustment is allocated to the adjusted basis of UTP's inventory. This
gives E a 20x dollar adjusted basis in UTP's inventory.
Because UTP made a section 26 USC 754 election manifesting an intent
to be treated as an aggregate for purposes of sections 26 USC 754 and
26 USC 743, it is appropriate, for purposes of section 26 USC 743 and
26 USC 754, to treat the sale of A's partnership interest in UTP as a
deemed sale of an interest in LTP. The selling price of E's share of
UTP's interest in LTP is deemed to equal E's share of UTP's adjusted
basis in LTP, 30x dollars (1/4 of 80x dollars plus 10x dollars, E's
special basis adjustment). Further, this deemed sale of an interest in
LTP triggers the application
of section 26 USC 743(b) to LTP. Because LTP made a valid section 26
USC 754 election, under section 26 USC 743(b) LTP must increase the
adjusted basis of its partnership property by 2.5x dollars, the excess
of E's share of UTP's adjusted basis in LTP (30x dollars) over E's
share of the adjusted basis of LTP's property (1/4 of 110x dollars, or
27.5 dollars). Section 26 USC 755 applies to LTP to allocate this
basis adjustment, but because LTP has only one asset, no allocation is
necessary. The 2.5x dollar adjustment must be segregated and allocated
solely to UTP and E, the transferee partner of UTP.
SITUATION 2
UTP has made a valid section 26
USC 754 election. Thus, as in SITUATION 1, E gets an adjusted basis of
30x dollars in UTP's interest in LTP and an adjusted basis of 20x
dollars in UTP's inventory. Also, as in SITUATION 1, because UTP made
a section 26 USC 754 election, it is appropriate, for purposes of
sections 26 USC 754 and 26 USC 743, to treat the sale of A's interest
in UTP as the sale of an interest in LTP. However, in this situation,
LTP does not have a section 26 USC 754 election in effect. That is,
under section 26 USC 743(a), LTP chose not to have the basis of its
property adjusted as the result of the transfer of an interest in it.
Thus, E's purchase of a partnership interest in UTP has no effect on
LTP's adjusted basis in its property.
SITUATION 3
LTP has made a valid election
under section 26 USC 754, but UTP does not make a section 26 USC 754
election. On the sale by A of an interest in UTP, E succeeds to A's
20x dollar adjusted basis in UTP's interest in LTP and to A's 10x
dollar adjusted basis in UTP's inventory. E succeeds to these bases
because, by not making a section 26 USC 754 election, UTP chose not to
have the basis of its property adjusted as the result of the transfer
of an interest in UTP.
In addition, by not making a section 26 USC 754 election, UTP
manifested an intent to be treated as an entity for purposes of
sections 26 USC 754 and 26 USC 743. Thus, it is inappropriate, for
purposes of sections 26 USC 754 and 26 USC 743, to treat A's sale of
an interest in UTP as the sale of an interest in LTP. Consequently,
UTP cannot increase E's share of the basis of LTP's property.
Nevertheless, LTP's section 26 USC 754 election is not meaningless. If
UTP were to sell its partnership interest in LTP, the purchaser's
share of the adjusted basis of LTP's assets would be adjusted.
HOLDINGS
SITUATION 1
Upon the sale of A's partnership
interest in UTP, the transferee's (E's) shares of UTP's adjusted basis
in its assets is adjusted by the amount by which the basis in E's
partnership interest differs from E's share of UTP's adjusted basis in
its assets. In addition, E's share of LTP's adjusted basis in its
assets is adjusted by the amount by which E's share of UTP's adjusted
basis in LTP differs from E's share of the adjusted basis of LTP's
property.
SITUATION 2
Upon the sale of A's partnership
interest in UTP, E's share of UTP's adjusted basis in its assets is
adjusted by the amount by which the basis in E's partnership interest
differs from E's share of UTP's adjusted basis in its assets. However,
because LTP did not make a section 26 USC 754 election, the transfer
does not affect LTP's adjusted basis in its property.
SITUATION 3
The sale of A's partnership interest in UTP does not affect either
UTP's adjusted basis in its property or LTP's adjusted basis in its
property.
EFFECT ON OTHER REVENUE RULINGS.
Rev. Rul. 78-2 is clarified and
amplified.
Rev. Rul. 91-26 partner compensation (no
Form W-2 is to be issued to
partners nor to sole-proprietors):
Rev. Rul. 91-26 "Section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code provides that payments to a partner for services,
to the extent the payments are determined without regard to the income
of the partnership, are considered as made to one who is not a member
of the partnership, but only for purposes of section 26 USC 61(a)
(relating to gross income)and, subject to section 26 USC 263
(prohibiting deductions for capital expenditures), for purposes of
section 26 USC 162(a) (relating to trade or business expenses). These
payments are termed 'guaranteed
payments.'"
Regs. §1.707-1(c) "a partner
who receives guaranteed payments is not regarded as an employee of the
partnership for the purposes of
withholding of tax at source, deferred compensation plans, etc."
Rev. Rul. 81-300 "the statutory test for a guaranteed payment,
that it be 'determined without
regard to the income of the partnership'"
Rev. Rul. 81-300 "Section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code provides
that to the extent determined without regard to the income of the
partnership, payments to a
partner for services, termed "guaranteed payments",
shall be considered as made to one who is not a member of the
partnership, but only for purposes of section 26 USC 61(a) and,
subject to section 26 USC 263, for purposes of section 26 USC 162(a)."
Rev. Rul. 81-301 "Section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code provides
that to the extent determined without regard to the income of the
partnership, payments to a
partner for services shall be
considered as made to one who is not a member of the partnership, but
only for purposes of section 26 USC 61(a) and, subject to section 26
USC 263, for purposes of section 26 USC 162(a). "
Rev. Rul. 69-184
"26 CFR 31.3121(d)-1: Who are employees. Bona fide members of a partnership are
not employees of the partnership
within the meaning of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act, the
Federal Unemployment Tax Act, and the Collection of Income Tax at
Source on Wages (chapters 21, 23, and 24, respectively, subtitle C,
Internal Revenue Code of 1954). Such a partner who devotes his
time and energies in the conduct of the trade or business of the
partnership, or in providing services to the partnership as an
independent contractor, is, in either event, a self-employed
individual rather than an individual who, under the usual common law
rules applicable in determining the employer-employee relationship,
has the status of an employee. Sections 26 USC 1402(a) and 26 USC
3121(d)(2) of the Code."
Rev. Rul. 69-184 "Remuneration
received by a partner from the partnership is not "wages" with respect
to "employment" and therefore is
not subject to the taxes imposed by the Federal Insurance
Contributions Act and the Federal Unemployment Tax Act. Such
remuneration also is not subject to Federal income tax withholding."
Rev. Rul. 69-183 "An
individual is an employee for
Federal employment tax purposes
if he has the status of employee under the usual common law rules
applicable in determining the employer-employee relationship.
Guides for determining that status are found in three substantially
similar sections of the Employment Tax Regulations: namely, sections
26 CFR 31.3121(d)-1(c), 26 CFR 31.3306(i)-1, and 26 CFR 31.3401(c)-1."
Rev. Rul. 72-467 "The
right to discharge is also an important factor indicating that the
person possessing that right is an employer.
If the relationship of employer and employee exists, the designation
or description of the relationship by the parties as anything other
than employer and employee is immaterial. Thus, if such relationship
exists, it is of no consequence that the employee is designated as a
partner, co-adventurer, agent, independent contractor, or the like."
Also see:
IR Code §707(a)(2)(a)
Reg. §1.707-1
Reg. §301.7701-2 (c)(2)(iv)(C)(iii)
Rev. Rul. 56-678
Rev. Rul. 69-184
http://www.taxresourcegroup.com/library/memo/1373.html
http://www.laweasy.com/t/20070702152956/limited-liability-companies-and-self-employment-tax
http://conferences.aicpa.org/ebp04/downloads/ses39,46.pdf
Rev. Rul. 72-596
Estate of Tilton 8 BTA at 917
THE FOLLOWING IS TEMPORARY
(to be edited in the future)
§1.707-1(a) provides that a partner who engages in a transaction with a partnership
other than in the capacity of a partner shall be treated as if the partner were not a member of the partnership with respect to such transaction.
Such transactions include the rendering of services by the partner to the partnership and that the substance of the transaction will govern rather than its form.
§707(c) provides that to the extent determined without regard to the income of the partnership, payments to a partner for services, termed
"guaranteed payments," shall be considered as made to one who is not a member of the partnership, but only for purposes of §61(a) and, subject to §263, for purposes of §162(a). If the payments were not termed
"guaranteed payments," nor were they made in the capacity of a partner, then, maybe they were wages for services and should be treated as such for withholding and social security taxes.
I believe for there to be guaranteed payments there needs to be a provision covering the payments in the partnership agreement.
Jerry DILTS, Barbara Dilts, Plaintiffs, v. UNITED STATES of America, Defendant. United States District Court, D. Wyoming. 845 F.Supp. 1505 No. 93-CV-1001-B. March 11, 1994.
"In Armstrong , the taxpayer was a partner in a partnership which owned a 50,000 acre cattle ranch. The partnership provided a home at the ranch for the taxpayer and his family and purchased most of their groceries and utilities, insurance for the house, and maid service. The taxpayer did not include the value of those benefits in his income. In remanding the case for further consideration, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals held that, under IRC § 707(a), a partner could be an employer of his partnership. Section 707(a) provides that a partner who
"engages in a transaction with the partnership other than in his capacity as a member of such partnership, . . . except as otherwise provided in this section, [shall] be considered as . . . one who is not a partner." The court stated that: The terms
"outsider" and "one who is not a partner" are not defined by Congress; neither is the relationship between § 707 and other sections of the Code explained. However, we have found nothing to indicate that Congress intended that this section not relate to § 119. Consequently, it is now possible for a partner to stand in any on of a number of relationships with his partnership, including those of creditor-debtor, vendor-vendee, and employee-employer.
§ 1.707-1 Transactions between partner and partnership.
(a) Partner not acting in capacity as partner. A partner
who engages in a transaction with a partnership other than in his
capacity as a partner shall be treated as if he were not a member of
the partnership with respect to such transaction. Such transactions
include, for example, loans of money or property by the partnership
to the partner or by the partner to the partnership, the sale of
property by the partner to the partnership, the purchase of property
by the partner from the partnership, and the rendering of
services by the partnership to the partner or by
the partner to the partnership. Where a partner retains the
ownership of property but allows the partnership to use such
separately owned property for partnership purposes (for example, to
obtain credit or to secure firm creditors by guaranty, pledge, or
other agreement) the transaction is treated as one between a
partnership and a partner not acting in his capacity as a partner.
However, transfers of money or property by a partner to a
partnership as contributions, or transfers of money or property by a
partnership to a partner as distributions, are not transactions
included within the provisions of this section. In all cases, the
substance of the transaction will govern rather than its form. See
paragraph(c)(3) of
§1.731-1.
§704(b) Partner's
distributive share of income and loss:
704(a) Effect of partnership agreement.-
A partner’s distributive share of
income, gain, loss, deduction, or
credit shall, except as otherwise
provided in this chapter, be
determined by the partnership
agreement.
704(b) Determination of distributive share.-
A partner’s distributive share of
income, gain, loss, deduction, or
credit (or item thereof) shall be
determined in accordance with the
partner’s interest in the
partnership (determined by taking
into account all facts and
circumstances), if-
(1)the partnership
agreement does not provide as to the
partner’s distributive share of
income, gain, loss, deduction, or
credit (or item thereof), or
(2)
the allocation
to a partner under the agreement of
income, gain, loss, deduction, or
credit (or item thereof) does not
have substantial economic effect.
704(c) Contributed property
(1)
In general
Under regulations prescribed by the
Secretary.-
(A)
income, gain,
loss, and deduction with respect to
property contributed to the
partnership by a partner shall be
shared among the partners so as to
take account of the variation
between the basis of the property to
the partnership and its fair market
value at the time of contribution,
Reverse 704(c) revaluations (Audit Technique Guide)A
new partner who pays a FMV for a partnership interest will
ordinarily not want to be taxed on the built-in gain that accrued in
the partnership’s assets prior to the time of his arrival.
Similarly, the existing partners will not want to allocate losses to
the new partner that arose prior to his arrival. While IRC section
704(c) deals with newly contributed property, "reverse" IRC section
704(c) requires that the existing partners be taxed on the
appreciation or depreciation that occurred prior to the admission of
a new partner. See Treas. Reg. section 1.704-3(a)(6).
Assuming that the partnership follows the capital account
maintenance rules, the entry of a new partner by contribution will
ordinarily result in the restatement of the partnership’s book
capital accounts to reflect the FMV of partnership assets. In
partnership jargon, these restatements to FMV are usually referred
to as "book-ups" or "book-downs." Since assets (other than cash)
typically gain or lose value over time, there will likely be a
disparity between the book and tax capital accounts of the existing
partners, analogous to the book/tax disparity of a partner who
contributes property with a built-in gain or loss.
All of the principles of IRC section 704(c) previously discussed
are applied in this situation. The difference from the prior
examples is that the "existing partners" are in the same position as
the "contributing partner" and the "new partner" is analogous to the
"noncontributing partner" (thus the term "reverse" IRC section
704(c) allocations). For example, the new partner will want to be
allocated the amount of depreciation or amortization that he/she
"paid" for; however, under the traditional method, the ceiling rule
may prevent this.
§704(e) Family
Partnerships:
704(e)(1) Recognition of interest created by
purchase or gift.-
A person shall be recognized as a partner for purposes of this
subtitle if he owns a capital interest in a partnership in which
capital is a material income-producing factor, whether or not such
interest was derived by purchase or gift from any other person.
704(e)(2)
Distributive share of donee
includible in gross income.-
In the case of any partnership
interest created by gift, the distributive share of
the donee under the partnership agreement shall be
includible in his gross income, except to the extent
that such share is determined without allowance of
reasonable compensation for services rendered to the
partnership by the donor, and except to the extent
that the portion of such share attributable to
donated capital is proportionately greater than the
share of the donor attributable to the donor's
capital. The distributive share of a partner in the
earnings of the partnership shall not be diminished
because of absence due to military service.
704(e)(3)
Purchase of interest by member
of family.-
For
purposes of this section, an interest purchased by
one member of a family from another shall be
considered to be created by gift from the seller,
and the fair market value of the purchased interest
shall be considered to be donated capital. The
"family" of any individual shall include only his
spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants, and any
trusts for the primary benefit of such persons.
§707(c) Guaranteed Payments to Partners (GPP):
707(c)
Guaranteed payments
To the extent determined
without regard to the income of the partnership,
payments to a partner for services or the use of
capital shall be considered as made to one who is
not a member of the partnership, but only for the
purposes of section
61
(a) (relating to
gross income) and, subject to section
263, for purposes
of section
162
(a) (relating to
trade or business expenses).
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/26/707
Partnership - Audit Technique
Guide (December 2002)
Guaranteed Payments ─ IRC
section 707(c)
A guaranteed payment is
deducted in the computation of
partnership income.
Accordingly, it is considered a
payment made to one who is not a
member of the partnership and is
deducted in full, just as if it were
an ordinary expense under IRC
section 162. A guaranteed
payment is an amount paid to a
partner that is determined without
regard to the partnership income and
is made to a partner acting in his
or her capacity as a partner.
Additionally, the amount paid must
be deductible under IRC section 162
as an ordinary business expense.
Thus, illegal payments or payments
that are capitalizable are not
deductible under IRC section 707(c).
Prior to 1976 many
taxpayers interpreted the law as
providing that guaranteed payments
were automatically deductible.
In 1976 IRC section 707(c) was
amended to specifically hold that if
the payment is a capital expense
under IRC section 263 it must be
considered as made to one who is not
a member of the partnership.
Accordingly, it must be capitalized
and is not automatically deductible.
At the same time, IRC section 709
was added and it became evident that
a taxpayer cannot convert
organization and syndication
expenses into a current deduction by
casting the payment as a guaranteed
payment.
It is sometimes
difficult to distinguish between
payments to partners which fall
under IRC section 707(a)(partner not
acting in capacity as partner), and
those which are governed by IRC
section 707(c) (guaranteed
payments).
-
The
determining
factor
is
whether
the
partner
is
acting
other
than
in
his
or
her
capacity
as a
member
of
the
partnership.
-
Generally,
if
the
partner
performs
a
service
for
the
partnership
that
he/she
also
performs
for
others
(such
as
an
attorney,
architect,
stockbroker,
etc.),
payments
will
be
deducted
or
capitalized
by
the
partnership
under
IRC
section
707(a).
-
However,
if
he
or
she
works
exclusively
or
primarily
for
the
partnership,
payments
are
more
likely
to
be
treated
as
guaranteed
payments
per
IRC
section
707(c)
(if
not
based
on
partnership
income)
or
as
his
or
her
distributive
share
under
IRC
section
702(a)
(if
based
on
partnership
income).
Whether the payment is
under IRC section 707(a) (payment to
a partner not acting in his or her
capacity as a partner), or under IRC
section 707(c) (guaranteed payment),
it cannot be treated as a
distribution of partnership profits.
Also, if it is paid for any capital
item, it cannot be expensed.
So why even make the
distinction between IRC section
707(a) and IRC section 707(c)?
One of the most important reasons is
the timing of receipt of income by
the partner. Guaranteed
payments are always includable in
the partner's taxable income as of
the end of the tax year in which the
partnership deducts or capitalizes
the payment. On the other
hand, payments made under IRC
section 707(a), and considered paid
to a non-partner, retain their
character and timing based on the
nature of the payment and the
accounting method of the partner as
previously shown in Example 2-4.
http://www.irs.gov/Businesses/Partnerships/Partnership---Audit-Technique-Guide---Chapter-2---Initial-Year-Return-Issues-(Published-12-2002)#10
IRS Publication 541
- Partnerships
(December 2013)
Guaranteed
Payments
Guaranteed payments are those made by a partnership to a partner
that are determined without regard to the partnership's income. A
partnership treats guaranteed payments for services, or for the use
of capital, as if they were made to a person who is not a partner.
This treatment is for purposes of determining gross income and
deductible business expenses only. For other tax purposes,
guaranteed payments are treated as a partner's distributive share of
ordinary income. Guaranteed payments are not subject to income tax
withholding.
The partnership generally deducts guaranteed payments on line 10
of Form 1065 as a business expense. They are also listed on
Schedules K and K-1 of the partnership return. The individual
partner reports guaranteed payments on Schedule E (Form 1040) as
ordinary income, along with his or her distributive share of the
partnership's other ordinary income.
Guaranteed payments made to partners for organizing the
partnership or syndicating interests in the partnership are capital
expenses. Generally, organizational and syndication expenses are not
deductible by the partnership. However, a partnership can elect to
deduct a portion of its organizational expenses and amortize the
remaining expenses (see Business start-up
and organizational costs in the Instructions for Form
1065). Organizational expenses (if the election is not made) and
syndication expenses paid to partners must be reported on the
partners' Schedule K-1 as guaranteed payments.
http://www.irs.gov/publications/p541/ar02.html#en_US_201312_publink1000104261
TEFRA POA and POA issues (and §6229 extensions) / Tax Matters Partner:
IRM 4.31.2.2.5 Power of Attorney (POA) Appointed by the Tax Matters Partner.
-
A TMP may appoint a power of attorney (POA) to
represent the partnership before the Service and to
perform all acts for the partnership except
for the execution of "legally significant documents"
. The term "legally significant documents"
includes, but is not limited to:
-
A settlement
agreement entered into
pursuant to IRC
6224(c)(3) when the TMP
is binding certain other
partners (e.g.,
non-notice partners),
including a formal
closing agreement
pursuant to IRC 7121;
and
-
An extension
of the limitation period
for assessment
with respect to
partnership items. The
appointment of a POA may
not meet the
requirements of Treas.
Reg. 301.6229(b)-1 for
purposes of the POA
being a person
authorized in writing to
sign a statute
extension.
-
Other situations in which it is necessary to deal
directly with the duly designated TMP rather than the
POA include, but are not limited to, mailing of required
notices, such as NBAPs or FPAAs. However, a copy of the
notice will also be mailed to the POA, but it should not
be sent using certified mail.
-
Form 2848, Power of Attorney and
Declaration of Representative, should be
completed as follows:
-
The TMP should
execute the POA in his
or her capacity as TMP;
-
The name and address
of the entity should be
clearly set forth;
-
Under the
heading "Type of Tax" ,
insert "TEFRA
partnership proceedings"
; and
-
Under the
heading "Federal Tax
Form Number" , enter
"Form 1065 and
consequential
adjustments" .
-
The POA for a TEFRA partnership becomes null and void
upon the death of the duly designated TMP. A new TMP
must be designated and a new POA executed.
IRS Publication 216, Sections 601-501 through 601-509 of Subpart E Conference and Practice Requirements:
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p216.pdf
http://www.unclefed.com/IRS-Forms/PubsForTaxPros/p216.pdf
IRM 2.2.31 - Section 31. Command Codes CFINK , RPINK, KAFFQ and
KAFTQ for CAF Inquiry
IRS may
run the CFINK command on IDRS to show the POA is on file and they
should honor it. It’s just a transcript with no scanned images
of the POA but accepted by another unit of the IRS.
-
Special terms and acronyms are
used in this Handbook to describe
processing requirements for TEFRA
cases. See
Exhibit 8.19.1-1.
This exhibit contains a glossary of
definitions of the most frequently
used terms. Refer to the Appeals
TEFRA website for acronyms commonly
used in TEFRA cases.
-
The
term
"TEFRA"
will
be
used
interchangeably
with
the
phrase
"unified
proceeding."
-
The
term
"partnership"
refers
to
partnerships
that
are
not
"small
partnerships"
excluded
from
the
TEFRA
provisions.
IRM 8.19.1.5.3 (10-01-2013)
-
The Tax Equity and
Fiscal Responsibility
Act of 1982 (TEFRA)
established unified
procedures for examining
partnerships. The
unified procedures
provided in IRC 6221
through IRM 6234 apply
to partnership tax years
that began after
September 3, 1982.
Figure 8.19.1-1
-
Under the TEFRA
unified proceedings, a
statutory representative
acts as the liaison
between the partners,
the Service, and the
courts. That person is
referred to as the Tax
Matters Partner (TMP) in
the case of a TEFRA
partnership .
8.1.6.1
(10-23-2007)
Practice
Before
Appeals
-
Each Appeals Officer
or Settlement
Officer will verify
the conference and
practice
requirements are met
before disclosing
confidential
taxpayer information
or allowing practice
before Appeals.
Disclosure rules and
conference/practice
requirements are
identified in the
following
publications,
regulation sections,
IRM sections and IRC
section:
-
IRC 6103,pan class="italic" sb_id="ms__id1069"> Confidentiality and Disclosure of Returns and Return Information;
-
IRM 11.3, Disclosure of Official Information;
-
Treasury Regulation Sections 601.501 through 601.509, Conference and Practice Requirements(26 C.F.R. 601.501 through 26 C.F.R 601.509 and Publication 216);
-
Treasury Department 230, Regulations Governing the Practice for Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents, Enrolled Actuaries, and Appraisers before the Internal Revenue Service(31 C.F.R Subtitle A, Part 10, revised as of June 20, 2005);
-
Witnesses at Conferences ( Rev. Proc. 68-29, 1968-2 C.B., 913);
-
IRC 21.3.7, Processing Third Party Authorizations to the Centralized Authorization File (CAF);and
-
Publication 947, Practice Before the IRS and Power of Attorney.
-
IRM 11.3.3,
Distinctions Between
Disclosure to
Designees and the
Conference and
Practice
Requirements
compares the
effect of a Form
8821,Tax Information
Authorization, with
a Form 2848. These
two forms are
sometimes confused.
8.1.6.1.1 (10-23-2007)
Disclosure of Information— Department of Justice
-
Tax
returns
and
related
data
are
open
to
inspection
by a
United
States
Attorney
or
an
attorney
of
the
Department
of
Justice
only
if
they
file
a
proper
written
application.
See
IRM
11.3,
Disclosure
of
Official
Information.
This
procedure
also
applies
to
other
Justice
Department
employees
such
as
Federal
Bureau
of
Investigation
agents.
An
application
is
unnecessary
in
an
income
tax
case
being
litigated
by
the
Department
of
Justice,
but
adequate
receipts
must
be
obtained
for
the
material
furnished.
An
application
signed
by
the
Chief
of
the
Organized
Crime
and
Racketeering
Section
does
not
meet
the
requirements.
8.1.6.1.2 (10-23-2007)
Disclosure of Information of a Confidential Nature
-
Generally,
confidential
taxpayer
information
can
only
be
disclosed
upon
a
taxpayer's
written
authorization.
Frequently
encountered
exceptions
include:
-
Representatives without a power of attorney or tax information authorization at a conference with the taxpayer;
-
Estates, trusts and receiverships may be represented by their trustees, receiver, guardians, executors, or regular full-time employees;
-
Committees of Congress, Treasury personnel outside the Service, other Federal agencies and States;
-
Witnesses at Conferences . See Rev. Proc. 68-29, 1968-2 C.B., 913;
-
Counsel of Record before the United States Tax Court; and
-
Others as defined in Section 10.7 of Circular 230.
8.1.6.1.2.1 (10-23-2007)
Disclosure of Information - Informants
-
The identity of informants shall not be disclosed to any Service official or employee except on a "need-to-know" basis in the performance of official duties.
-
If you can avoid it, do not give any clues as to the existence or identity of an informant in an appeals case memo. If necessary, write essential information in a separate supplemental memorandum subject to security requirements. Do not place a copy in the administrative file or mail it to the Appeals Area Director or the Chief, Appeals, unless specifically requested.
8.1.6.1.2.2 (10-23-2007)
Authorizations to Disclose Information of a Confidential Nature - Forms 2848 and 8821
-
Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative or Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization, or other documents meeting the requirements of IRC 6103 may authorize a third party to receive or inspect confidential taxpayer information.
8.1.6.1.3 (10-23-2007)
Representatives Qualified to Practice Before Appeals
-
Qualifications
for
Practice
Before
the
Internal
Revenue
Service
are
defined
in
Circular
No.
230,
Regulations
Governing
the
Practice
of
Attorneys,
Certified
Public
Accountants,
Enrolled
Agents,
Enrolled
Actuaries,
and
Appraisers
before
the
Internal
Revenue
Service,
and
26
CFR
601.501–509
inclusive.
-
Sections
10.5(c)
and
10.7,
Circular
230,
permit
defined
individuals
to
practice
without
enrollment.
-
Section
10.7(d)
of
Circular
230
permits
the
Director,
Office
of
Professional
Responsibility,
to
authorize
individuals
otherwise
ineligible
to
practice
to
represent
another
person
in a
particular
matter.
Individuals
authorized
to
practice
under
this
provision
are
subject
to
the
conditions
set
forth
by
the
Director
in
his
letter
authorizing
practice.
-
Students working in a Low Income Taxpayer Clinic (LITC) or Student Tax Clinic Program (STCP) may represent taxpayers under a special order by the Director, Office of Professional Responsibility. The instructions to Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, require that such students attach a copy of the letter from the Office of Professional Responsibility authorizing practice before the Internal Revenue Service. Students who have been authorized to practice by special order may, subject to any limitations set forth in the letter from the Office of Professional Responsibility, represent taxpayers before any IRS office and should be viewed the same as any other taxpayer’s representative for which a Form 2848 has been submitted.
8.1.6.1.3.1 (10-23-2007)
Prohibitions of Federal and State Officials or Employees in Representing Taxpayers Before the Service
-
If a Federal or State official or employee appears to be representing a taxpayer under circumstances indicating a possible violation of Circular 230's provisions, Service employees should advise such individual concerning the existence and content of Circular 230. See sections 10.3(f) and (g) of Circular 230.
8.1.6.1.3.2 (10-23-2007)
Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrollees, Limited Practice and Special Orders
-
Practice before the IRS includes all matters connected with a presentation to the IRS relating to a client's rights, privileges, or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the IRS. Such presentations include preparing and filing necessary documents, corresponding and communicating with the IRS, and representing a client at conferences, hearings, and meetings. An individual who practices is a representative. In order for the IRS to recognize an individual as a representative, he or she must present evidence of representational authority.
-
The following publications and forms are useful sources of information concerning practice before the IRS and powers of attorney.
-
Treasury Department Circular No. 230, " Regulations Governing the Practice of Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents, Enrolled Actuaries, and Appraisers Before the Internal Revenue Service". Circular 230 is a pamphlet publication of 31 C.F.R. Part 10.
-
Publication 216, "Conference and Practice Requirements" . This publication sets out the rules applicable to recognition as a representative, including the requirements for powers of attorney. Publication 216 is a pamphlet publication of 26 C.F.R. 601.501 through 601.509.
-
Publication 470, "Limited Practice Without Enrollment" . This publication sets out the rules applicable to limited practice by unenrolled return preparers. Publication 470 is a pamphlet publication of Rev. Proc. 81-38.
-
Rev. Proc. 68-29 explains the function of witnesses.
-
Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative. The separately published four-page Form 2848. Instructions provide useful information concerning the validity of Form 2848.
-
Form 8821, "Tax Information Authorization "
-
Form 56, "Notice Concerning Fiduciary Relationship".
-
In the event an authorized representative is not evident from the case file, the Appeals or Settlement Officer should make an effort to identify the authorized representative either by contacting the taxpayer, researching IDRS for a Centralized Authorization File (CAF) number via command code CFINK, or by any other means deemed appropriate. Special care should be taken to ensure that the rules of disclosure, as discussed in IRM 11.3, Disclosure of Official Information, are not violated when identifying an authorized representative.
8.1.6.1.3.3 (10-23-2007)
Powers, Authorizations, Declarations— Form 2848
-
While other statements can be used, Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, is convenient.
-
The form has declarations as to current qualifications.
-
The form authorizes disclosures of information of a confidential nature.
-
The form provides optional authorizations to perform various other acts for the taxpayer.
8.1.6.1.4 (10-23-2007)
Disposition of Powers of Attorney
-
When
you
receive
a
new
Form
8821
or
Form
2848
during
the
consideration
of a
case
by
Appeals,
you
should
make
a
copy
and
forward
it
directly
to
the
appropriate
service
center
function
for
processing.
Note:
Refer to Form 2848 and Form 8821 to determine "where to file" the forms, and the attached instructions on each form for what specific information is needed. Before you forward the form, handwrite the Appeals Office symbols and address in the top margin. Each service center will process the power of attorney for inclusion in their power of attorney files.
http://www.taxhelpattorney.com/irs/irm_08-001-006-d0e10.html
(a) In general. Any partnership may authorize any person
to extend the period described in section 6229(a) with respect to
all partners by filing a statement to that effect with the service
center where the partnership return is filed (but, if the notice
described in section 6223(a)(1) (beginning of an administrative
proceeding) has already been mailed to the tax matters partner, the
statement should be filed with the Internal Revenue Service office
that mailed such notice). The statement shall-
(1) Provide that it is an authorization for a person other than
the tax matters partner to extend the assessment period with respect
to all partners;
(2) Identify the partnership and the person being authorized by
name, address, and taxpayer identification number;
(3) Specify the partnership taxable year or years for which the
authorization is effective; and
(4) Be signed by all persons who were general partners (or, in
the case of an LLC, member-managers, as those terms are defined in
§301.6231(a)(7)-2(b)) at any time during the year or years for which
the authorization is effective.
(b) Effective date. This section is applicable to
partnership taxable years beginning on or after October 4, 2001. For
years beginning prior to October 4, 2001, see §301.6229(b)-1T
contained in 26 CFR part 1, revised April 1, 2001.
§ 301.6231(a)(7)-2 Designation or selection of tax matters
partner for a limited liability company (LLC).
(a) In general. Solely for purposes of applying section
6231(a)(7) and §301.6231(a)(7)-1 to an LLC, only a member-manager of
an LLC is treated as a general partner, and a member of an LLC who
is not a member-manager is treated as a partner other than a general
partner.
(b) Definitions - (1) LLC. Solely for purposes of
this section, LLC means an organization-
(i) Formed under a law that allows the limitation of the
liability of all members for the organization's
debts and other
obligations within the meaning of §301.7701-3(b)(2)(ii); and
(ii) Classified as a partnership for Federal tax purposes.
(2) Member. Solely for purposes of this section, member
means any person who owns an interest in an LLC.
(3) Member-manager. Solely for purposes of this section,
member-manager means a member of an LLC who, alone or
together with others, is vested with the continuing exclusive
authority to make the management decisions necessary to conduct the
business for which the organization was formed. Generally, an LLC
statute may permit the LLC to choose management by one or more
managers (whether or not members) or by all of the members. If there
are no elected or designated member-managers (as so defined in this
paragraph (b)(3)) of the LLC, each member will be treated as a
member-manager for purposes of this section.
Electing Investment Partnership (EIP):
Contribution of
assets to partnership with built-in losses.
Each K-1 must disclose
information regarding transferors and
transferees.
§743(E)
IRS Notice 2005-32.
Entity Classification Election:
see
Form 8832 and
Form 2553
Eligible entity is defined in
§301.7701-3(a) In
general. A business entity that is not classified as a
corporation under section 301.7701-2(b)(1), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7),
or (8) (an eligible entity) can elect its classification for federal
tax purposes as provided in this section. An eligible entity with at
least two members can elect to be classified as either an
association (and thus a corporation under section 301.7701-2(b)(2))
or a partnership, and an eligible entity with a single owner can
elect to be classified as an association or to be disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner. Paragraph (b) of this section
provides a default classification for an eligible entity that does
not make an election. Thus, elections are necessary only when an
eligible entity chooses to be classified initially as other than the
default classification or when an eligible entity chooses to change
its classification. An entity whose classification is determined
under the default classification retains that classification
(regardless of any changes in the members' liability that occurs at
any time during the time that the entity's classification is
relevant as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) until the
entity makes an election to change that classification under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section. Paragraph (c) of this section
provides rules for making express elections. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides special rules for foreign eligible entities.
Paragraph (e) of this section provides special rules for classifying
entities resulting from partnership terminations and divisions under
section 708(b). Paragraph (f) of this section sets forth the
effective date of this section and a special rule relating to prior
periods. . . .
§301.7701-2(a) Business entities.
For purposes of this section and section 301.7701-3, a business
entity is any entity recognized for federal tax purposes
(including an entity with a single owner that may be disregarded as
an entity separate from its owner under section 301.7701-3) that is
not properly classified as a trust under section 301.7701-4 or
otherwise subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue
Code. A business entity with two or more members is classified for
federal tax purposes as either a corporation or a partnership. A
business entity with only one owner is classified as a corporation
or is disregarded; if the entity is disregarded, its activities are
treated in the same manner as a sole proprietorship, branch, or
division of the owner.
§301.7701-1(a)(1) Organizations
for federal tax purposes. (1) In
general. The Internal Revenue Code prescribes the
classification of various organizations for federal tax purposes.
Whether an organization is an entity separate from its
owners for federal tax purposes is a matter of federal tax law and
does not depend on whether the organization is recognized as an
entity under local law.
§301.7701-3(f) Changes in number of
members of an entity --
(1) Associations. The classification of an
eligible entity as an association
is not affected by any change in
the number of members of the entity.
(2) Partnerships and
single member entities. An eligible entity classified as a
partnership becomes disregarded as an entity separate from its owner
when the entity's membership is reduced to one member. A single
member entity disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is
classified as a partnership when the entity has more than one
member. If an elective classification change under
paragraph (c) of
this section is effective at the same time as a membership change
described in this paragraph (f)(2), the deemed transactions in
paragraph (g)
of this section resulting from the elective change
preempt the transactions that would result from the change in
membership.
§301.7701-3(g) Elective changes in classification
(1) Deemed treatment of elective change
(i) Partnership to association. If an eligible entity classified as a partnership elects under
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be classified as an association, the following is deemed to occur: The partnership contributes all of its assets and liabilities to the association
in exchange for stock in the association, and immediately thereafter, the partnership liquidates by
distributing the stock of the association to its partners.
§301.7701-3(c) Elections
(1) Time and place for filing
(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraphs (c)(1) (iv) a and (v) of this section, an eligible entity may elect to be classified other than as provided under
paragraph (b) of this section, or to change its classification, by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, with the service center designated on Form 8832. An election will not be accepted unless all of the information required by the form and instructions, including the taxpayer identifying number of the entity, is provided on Form 8832. See
§ 301.6109-1 for rules on applying for and displaying Employer Identification Numbers.
DEFINITIONS:
Form 8832 instructions: A change in the number of members of an eligible entity classified as an
association (defined below) does not affect the entity’s classification. However, an eligible entity classified as a partnership will become a disregarded entity when the entity’s membership is reduced to one member and a disregarded entity will be classified as a partnership when the entity has more than one member.
Association. For purposes of this form, an
association is an eligible entity taxable as a corporation by
election or, for foreign eligible entities, under the default rules
(see
Regulations section 301.7701-3).
Eligible entity. An eligible entity is a business entity that is not included in items 1, or 3 through 9, under the definition of corporation provided under Definitions. Eligible entities include limited liability companies (LLCs) and partnerships.
Business entity. A business entity is any
entity recognized for federal tax purposes that is not
properly classified as a trust under Regulations section 301.7701-4
or otherwise subject to special treatment under the Code regarding
the entity’s classification. See Regulations section 301.7701-2(a).
IRM Exhibit 3.13.2-1 Glossary of Terms: ENTITY
- That portion of the Master File record which identifies the taxpayer. It contains name, address,
social security or employer identification number, Employment Code if applicable, name control (four characters from the taxpayer's name), location codes, filing requirement codes, fiscal year month, date of establishment, beginning of liability for all returns.
IRS Publication 1635 Employer Identification Number: Read the instructions for Form SS-4.
After reading the instructions, find your entity type (sole proprietor, corporation, partnership, etc.).
Open question:
Can a sole proprietorship (a
Schedule C) elect to file Form 1120S pursuant to the definition at §301.7701-3(a)?
A sole proprietorship files its own Sch. C, E or F (as
appropriate), it can adopt its own method of accounting, etc.
Therefore it is a business entity for federal tax purposes.
Or as a fall-back position: a husband and wife
join together as partners (forming both a business entity and an eligible entity),
and the partnership elects to file Form 1120S and then,
after some appropriate passage of time, one spouse exits leaving just one owner.
-
Then pursuant to §301.7701-3(f)(1) "The classification of an eligible entity as an association is not affected by any change in the number of members of the entity."
-
And pursuant to
§301.7701-3(f)(2) "...the deemed transactions in
paragraph (g) of this section
resulting from the elective change preempt
the transactions that would result from the
change in membership."
-
And pursuant to §301.7701-3(g)(1)(i)
since the preemptive transactions remain unchanged - the owner continues to hold the stock in the s-corp "...the partnership liquidates by distributing the stock of the association to its partners."
.
Open question:
Can the sole proprietorship (a Schedule C) elect
to file Form 1120S retroactively, pursuant to Rev.
Proc. 2009-41, Sec 4.01 due to the fact that t>he eligible
entity has reasonable cause for its failure to timely make the
entity classification election? And also elect
Sec 475(f) M2M pursuant to
Rev. Proc. 99-17 Sec 5.03(2)?
Conclusion:
after discussion with
Office of
the Chief Counsel
(IRM
Handbook) (IRM
Mission Statement)
is that a sole proprietorship (a Schedule C) electing
to file 1120S would likely be challenged by the IRS, perhaps a
couple years after-the-fact, and therefore it
is probably best avoided. Of course a sole proprietorship (a Schedule C)
could form a SMLLC and then the SMLLC may file Form 2553 to elect to file 1120S.
§301.7701-3(g)(1)(iv)
Disregarded entity to an association.
If an eligible entity that is
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner
elects under paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section to
be classified as an association, the following is
deemed to occur: The owner of the eligible entity
contributes all of the assets and liabilities of the
entity to the association
in exchange for stock of
the association.
There are no solid answers.
Taxpayer beware and take careful consideration and planning before
proceeding.
Rev. Rul. 2004-77
Disregarded entities.
This ruling concludes that, if an eligible entity has two owners
under local law, but one of the owners is, for federal tax purposes,
disregarded as an entity separate from the other owner of the
eligible entity, then the eligible entity cannot be classified as a
partnership and is either disregarded as an entity separate from its
owner or an association taxable as a corporation.
If an eligible entity has two members under local law, but one of
the members of the eligible entity is, for federal tax purposes,
disregarded as an entity separate from the other member of the
eligible entity, then the eligible entity cannot be classified as a
partnership and is either disregarded as an entity separate from its
owner or an association taxable as a corporation.
Also see Rev. Proc. 2009-41, 2009-39 .R.B. (9/28/2009) below
Also see Rev. Proc. 2007-62, 2007-166 I.R.B. (10/9/2007) below
Also see Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-32 I.R.B. 172 (8/9/2004) below
Also see Rev. Proc. 2003-43, 2003-23 I.R.B. 998 (6/9/2003) below
Also see
IRS Publication 1635 Employer Identification Number
Also see
IRS FAQ 12 from 2006
Also see
IRS FAQ
Also see
IRS Form SS-4 Instructions
Also see
IRS Form SS-4 & Employer Identification Number (EIN)
Also see
IRS
"Do You Need a New EIN?"
S-Corp election: Rev. Proc. 2013-30 (effective 9/3/2013)
late election of S-Corp status:
Under the procedure, S corporations that meet the
following requirements are not subject to the three-year, 75-day
deadline, but instead have no time limit on requesting relief:
- The corporation is not seeking a
late corporate entity classification election;
- The corporation fails to qualify
as an S corporation solely because Form 2553 was not
timely filed;
- The corporation and all of its
shareholders reported their income consistent with S
corporation status for the year the election should
have been made and all later years;
- At least six months have passed
since the corporation filed its first S corporation
year tax return;
- The IRS did not notify the
corporation and the shareholders of any problem with
the S corporation status within six months after the
return was filed; and
- The completed election form
includes statements from all shareholders from the
date the election was to have been effective to the
date of the filing stating that they have reported
their income consistent with S corporation
status.
Rev. Proc. 2013-30
OLD S-Corp election: Rev. Proc. 2007-62, 2007-166 I.R.B. (10/9/2007)
late election of S-Corp status:
Rev. Proc. 2007-62,
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This revenue procedure provides an additional simplified method for
taxpayers to request relief for late S corporation elections and
supplements Rev. Proc. 2003-43, 2003-1 C.B. 998. In addition, this
revenue procedure provides a simplified method for taxpayers to
request relief for a late S corporation election and a late corporate
classification election intended to be effective on the same date that
the S corporation election was intended to be effective and
supplements Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-2, C.B. 172. Generally, this
revenue procedure provides that certain eligible entities may be
granted relief if the entity satisfies the requirements of sections 4
or 5 (as applicable) of this revenue procedure.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01 S Corporation Elections.
(1) In General. Section 1361(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code)
provides that the term "S corporation" means, with respect to any
taxable year, a small business corporation for which an election under
§ 1362(a) is in effect for that year. Section 1362(b)(1) provides that
a small business corporation may make an election to be an S
corporation for any taxable year (A) at any time during the preceding
taxable year, or (B) at any time during the taxable year and on or
before the 15th day of the 3rd month of the taxable year. Section
1.1362-6(a)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations provides that a small
business corporation makes an election to be an S corporation by
filing a completed Form 2553, Election by a Small Business
Corporation. Under ' 1362(b)(3), if an S corporation election is made
after the 15th day of the 3rd month of the taxable year and on or
before the 15th day of the 3rd month of the following taxable year,
then the S corporation election is treated as made for the following
taxable year.
(2) Late S Corporation Elections. Section 1362(b)(5) provides that if
(A) an election under ' 1362(a) is made for any taxable year
(determined without regard to ' 1362(b)(3)) after the date prescribed
by ' 1362(b) for making the election for the taxable year or no
election is made for any taxable year, and (B) the Secretary
determines that there was reasonable cause for the failure to timely
make the election, the Secretary may treat the election as timely made
for the taxable year (and ' 1362(b)(3) shall not apply). Rev. Proc.
97-48, 1997-2 C.B. 521 provides special procedures to obtain automatic
relief for certain late S corporation elections. Generally, relief is
available in situations in which a corporation intends to be an S
corporation, the corporation and its shareholders reported their
income consistent with S corporation status for the taxable year the S
corporation election should have been made and for every subsequent
year, and the corporation did not receive notification from the
Internal Revenue Service regarding any problem with the S corporation
status within 6 months of the date on which the Form 1120S, U.S.
Income Tax Return for an S Corporation, for the first year was timely
filed.
Rev. Proc. 2003-43 provides, in part, a simplified method for a
taxpayer to request relief for a late S corporation election where the
entity fails to qualify as an S corporation
solely because of the failure to file the election timely with the
applicable campus. Under the revenue procedure,
certain entities may be granted relief for failing to file the
elections in a timely manner if the request for relief is filed within
24 months of the due date of the election.
.02 Entity Classification Elections.
(1) In General. Section 301.7701-2(a) of the Procedure and
Administration Regulations defines a "business entity" as any entity
recognized for federal tax purposes that is not properly classified as
a trust under § 301.7701-4 or otherwise subject to special treatment
under the Code. Section 301.7701-3(a) provides that a business entity
that is not classified as a corporation under § 301.7701-2(b)(1), (3),
(4), (5), (6), (7), or (8) (an "eligible entity") can elect its
classification for federal tax purposes. Section 301.7701-3(b)(1)
provides that, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(3) of the
section, unless the entity elects otherwise, a domestic eligible
entity is (i) a partnership if it has two or more members; or (ii)
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner if it has a single
owner. Section 301.7701-3(c)(1) provides that, except as provided in §
301.7701- 3(c)(1)(iv) and (v), an eligible entity may elect to be
classified other than as provided in § 301.7701-3(b) by filing Form
8832, Entity Classification Election, with the campus designated on
Form 8832. Section 301.7701-3(c)(iii) provides that the entity
classification election will be effective on the date specified by the
entity on the Form 8832 or on the date filed if no date is specified
on the election form. The effective date specified on Form 8832 can
not (sic) be more than 75 days prior to the date on which the election is
filed and can not
(sic) be more than 12 months after the date on which the
election is filed. If an election specifies an effective date more
than 75 days prior to the date on which the election is filed, the
election will be effective 75 days prior to the date it was filed. If
an election specifies an effective date more than 12 months from the
date on which the election is filed, the election will be effective 12
months after the date the election was filed. (2) Late Entity
Classification Elections. Under § 301.9100-1(c), the Commissioner may
grant a reasonable extension of time under the rules set forth in §§
301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 to make a regulatory election, or a
statutory election (but no more than 6 months except in the case of a
taxpayer who is abroad), under all subtitles of the Code, except
subtitles E, G, H, and I. Section 301.9100-1(b) defines the term
"regulatory election" as an election whose due date is prescribed by a
regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
Requests for
relief
under § 301.9100-3
will be granted
when the
taxpayer provides the evidence to establish to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that the taxpayer acted reasonably and in good faith, and
the grant of relief will not prejudice the interests of the
Government. Rev. Proc. 2002-59, 2002-2 C.B. 615, provides guidance for
an entity newly formed under local law that requests relief for a late
initial classification election filed by the due date of the entity's
first federal income tax return (excluding extensions). Under
§301.7701-3(c)(1)(v)(C),
an eligible entity that timely elects to be an
S corporation under § 1362(a)(1) is treated as having made an election
to be classified as an association, provided that (as of the effective
date of the election under § 1362(a)(1)) the entity meets all other
requirements to qualify as a small business corporation under §
1361(b). Section
301.7701-3(c)(1)(v)(C),
further provides that, subject
to § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iv), the deemed election to be classified as an
association generally will apply as of the effective date of the S
corporation election and will remain in effect until the entity makes
a valid election under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i), to be classified as
other than an association. Rev. Proc. 2004-48 provides a simplified
method for taxpayers to request relief for a late S corporation
election and a late corporate classification election which was
intended to be effective on the same date the S corporation election
was intended to be effective. Under Rev. Proc. 2004-48, generally,
certain eligible entities may be granted relief if the requirements of
section 4 of the revenue procedure are satisfied. To obtain relief
under Rev. Proc. 2004-48, the entity must file a properly completed
Form 2553 with the applicable campus within 6 months after the due
date for the tax return, excluding extensions, for the first taxable
year the entity intended to be an S corporation. Attached to the Form
2553 must be a statement explaining the reason for the failure to file
timely the S corporation election and a statement explaining the
reason for the failure to file timely the entity classification
election.
SECTION 3. SCOPE
.01 In General. This revenue procedure supplements Rev. Proc. 2003-43
and provides an additional simplified method for obtaining relief for
a late S corporation election, provided that the requirements of
section 4 of this revenue procedure are satisfied. This revenue
procedure also supplements Rev. Proc. 2004-48 and provides an
additional simplified method for obtaining relief for a late S
corporation election and a late corporate classification election,
provided that the requirements of section 5 of this revenue procedure
are satisfied. Section 4.01 of this revenue procedure provides the
eligibility requirements for relief for a late S corporation election, and section 4.02 of this
revenue procedure provides the procedural requirements for relief.
Section 5.01 of this revenue procedure provides
the eligibility requirements for relief for a late S corporation
election and a late corporate classification election, and
section 5.02 of this revenue procedure provides the procedural
requirements for relief. This revenue procedure provides procedures in
lieu of the letter ruling process ordinarily used to obtain relief for
a late S corporation election and a late corporate classification
election filed pursuant to ' 1362(b)(5), ' 301.9100-1 and '
301.9100-3. Accordingly, user fees do not apply to corrective actions
under this revenue procedure. .02 Entities T (1) Rev. Procs. 97-48,
2003-43, and 2004-48. An entity that does not meet the requirements
for relief under this revenue procedure may request relief for a late
S corporation election following the procedures of Rev. Proc. 97-48,
or Rev. Proc. 2003- 43, or, for relief for a late S corporation
election and a late corporate classification election following the
procedures of Rev. Proc. 2004-48.
(2) Letter Rulings. If an entity does not qualify for relief for a
late S corporation election, or relief for a late S corporation
election and a late corporate classification election, under Rev.
Proc. 97-48, Rev. Proc. 2003-43, or Rev. Proc. 2004-48, as
appropriate, the entity may request relief by requesting a letter
ruling. The Service will not ordinarily issue a letter ruling if the
period of limitations on assessment under § 6501(a) has lapsed for any
taxable year for which an election should have been made or any
taxable year that would have been affected by the election had it been
timely made. The procedural requirements for requesting a letter
ruling are described in Rev. Proc. 2007-1, 2007-1 I.R.B. 1 (or its
successor). SECTION 4. RELIEF FOR LATE S CORPORATION ELECTION UNDER
THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE
.01 Eligibility for Relief. An entity may request relief under this
revenue procedure if the following requirements are met: (1) The
entity fails to qualify for its intended status as an S corporation on
the first day that status was desired solely because of the failure to
file a timely Form 2553 with the applicable campus; (2) The entity has
reasonable cause for its failure to file a timely Form 2553; (3) The
entity seeking to make the S corporation election has not filed a tax
return for the first taxable year in which the election was intended;
(4) The application for relief is filed under this revenue procedure
no later than 6 months after the due date of the tax return (excluding
extensions) of the entity seeking to make the election for the first
taxable year in which the election was intended; and (5) No taxpayer
whose tax liability or tax return would be affected by the S
corporation election (including all shareholders of the S corporation)
has reported inconsistently with the S corporation election, on any
affected return for the year the S corporation election was intended.
.02 Procedural Requirements for Relief. An entity may request relief
for a late S corporation election by filing with the applicable campus
a properly completed Form 2553 (see Form 2553 and Instructions) with a
Form 1120S for the first taxable year the entity intended to be an S
corporation. A properly completed Form 2553 includes a statement
establishing reasonable cause for the failure to file the S
corporation election timely. The Form 2553 will be modified to allow
for the inclusion of such statement. The forms must be filed together
no later than 6 months after the due date of the tax return (excluding
extensions) of the entity for the first taxable year in which the S
corporation election was intended. These items constitute the
application requesting relief.
.03 Relief for Late S Corporation Election. Upon receipt of a
completed application requesting relief under section 4.02 of this
revenue procedure, the Service will determine whether the requirements
for granting relief for the late S corporation election have been
satisfied.
SECTION 5. RELIEF FOR LATE S CORPORATION ELECTION AND LATE
CORPORATE CLASSIFICATION ELECTION UNDER THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE
.01 Eligibility for Relief. An entity may request relief under this
revenue procedure
if the following requirements are met:
(1) The entity is an eligible entity as defined in § 301.7701-3(a);
(2) The entity intended to be classified as a corporation as of the
intended effective date of the S corporation status; (3) The entity
fails to qualify as a corporation solely because Form 8832 was not
timely filed under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i), or Form 8832 was not deemed
to have been filed under
§301.7701-3(c)(1)(v)(C);
(4) In addition to section 5.01(3) of this section, the entity fails
to qualify as an S corporation on the intended effective date of the S
corporation status solely because the S corporation election was not
timely filed pursuant to § 1362(b); (5) The entity has reasonable
cause for its failure to file a timely Form 2553 and a timely Form
8832; (6) The entity seeking to make the S corporation election has
not filed a tax return for the first taxable year in which the
election was intended; (7) The application for relief is filed under
this revenue procedure no later than 6 months after the due date of
the S corporation return (excluding extensions) of the entity seeking
to make the election for the first taxable year in which the election
was intended, and
(8) No taxpayer
whose tax liability or tax return would be affected by the S corporation election (including all
shareholders of the S corporation) has reported inconsistently with
the S corporation election, on any affected return for the year the S
corporation election was intended.
.02 Procedural Requirements for Relief. An entity may request relief
for a late S corporation election and a late corporate classification
election by filing a properly completed Form 2553 (see Form 2553 and
Instructions) with a Form 1120S for the first taxable year the entity
intended to be an S corporation. A properly completed Form 2553
includes a statement explaining the reason for the failure to file the
S corporation election timely and a statement explaining the reason
for the failure to file the entity classification election timely. The
Form 2553 will be modified to allow for the inclusion of such
statements. The forms must be filed together no later than 6 months
after the due date of the tax return (excluding extensions) of the
entity for the first taxable year in which the S corporation election
was intended. These items constitute the application requesting
relief. .03 Relief for Late S Corporation Election and Late Corporate
Classification Election. Upon receipt of a completed application
requesting relief under section 5.02 of this revenue procedure,
the Service will determine whether the requirements for
granting relief for the late S corporation election and late corporate
classification election have been satisfied. An entity receiving
relief under this revenue procedure is treated as having made an
election to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation
under § 301.7701-3(c) as of the effective date of the S corporation
election.
SECTION 6. EFFECT ON OTHER DOCUMENTS
This revenue procedure supplements Rev. Procs. 2003-43 and 2004-48.
SECTION 7. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue procedure is effective for S corporation elections and
corporate classification elections intended to be effective for
taxable years that end on or after December 31, 2007.
SECTION 8. DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue procedure is Jian H. Grant of the
Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special
Industries). For further information regarding this revenue procedure,
contact Ms. Grant at (202) 622-3050 (not a toll free call).
S-Corp election:
Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-32 I.R.B. 172 (8/9/2004) for LLC's seeking
S-Corp status:
Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-32 I.R.B. 172 (8/9/2004) for LLC's seeking S-Corp status
This revenue procedure provides a simplified method for taxpayers to
request relief for a late S corporation election
and a late corporate classification election
which was intended to be effective on the same date that the S
corporation election was intended to be effective. Generally, this
revenue procedure provides that certain eligible entities may be
granted relief if the entity satisfies the requirements of section 4
of this revenue procedure.
3.01 In General. An eligible entity that seeks to be classified
as a subchapter S corporation must elect to be classified as an
association under section 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i)
by filing Form 8832 and must
elect to be an S corporation under section 1362(a) by filing
Form 2553, Election by a Small Business
Corporation. In many situations, an entity may timely file Form 2553
but fail to file the Form 8832. Section
301.7701-3T(c)(1)(v)(C)
applies to these situations and deems an eligible entity that timely
files a Form 2553 to also have filed a Form 8832. In other
situations, an eligible entity fails to file a timely Form 2553. In
these situations, section
301.7701-3T(c)(1)(v)(C)
does not
apply and the entity would be required to obtain relief in a letter
ruling. This revenue procedure provides a simplified method for
requesting relief for those situations not covered by section 301.77013T , provided that the requirements of sections 4.01 and 4.02
of this revenue procedure are satisfied. The method provided in this
revenue procedure is in lieu of to the letter ruling process
ordinarily used to obtain relief for late elections under sections
1362(b)(5), 301.9100-1, and 301.9100-3. Accordingly, user fees do not
apply to corrective action under this revenue procedure.
3.02 Relief if this Revenue Procedure is not Applicable. An
entity that does not meet the requirements for relief or is denied
relief under this revenue procedure may seek relief by requesting a
letter ruling. The procedural requirements for requesting a letter
ruling are described in Rev. Proc. 2004-1, 2004-1 B. 1., or its
successors.
4.01 Eligibility for Relief. An entity may request relief under
this revenue procedure if the following requirements are met:
(1) The entity is an eligible entity as defined in section
301.7701-3(a);
(2) (2) The entity intended to be classified as a corporation as of
the intended effective date of the S corporation status;
(3) The entity fails to qualify as a corporation solely because Form
8832 was not timely filed under section 301.7100-3(c)(1)(i), or Form
8832 was not deemed to have been filed under section
301.7701-3T(c)(1)(v)(C);
(4) In addition to section 4.01(3) of this section, the entity fails
to qualify as an S corporation on the intended effective date of the S
corporation status solely because the S corporation election was not
filed timely pursuant to section 1362(b); and n>
(5) The entity has reasonable
cause for its failure to file
timely the S corporation election and the entity classification
election.
4.02 Procedural Requirements for Relief. Within 6 months after the due date for
the tax return, excluding extensions,
for the first year the entity intended to be an S corporation), the
corporation must file a properly completed Form 2553 with the
applicable service center. The Form 2553 must state at the top of the
document "FILED
PURSUANT TO REV. PROC. 2004-48."
Attached to the Form 2553 must be a statement explaining the reason for the
failure to file timely the S corporation election and a statement explaining the reason for the
failure to file timely the entity classification election.
4.03 Relief for Late S Corporation Election and Relief for a Late
Corporate Classification Election. Upon receipt of a completed
application requesting relief under section 4 of this revenue
procedure, the Service will determine whether the requirements for
granting additional time to file the elections have been satisfied and
will notify the entity of the result of this determination. An entity
receiving relief under this revenue procedure is treated as having
made an election to be classified as an association taxable as a
corporation under section 301.7701-3(c) as of the effective date of
the S corporation election.
Rev. Proc. 2003-43, 2003-23 I.R.B. 998 (6/9/2003) for corporations or LLC's seeking S-Corp status:
This revenue procedure provides a simplified method for taxpayers to
request relief for late S
corporation elections, Electing
Small Business Trust (ESBT) elections, Qualified Subchapter S Trust (QSST)
elections and Qualified Subchapter S Subsidiary (QSub) elections.
Generally, this revenue procedure provides that certain eligible
entities may be granted relief for failing to file these elections in
a timely manner if the request
for relief is filed within 24 months of the due date of the election.
Accompanying this document is a flowchart designed to aid taxpayers in
applying this revenue procedure.
This revenue procedure provides procedures in lieu of the letter
ruling process ordinarily used to obtain relief for a late Election
Under Subchapter S filed pursuant to section 1362(b)(5), section
1362(f), or section 301.9100-1
and section 301.9100-3.
4.02 Eligibility for Relief. Relief is available under section
4.04 of this revenue procedure if the following requirements are met:
(1) The entity fails to qualify for its intended status as an S
corporation, ESBT, QSST, or QSub on the first day that status was
desired solely because of the failure to file the appropriate Election
Under Subchapter S timely with the applicable service center;
(2) Less than 24 months have passed since the original Due Date of the
Election Under Subchapter S;
(3) Either,
(a) the entity is seeking relief for a late S corporation or QSub
election and the entity has
reasonable cause for its failure to make the timely Election Under
Subchapter S, or
(b) the S corporation and the entity are seeking relief for an
inadvertent invalid S corporation election or an inadvertent
termination of an S corporation election due to the failure to make
the timely ESBT or QSST election and the failure to file the timely
Election Under Subchapter S was inadvertent; and
(4) Either,
(a) all of the following requirements are met: (i) the entity seeking
to make the election has not
filed a tax return (in the case
of QSubs, the parent has not filed a tax return) for the first year in
which the election was intended, (ii) the application for relief is
filed under this revenue procedure no later than 6 months after the due date of the tax
return (excluding extensions) of
the entity seeking to make the election (in the case of QSubs, the due
date of the tax return of the parent) for the first year in which the
election was intended, and, (iii) no taxpayer whose tax liability or tax return would
be affected by the Election Under Subchapter S (including all
shareholders of the S corporation) has reported inconsistently with the S corporation election (as
well as any ESBT, QSST or QSub elections), on any affected return for
the year the Election Under Subchapter S was intended; or
(b) all of the following requirements are met: (i) the entity seeking
to make the election has filed a
tax return (in the case of QSubs,
the parent has filed a tax return) for the first year in which the
election was intended within 6
months of the due date of the tax return (excluding extensions),
and (ii) all taxpayers whose tax liability or tax returns would be
affected by the Election Under Subchapter S (including all
shareholders of the S corporation) have reported consistently with the S corporation election (as
well as any ESBT, QSST or QSub elections), on all affected returns for
the year the Election Under Subchapter S was intended, as well as for
any subsequent years.
4.03 Procedural Requirements for Relief.
(1) Procedural Requirements When a Tax Return Has Not Been
Filed for the First Year of the Intended Election Under Subchapter S.
If the entity seeking the election has not filed a tax return for the
first taxable year of the intended Election Under Subchapter S, the
entity may request relief for the late Election Under Subchapter S by
filing with the applicable service center the properly completed
election form(s). The election
form(s) must be filed within 18 months of the original Due Date of the
intended Election Under
Subchapter S (but in no event
later than 6 months after the due date of the tax return (excluding
extensions) of the entity (in
the case of QSubs, the due date of the tax return of the parent) for
the first year in which the election was intended) and must state at
the top of the document "FILED
PURSUANT TO REV. PROC. 2003-43."
Attached to the election form must be a statement establishing either
reasonable cause for the failure to file the Election Under Subchapter S timely (in the case
of S corporation or QSub elections), or a statement establishing that
the failure to file the Election Under Subchapter S timely was
inadvertent (in the case of ESBT or QSST elections.)
(2) Procedural Requirements When a Tax Return Has Been Filed for the
First Year of the Intended Election Under Subchapter S. If the entity
seeking the election has filed a tax return for the first taxable year
of the intended Election Under Subchapter S within 6 months of the due
date of that tax return (excluding extensions), then the entity may
request relief for the late Election Under Subchapter S by filing with
the applicable service center the properly completed election form(s)
and the supporting documents described below. The election form(s) must be filed within
24 months of the original Due Date for the Election Under Subchapter S and must state at
the top of the document "FILED
PURSUANT TO REV. PROC. 2003-43."
Attached to the election form must be a statement establishing either
reasonable cause for the failure to file the Election Under Subchapter S timely (in the case
of S corporation or QSub elections), or a statement establishing that
the failure to file the Election Under Subchapter S timely was
inadvertent (in the case of ESBT or QSST elections.) The following additional documents must be attached to the election form
(if applicable):
(a) S Corporations. An entity seeking relief for a late S corporation
election must file a completed
Form 2553, signed by an officer
of the corporation authorized to sign and all persons who were
shareholders at any time during the period that began on the first day
of the taxable year for which the election is to be effective and ends
on the day the election is made. The completed election form must
include the following material:
(i) Statements from all
shareholders during the period
between the date the S corporation election was to have become
effective and the date the completed election was filed that they have
reported their income (on all affected returns) consistent with the S
corporation election for the year the election should have been made
and for all subsequent years; and
(ii) A dated declaration signed by an officer of the corporation
authorized to sign which states: "Under penalties of perjury, I declare
that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the facts presented in
support of this election are true, correct, and complete."
(b) ESBTs and QSSTs. The trustee of an ESBT or the current income
beneficiary of a QSST must sign and file the appropriate election with
the applicable service center. The completed election form must
include the following material:
(i) A statement from the trustee of the ESBT or the current income
beneficiary of the QSST that includes the information required by
section 1.1361-1(m)(2)(ii) (in the case of ESBT elections) or section
1.1361-1(j)(6)(ii) (in the case of QSST elections);
(ii) In the case of a QSST, a statement from the trustee that the
trust satisfies the QSST requirements of section 1361(d)(3) and that
the income distribution requirements have been and will continue to be
met;
(iii) In the case of an ESBT, a statement from the trustee that all
potential current beneficiaries meet the shareholder requirements of
section 1361(b)(1) and that the trust satisfies the requirements of an
ESBT under section 1361(e)(1) other than the requirement to make an
ESBT election;
(iv) A statement from the trustee of the ESBT or the current income
beneficiary of the QSST that the beneficiary or trustee acted
diligently to correct the mistake upon its discovery;
(v) Statements from all shareholders during the period between the
date the S corporation election terminated or was to have become
effective and the date the completed election was filed that they have
reported their income (on all affected returns) consistent with the S
corporation election for the year the election should have been made
and for all subsequent years; and
(vi) A dated declaration, signed by the trustee of the ESBT or the
current income beneficiary of the QSST which states: "Under penalties
of perjury, I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
the facts presented in support of this election are true, correct, and
complete."
(c) QSubs. An S corporation seeking relief for a late QSub election
for a subsidiary must file a completed Form 8869. The completed
election form must include the following material:
(i) A statement that the corporation satisfies the QSub requirements
of section 1361(b)(3)(B), and that all assets, liabilities, and items
of income, deduction, and credit of the QSub have been treated as
assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the
S corporation (on all affected returns) consistent with the QSub
election for the year the election was intended and for all subsequent
years;
(ii) A dated declaration signed by an officer of the S corporation
authorized to sign which states: "Under penalties of perjury, I
declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the facts
presented in support of this election are true, correct, and
complete."
4.04 Relief for Late Election Under Subchapter S. Upon receipt
of a completed application requesting relief under section 4.03 of
this revenue procedure, the Service will determine whether the
requirements for granting additional time to file the Election Under
Subchapter S have been satisfied and will notify the entity of the
result of this determination.
Rev. Rul. 73-361
and Rev. Rul. 82-83 stockholder-officer of s-corporation is an
employee, Form W-2 is to be issued:
Rev. Rul. 73-361
Advice has been requested whether a stockholder-officer of an electing
small business corporation should be treated as a partner or as an
employee for purposes of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act
(chapter 21, subtitle C, Internal Revenue Code of 1954).
The corporation is a small business corporation, as defined in section
1371 of the Code, that has elected, pursuant to section 1372(a), not
to be subject to the corporate income tax, but to have all its income
taxed directly to its shareholders.
During 1972, the majority stockholder was an officer of the
corporation, and performed substantial services for the corporation in
that capacity for which he was paid a salary.
Section 3121(d)(1) of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act provides
that, for purposes of the taxes imposed by this Act,
the term "employee" means any officer
of a corporation.
Section 31.3121(d)-1(b) of the Employment Tax Regulations provides
that an officer who, as such, does not perform any services or
performs only minor services and who
neither receives nor is entitled to
receive, directly or indirectly, any remuneration is considered not to
be an employee of the
corporation.
Neither the election by the corporation as to the manner in which it
will be taxed for Federal income tax purposes nor the consent thereto
by the stockholder-officers has
any effect in determining whether they are employees or whether
payments made to them are "wages"
for Federal employment tax purposes. A
corporation does not lose its identity by reason of such an election
but remains a legal corporate entity and is required, under section
6037 of the Code, to file a return containing information needed to
comply with the provisions of Subchapter S of the Code.
Since the
stockholder-officer
in the instant case
performed substantial services
for the electing small business corporation,
for which he received remuneration, he
is an employee of the corporation.
Accordingly, the "wages" he received in 1972 for his services as an
officer are subject to the taxes imposed by the Federal Insurance
Contributions Act. This conclusion is also applicable for purposes of
the Federal Unemployment Tax Act and the Collection of Income Tax at
Source on Wages (chapters 23 and 24, respectively, subtitle C of the
Code).
Rev. Rul. 82-83 EMPLOYER-EMPLOYEE; CORPORATE OFFICERS
ISSUE
Is a corporation that treats officers as independent contractors
rather than as employees when they are performing duties normally
within the scope of duties of a corporate officer entitled to relief
under section 530 of the Revenue Act
of 1978 (the Act), 1978-3 (Vol. 1) C.B. 1, 119, extended by section
9(d) of Pub. L. 96-167, 1980-1 C.B. 483, 486, and by section 1 of Pub.
L. 96- 541, 1980-2 C.B. 596?
FACTS
A corporation, which is owned by its two officers (president and vice-
president/treasurer, respectively) operates a summer theater.
The officers perform substantial
services for the corporation,
including deciding on productions to be performed, setting admission
prices, and hiring performers. The officers control and direct all of
the operations of the theater and determine the amount of their own
compensation, the hours of their employment, and the duties they will
perform.
The corporation treats the officers as independent contractors rather
than employees and pays them compensation characterized as 'draws'
rather than 'salaries.' In
treating the officers as independent contractors, the corporation does
not rely on any basis that would fall within the 'safe haven'
provisions of section 530(a)(2)(A), (B), or (C) of the Act.
LAW AND ANALYSIS
Section 530 of the Act provides relief from employment tax liability
to eligible taxpayers who have failed to pay or withhold employment
taxes on remuneration paid to workers because the taxpayers did not
regard them as employees. Section 530(a)(1), as extended, provides, in
general, that if a taxpayer did not treat an individual as an employee
for any period ending before July 1, 1982, the individual will be
deemed not to be an employee for purposes of applying employment taxes
for the period unless the taxpayer had no reasonable basis for
treating the individual as other than an employee.
Section 530(a)(2) provides several alternative standards that
constitute 'safe havens' in determining whether a taxpayer has a
'reasonable basis' for not treating an individual as an employee.
Reasonable reliance on any one of the following 'safe havens' is
sufficient:
(A) Judicial precedent or published rulings (whether or not relating
to the particular industry or business in which the taxpayer is
engaged), technical advice, a letter ruling, or a determination letter
pertaining to the taxpayer.
(B) A past Internal Revenue Service audit (not necessarily for
employment tax purposes) of the taxpayer, if the audit entailed no
assessment attributable to the taxpayer's employment tax treatment of
individuals holding positions substantially similar to that held by
the individual whose status is at issue. However, a taxpayer does not
meet this test if, in the conduct of a prior audit, an assessment
attributable to the taxpayer's treatment of the individual was offset
by other claims asserted by the taxpayer.
(C) Long-standing recognized practice of a significant segment of the
industry in which the individual was engaged. It is not necessary that
the practice be uniform throughout an entire industry.
Taxpayers who fail to meet any of these three 'safe havens' may
nevertheless be entitled to relief if they can demonstrate, in some
other manner, a reasonable basis for not treating the individual as an
employee. The term 'reasonable basis' should be construed liberally in
favor of the taxpayer.
Sections 3121(d) and 3401(c) of the Internal Revenue Code,
applicable to the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and income tax
withholding, respectively, provide that
the term 'employee' includes any
officer of a corporation.
Section 3306(i), applicable to the Federal Unemployment Tax Act,
includes within the meaning of the term 'employee' the meaning
assigned by section 3121(d).
Section 31.3121(d)-1(b) of the Employment Tax Regulations
states that, generally,
an officer of a corporation is an employee of the corporation.
However, an officer of a corporation who as such does not perform any
services or performs only minor services and who neither receives nor
is entitled to receive, directly or indirectly, any pay is considered
not to be an employee of the corporation. For instance, directors of
corporations in their capacity as such are not employees of the
corporations.
Rev. Rul. 71-86, 1971-1 C.B.
285, holds that when an individual who is
the president and sole shareholder,
except for qualifying shares, of
a closely held corporation performs services as an officer of the
corporation, the president is an employee
for purposes of employment taxes and
income tax withholding, even though all services performed and the
amount of compensation for them are under the individual's complete
control.
Rev. Rul. 73-361, 1973-2 C.B.
331, holds that a
stockholder-officer of an
electing small business corporation
who performs substantial services as an
officer of the corporation is its employee
for purposes of the FICA, the FUTA, and
income tax withholding.
In Royal Theatre Corp. v. United States,
66 F. Supp. 301 (D. Kan. 1946),
the sole shareholder and president of two corporations
contracted with each for him to manage
each corporation's operations and to determine matters of policy for
each corporation. The court observed that compensation an officer
receives for services as an officer is subject to social security
taxes, and held that the contracts by which the president of each
corporation purportedly managed the affairs of each corporation as
an independent contractor could
be disregarded in determining the reality of the situation.
It is a question of fact in all cases whether officers of a
corporation are performing services within the scope of their duties
as officers or whether they are performing services as independent
contractors. Here, the duties
being performed customarily fall within the scope of duties of
corporate officers. Involved are
fundamental decisions regarding
the operation of the corporation.
Such decisions are rarely delegated to independent contractors, and
are customarily made by corporate officers or other employees. Thus,
since the officers are
performing substantial services typical of officers and are paid for
those services, they are employees
of the corporation for purposes of
federal tax law. Therefore, even though the corporation calls the
officers' pay 'draws' rather than 'salaries,' there is no reasonable
basis for treating the officers as other than employees, even under a
liberal application of the reasonable basis rule of section 530 of the
Act.
HOLDING
The corporation is not entitled to relief under section 530 of the
Act.
S-Corp shareholders' medical deductions IRC §105
& §106 (belong on Form W-2):
Do not confuse §106 Health
insurance vs. §105 Medical
expenses
How should the payments/reimbursements be reported on the employee's
W-2 and Form 1040 and the S-corp's Form 1120S?
Are payments/reimbursements totally tax-free fringe benefits?
Are payments/reimbursements included in gross wages?
Are the wages subject to FICA/Medicare?
http://www.taxalmanac.org/index.php/Discussion_Archives:S_Corp_Health_Insurance_No_FICA_on_'Wages'%3F
http://www.danaconsulting.com/downloads/Health_Premiums_Paid_S_Corps.pdf
http://www.aicpa.org/publications/taxadviser/2011/december/pages/case-study_dec11.aspx
Common
oversight - there are different rules for S corporation shareholders
holding more than 2% (as opposed to exactly 2% or less
than 2%) of the issued and outstanding stock.
Subject to the satisfaction of certain non-discrimination and other
requirements, (see, e.g., §§79(d), 105(h) and 125(b)) an
employer can provide certain types of fringe benefits to its employees
on a tax-free basis while deducting the cost of the fringe benefit.
Shareholder-employees of S corporations qualify for the exclusion of
these fringe benefit items from income, although a special restriction
applies to greater-than-2% shareholders. Self-employed persons
(i.e., sole proprietors or partners) generally are not entitled to
exclude fringe benefits from income, because the exclusion is limited
to employees, and a sole proprietor or partner is not considered an
"employee" for this purpose.
For fringe benefit purposes, an S corporation is treated as a
partnership, and each more-than-2% shareholder is treated as a
partner under §1372(a). Thus, certain fringe benefits that can
be provided on a tax-free basis to shareholder-employees of C
corporations cannot be provided on a tax-free basis to a
more-than-2% shareholder in an S corporation. Other employees of
an S corporation, however, are not affected by this rule and can
exclude the fringe benefits from income.
Example of "Indirect Ownership" - Husband owns all of the stock of an
S corporation. His wife is employed by the S-corp. The wife is
treated as a more-than-2% shareholder for purposes of the S
corporation fringe benefit rules, pursuant to §1372(b) & §318.
IR Code §162(l)(5) Treatment of certain S
corporation shareholders .- This subsection shall apply in the case
of any individual treated as a partner under section 1372(a), except
that-
§162(l)(5)(A) for purposes of this
subsection, such individual's wages (as defined in section 3121)
from the S corporation shall be treated as such individual's earned
income (within the meaning of section 401(c)(1)), and
§162(l)(5)(B) there shall be such
adjustments in the application of this subsection as the Secretary
may by regulations prescribe.
§1372(a) General Rule .- For purposes of
applying the provisions of this subtitle which relate to employee
fringe benefits-
§1372(a)(1) the S corporation shall be
treated as a partnership, and
§1372(a)(2) any 2-percent shareholder of
the S corporation shall be treated as a partner of such partnership.
§1372(b)
2-Percent Shareholder Defined .- For purposes of this section, the
term "2-percent shareholder" means any person who owns (or
is considered as owning within the meaning of section 318)
on any day during the taxable year of the S corporation more
than 2 percent of the outstanding stock of such corporation
or stock possessing more than 2 percent of the total combined voting
power of all stock of such corporation.
(Added Pub. L. 97-354, 2, Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1682.)
§318(a) General Rule .- For purposes of
those provisions of this subchapter to which the rules contained in
this section are expressly made applicable-
§318(a)(1) Members of family.-
§318(a)(1)(A) In general .- An individual
shall be considered as owning the stock owned,
directly or indirectly, by or for-
§318(a)(1)(A)(i) his spouse (other than a
spouse who is legally separated from the individual under a decree
of divorce or separate maintenance), and
§318(a)(1)(A)(ii) his children,
grandchildren, and parents.
Whether medical expenses and insurance premiums are subject to
FICA/Medicare depends on whether the payments are made pursuant to a
plan qualifying under IRC §3121(a)(2).
Medical expenses (see §105) and insurance premiums (see §106) paid for
the benefit of 2%(exactly) S corporation shareholders and for persons
holding less than 2% on the company's stock are separately deducted on
Form 1120S (on page 1, line 18 "employee benefit programs") when the
appropriate plan qualifying under IRC §3121(a)(2) has been
established.
Medical expenses and insurance premiums paid for a more than 2%
shareholder are not separately deducted Form 1120S page 1, line 18.
Rather, these items are included as a salary deduction on page 1, line
7 of Form 1120S, and are also included on the shareholder's Form W-2
as income . These items are only shown as supplemental information on
Form 1120S, Schedules K and K-1 so that the shareholder may be
reminded to deduct the health insurance on Form 1040, page 1, line 29
(for 2007) and deduct the medical expenses on Schedule A, line 1.
For the W-2 wages to be excluded from Social Security and Medicare
taxes the payments must be made pursuant to a plan qualifying under
IRC §3121(a)(2) which is non-discriminatory pursuant to IRC §105(h).
Treating Medical Insurance Premiums as Wages
Heath and accident insurance premiums paid on behalf of the
greater than two percent S corporation shareholder-employee are
deductible and reportable by the S corporation as wages for income
tax withholding purposes on the shareholder-employee’s Form W-2.
These benefits are not subject to Social Security or Medicare
(FICA) or Unemployment (FUTA) taxes. The additional compensation is
included in Box 1 (Wages) of the Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement,
issued to the shareholder-employee, but would not be included in
Boxes 3 and 5 of Form W-2.
A 2-percent shareholder-employee is eligible for an Adjusted
Gross Income (AGI) deduction for amounts paid during the year for
medical care premiums if the medical care coverage is established by
the S corporation and the shareholder meets the other self-employed
medical insurance deduction requirements. If, however, the
shareholder or the shareholder’s spouse is eligible to
participate in any subsidized health care plan then the shareholder
is not entitled to the AGI deduction.
A medical plan can be considered established by the S corporation
if the S corporation paid or reimbursed the shareholder-employee for
premiums and reported:
- The premium payment
- Reimbursement as wages on the
shareholder-employee’s W-2
Health Insurance Purchased in Name of Shareholder
The insurance laws in some states do not allow a corporation to
purchase group health insurance when the corporation only has one
employee. Therefore, if the shareholder was the sole corporate
employee, the shareholder had to purchase his health insurance in
his own name.
The IRS issued Notice 2008-1 which ruled that under certain
situations the shareholder would be allowed an above-the-line
deduction even if the health insurance policy was purchased in the
name of the shareholder. Notice 2008-1 provided four examples, three
of the examples had the shareholder purchasing the health insurance
and the other example had the S corporation purchasing the health
insurance.
The Notice held that if the shareholder purchased the health
insurance in his own name and paid for it with his own funds the
shareholder would not be allowed an above-the-line deduction. On the
other hand, if the shareholder purchased the health insurance in his
own name but the S corporation either directly paid for the health
insurance or reimbursed the shareholder for the health insurance and
also included the premium payment in the shareholder’s W-2, the
shareholder would be allowed an above-the-line deduction.
The bottom line is that in order for a shareholder to claim an
above-the-line deduction, the health insurance premiums had to be
paid by the S corporation and had to be included in the
shareholder’s W-2.
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=203100,00.html#skiptocontent
(Ed. This Q&A is incorrect)
Q.
As is quite common, the corporation forgets to include
medical expenses and insurance premiums for more than 2% shareholder
on any payroll tax returns (forms 940, 941 W-2 and related State forms
and disability insurance forms), or taken as a salary deduction on the
books. In this situation, may the corporation simply report
these items as "Other Deductions" on Schedules K and K-1?
A.
When the maximum amount of Social Security tax has already been
paid or withheld by the shareholder, and otherwise reporting in this
manner does not place the corporation or shareholder in jeopardy for
underpaid payroll taxes, then this might be a solution. Of
course, an obvious problem remains: Medicaid tax would still be
underpaid, and State withholding tax may be underwithheld.
(But see below for another opinion)
For a 100% shareholder, there would be no difference provided that
the shareholder deduction under IRC 162(l) would be allowable,
keeping in mind that there are other requirements under IRC 162(l),
such as FICA wages equal or greater than the amount of the health
insurance deduction, that there is no other coverage available to
the taxpayer or spouse, etc., that need to be addressed for the
deduction to be allowable.
Some "double talk" to be aware of:
Generally, fringe benefits which are treated as compensation to a
2%-or-more shareholder are subject to payroll (i.e., FICA and FUTA)
withholding. But see §3121(a)(2)(C). Section 3121(a)(2) provides
that these amounts are not subject to Social Security and Medicare
taxes if the payments are made under a plan or system for employees or
a class of employees. See Announcement 92-16, 1992-5 I.R.B. 53.
Announcement 92-16, 1992-5 I.R.B. 53
FICA Taxation of Health Insurance
Premiums for 2%-Shareholder-Employees of S Corporations
Announcement
92-16
In response to taxpayer questions, this
Internal Revenue Service announcement is intended to clarify the
social security and Medicare tax treatment of accident and health
insurance premiums paid by an S corporation on behalf of
2%-shareholder-employees.
On April 15, 1991, the Service
published Revenue Ruling 91-26, 1991-1 C.B. 184, regarding
employer-provided accident and health insurance for S corporations and
2%-shareholder-employees. Revenue Ruling 91-26 indicates that amounts
paid by an S corporation for accident and health insurance covering a
2%-shareholder-employee must be reported as wages on his or her Form
W-2, Wage and Tax Statement.
Revenue Ruling 91-26 does not directly
address the treatment of the amounts for such purposes. The Service
has been asked whether these amounts are wages for purposes of social
security and Medicare taxes. The facts presented in the ruling are
insufficient to ascertain whether tax would be imposed in these
circumstances. A basic analysis is provided below to assist taxpayers.
Like other employees of an S corporation, 2%-shareholder employees are
subject to social security and Medicare taxes on "wages" paid to them
by the corporation. The term "wages" generally includes fringe
benefits provided in cash or in kind to an employee. However,
under section 3121(a) of the Code
certain payments are expressly excluded from "wages" for purpose of
social security and Medicare taxes.
Section 3121(a)(2)(B) excludes from wages certain amounts paid by an
employer to or on behalf of an employee (including amounts paid by an
employer for insurance, annuities, or into a fund) for medical and
hospitalization expense in connection with sickness or accident
disability.
For this exclusion to apply, the
payments must be made under a plan or system for employees and their
dependents generally or for a class (or classes) of employees
and their dependents. Thus, whether amounts of this type are actually
subject to social security or Medicare tax depends on whether in the
particular case the taxpayer satisfies the requirements for the
exclusion.
If the requirements for the exclusion
under section 3121(a)(2)(B) are satisfied, amounts paid by an S corporation for
accident and health insurance covering a 2%-shareholder-employee are
not wages for social security and Medicare tax purposes,
even though the amounts must be included in wages for income tax
withholding purposes on the 2%-shareholder-employee's Form W-2.
On the other hand, if the requirements for an exclusion are not
satisfied, amounts paid by an S corporation for accident and health
insurance covering a 2%-shareholder-employee
must be included in wages for social
security and Medical tax purposes, as well as for income tax
withholding purposes, and reported in the appropriate boxes on the
2%-shareholder-employee's Form W-2.
IRS Notice 2005-8, 2005-4 (1/24/2005) Health Savings Accounts
- S Corporation’s Contributions to a 2-Percent Shareholder-Employee’s HSA
IRS Notice 2008-1,
(PDF) 2008-2 I.R.B. 251 (1/14/2008)
Part III - Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous
Special Rules for Health Insurance Costs of 2-Percent
Shareholder-Employees
PURPOSE
This notice provides rules under
which a 2-percent (sic)
shareholder-employee in an S corporation is entitled to the deduction
under §26 USC 162(l) of the Internal Revenue Code for accident and health insurance premiums
that are paid or reimbursed by the S corporation and included in the
2-percent shareholder-employee's gross income.
LAW AND ANALYSIS
Section 26 USC 1372(a) provides
that, for purposes of applying the income tax provisions of the Code
relating to employee fringe benefits, an S corporation shall be
treated as a partnership, and any 2-percent shareholder of the S
corporation shall be treated as a partner of such partnership. For
purposes of §26 USC 1372, the term "2-percent shareholder" is any
person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of §26
USC 318)on any day during the taxable year of the S corporation more than 2 percent
of the outstanding stock of such corporation or stock possessing more
than 2 percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of such
corporation. Section 26 USC 1372(b).
Accident and health insurance premiums paid or furnished by an S
corporation on behalf of its 2-percent shareholders in
consideration for services rendered are treated for income tax
purposes like partnership guaranteed payments under §26 USC
707(c) of the Code. Rev. Rul. 91-26, 1991-1 C.B. 184. An S corporation
is entitled to deduct the cost of such employee fringe benefits under
§26 USC 162(a) if the requirements of that section are satisfied
(taking into account the rules of §26 USC 263). The premium payments are included in
wages for income tax withholding purposes on the
shareholder-employee's Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement, but are not
wages subject to Social Security and Medicare taxes if the
requirements for exclusion under section 26 USC 3121(a)(2)(B) are satisfied.
See §26 USC 3121(a)(2)(B); Ann. 92-16, 1992-5 I.R.B. 53. The 2-percent
shareholder is required to include the amount of the accident and
health insurance premiums in gross income under §26 USC 61(a).
Section 26 USC 106 provides an exclusion from the gross income of an
employee for employer-provided coverage under an accident and health
plan. A 2-percent shareholder is not an employee for purposes of §26
USC 106. Treas. Reg. §26 CFR 1.106-1; section 26 USC 1372(a).
Accordingly, the premiums are
not excludible from the 2-percent shareholder-employee's gross income
under §26 USC 106.
Section 26 USC 162(l)(1)(A) allows an individual who is an employee
within the meaning of §26 USC 401(c)(1) to take a deduction in computing adjusted gross
income for amounts paid during the taxable year for insurance that
constitutes medical care for the taxpayer,
his or her spouse, and dependents. The deduction is not allowed to the
extent that the amount of the deduction exceeds the earned income
(within the meaning of section 26 USC 401(c)(2)) derived by the
taxpayer from the trade
or business with respect to
which the plan providing the medical care coverage is established.
Section 26 USC 162(l)(2)(A). Also, the deduction is not allowed for amounts during a month in which the
taxpayer is eligible to participate in any subsidized health plan
maintained by an employer of the taxpayer or of the spouse of the
taxpayer. Section 26 USC
162(l)(2)(B).
A 2-percent shareholder-employee in an
S corporation, who otherwise meets the requirements of section 26 USC
162(l), is eligible for the
deduction under section 26 USC
162(l) if the plan providing
medical care coverage for the 2-percent shareholder-employee is
established by the S corporation.
Rev. Rul. 91-26, 1991-1 C.B. 184. A plan providing medical care
coverage for the 2-percent shareholder-employee in an S corporation is
established by the S corporation if:
-
the S corporation makes the premium
payments for the accident and
health insurance policy covering the 2-percent shareholder-employee
(and his or her spouse or dependents, if applicable) in the current
taxable year; or
-
the 2-percent shareholder makes the premium
payments and furnishes proof
of premium payment to the S corporation and then the S corporation reimburses
the 2-percent shareholder-employee for the premium payments in the current taxable year.
If the accident and health insurance premiums are not paid or
reimbursed by the S corporation and included in the 2-percent
shareholder-employee's gross income, a plan providing medical care
coverage for the 2-percent shareholder-employee is not
established by the S corporation and the 2-percent
shareholder-employee in an S corporation is not allowed the deduction
under §26 USC 162(l).
In order for the 2-percent shareholder-employee to deduct the amount of
the accident and health insurance premiums, the S corporation must report the
accident and health insurance premiums paid or reimbursed as wages
on the 2-percent shareholder-employee's Form W-2 in that same year. In
addition, the shareholder must report the premium payments or
reimbursements from the S corporation as gross income on his or her
Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return.
EXAMPLES
The following examples
illustrate these rules. The following examples assume that each
shareholder is a 2-percent shareholder-employee in an S corporation,
whose earned income from the S corporation exceeds the amount of the
premiums for the accident and health insurance policies covering the
shareholder, his or her spouse and dependents.
None of the
shareholders in the following examples are eligible to participate in
any subsidized health plan maintained by an employer of the
shareholder or the shareholder's spouse.
Example 1. (i) For 2008, shareholder
A obtains an accident and health insurance policy in the name of
shareholder A and makes the
premium payments on the policy.
The S corporation makes no
payments or reimbursements with
respect to the premiums.
(ii) A plan providing medical care for shareholder A is not
established by the S corporation and shareholder
A is not entitled to the deduction
under §26 USC 162(l).
Example 2. (i) For
2008, the S corporation obtains an accident and health insurance plan in the name of the S
corporation. The health plan
provides coverage for shareholder B, B's spouse and dependents.
The S corporation makes all
the premium payments to the
insurance company. The S
corporation reports the amount of the premiums as wages
on shareholder B's Form W-2 for 2008 and
shareholder B reports that
amount as gross income on Form 1040 for 2008.
(ii) A plan providing medical care for shareholder B has been
established by the S corporation and
shareholder B is allowed the deduction under §26 USC 162(l) for 2008.
Example 3. (i) For 2008, shareholder
C obtains an accident and health insurance policy in the name of
shareholder C. The S corporation
makes all the premium payments
to the insurance company. The S
corporation reports the amount of the premiums as wages
on shareholder C's Form W-2 for 2008 and
shareholder C reports that
amount as gross income on Form 1040 for 2008.
(ii) A plan providing medical care for shareholder C has been
established by the S corporation and
shareholder C is allowed the deduction
under §26 USC 162(l) for 2008.
Example 4. (i) For 2008, shareholder
D obtains an accident and health insurance policy in the name of
shareholder D. Shareholder D
makes the premium payments to
the insurance company and furnishes proof of premium payment to the S
corporation. The S corporation
then reimburses shareholder D
for the premium payments. The S
corporation reports the amount of the premium reimbursements as wages
on shareholder D's Form W-2 for 2008 and
shareholder D reports that
amount as gross income on Form 1040 for 2008.
(ii) A plan providing medical care for shareholder D has been
established by the S corporation and shareholder
D is allowed the deduction
under §26 USC 162(l) for 2008.
Rev. Rul. 91-26,
1991-1 C.B. 184 Clarified by Ann. 92-16.
ISSUES
1. If a partner performs services in the capacity of a partner and the partnership pays accident and
health insurance premiums for
current year coverage on behalf of such partner without regard to
partnership income, what is the Federal income tax treatment of the
premium payments?
2. If an S corporation pays
accident and health insurance premiums for current year coverage on behalf of
a 2-percent shareholder-employee, what is the Federal income tax
treatment of the premium payments?
FACTS
SITUATION 1.
AB is a partnership
in which
individuals A and B are equal partners.
During 1989, AB paid accident and health insurance premiums for 1989
coverage on behalf of each partner under AB's accident and health
plan.
The premiums paid by AB on behalf of A and B were for services
rendered by A and B in their capacities as partners and were payable
without regard to partnership income. The premiums paid by AB would
qualify as ordinary and necessary business expenses under section 26
USC 162(a) of the Code if paid by AB on behalf of individuals who were
not partners of AB. The value of the premiums to A and B is equal to
the cost of the premiums paid on behalf of A and B, respectively.
SITUATION 2. X corporation made a valid election to be an S
corporation under section 26 USC 1362 of the Code effective for its
taxable year beginning January 1, 1989. Three individuals own X's
stock in the following proportions: C, 51 percent; D, 48 percent; and
E, 1 percent. C, D, and E are also employees of X.
During 1989, X paid accident and health insurance premiums for 1989
coverage on behalf of each of its employees under X's accident and
health plan. The premiums paid by X would qualify as ordinary and
necessary business expenses under section 26 USC 162(a) of the Code if
paid by X on behalf of individuals who were not "2-percent
shareholders."The value of the premiums to C, D, and E is equal to the
cost of the premiums paid on behalf of C, D, and E, respectively.
LAW AND ANALYSIS
Section 26 USC 106 of the Code excludes from the gross income of an
employee coverage provided by an employer under an accident or health
plan.
Section 26 USC 162(l) of the Code allows as a deduction, in the case
of an individual who is an employee within the meaning of section 26
USC 401(c)(1), an amount equal to 25 percent of the amount paid during
the taxable year for insurance that constitutes medical care for the
individual and the individual's spouse and dependents. This provision
applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986, and before
January 1, 1992.
Section 26 USC 401(c)(1) of the Code treats certain self-employed
individuals as employees. Section 26 USC 401(c)(1)(B) defines a "self-
employed individual,"with respect to any taxable year, as an
individual who has earned income (as defined in section 26 USC
401(c)(2)) for the taxable year. Section 26 USC 401(c)(2) defines
"earned income" as, in general, the net earnings from self-employment
as defined in section 26 USC 1402(a). Under section 26 USC 1402(a),
the term net earnings from self-employment is defined to include, with
certain specified exceptions, a partner's distributive share of income
or loss described in section 26 USC 702(a)(8) from any trade or
business carried on by a partnership in which the individual is a
partner. Guaranteed payments to a partner for services also are
included in net earnings from self-employment. In addition, section 26
USC 162(l)(5)(A) provides that, for purposes of section 26 USC 162(l),
if a shareholder owns more than 2 percent of the outstanding stock of
an S corporation, the shareholder's wages (as defined in section 26
USC 3121) from the S corporation are treated as "earned income" within
the meaning of section 26 USC 401(c)(1).
SITUATION 1. (Partnerships and most LLC's)
Section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code provides that payments to a partner
for services, to the extent the payments are determined without regard
to the income of the partnership, are considered as made to one who is
not a member of the partnership, but only for purposes of section 26
USC 61(a) (relating to gross income) and, subject to section 26 USC 263
(prohibiting deductions for capital expenditures), for purposes of
section 26 USC 162(a) (relating to trade or business expenses). These
payments are termed "guaranteed payments."
Section 26 CFR 1.707-1(c) of the Income Tax Regulations provides that
for a guaranteed payment under section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code to be
deductible by the partnership, it must meet the same tests under
section 26 USC 162(a) as it would if the payment had been made to a
person who was not a member of the partnership. Generally, for
purposes of Code provisions other than sections 26 USC 61(a) and 26
USC 162(a), guaranteed
payments are treated as a partner's distributive share of ordinary
income. The regulation states, by way of an illustration, that a
partner who receives guaranteed payments is not entitled to exclude
them from gross income as disability payments under section 26 USC
105(d) (as in effect prior to its repeal by section 122(b) of the
Social Security Amendments of 1983, Pub. L. No. 98-21, 1983-2 C.B.
309, 315). The regulation also provides that a partner who receives
guaranteed payments is not, by virtue of the payments, regarded as an
employee of the partnership for purposes of withholding of tax at
source, deferred compensation plans, and other purposes.
Amounts paid in cash or in kind by a partnership, without regard to
its income, to or for the benefit of its partners, for services
rendered in their capacities as partners, are guaranteed payments
under section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code. A partnership is entitled to
deduct such cash amounts, or the cost to the partnership of such
in-kind benefits, under section 26 USC 162(a), if the requirements of
that section are satisfied (taking into account the rules of section
26 USC 263). Under section 26 USC 61(a), the cash amount or the value
of the benefit is included in the income of the recipient-partner. The
cash amount or value of the benefit is not excludible from the
partner's gross income under the general fringe benefit rules (except
to the extent the Code provision allowing exclusion of a fringe
benefit specifically provides that it applies to partners) because the
benefit is treated as a distributive share of partnership income under
section 26 CFR 1.707-1(c) of the regulations for purposes of all Code
sections other than sections 26 USC 61(a) and 26 USC 162(a), and a
partner is treated as self-employed to the extent of his or her
distributive share of income. Section 26 USC 1402(a). See also Rev.
Rul. 69-184, 1969-1 C.B. 256 (employment taxes); cf. section 26 USC
401(c), which recognizes that partners are self-employed individuals
but treats them as employees for certain limited purposes.
Therefore,
AB may deduct
under section 26 USC 162(a) of the Code
(subject to section 26 USC 263) the cost of the accident and health
insurance premiums paid on behalf of A and B.
A and B may not exclude
the cost of the premiums from their gross income under section 26 USC
106,
but must include the cost of the premiums in gross income
under
section 26 USC 61(a). Provided all the requirements of section 26 USC
162(l) are met,
however, A and B may deduct the cost of the premiums
to the extent provided by section 26 USC 162(l).
A
partnership may account
for accident and health insurance premiums
paid on behalf of a partner
as
a reduction in distributions to the partner.
Under these circumstances, the premiums are not deductible by the
partnership, so distributive shares of partnership income and
deduction (and other payment items) are not affected by payment of the
premiums. A
partner may deduct the cost of the premiums paid on that
partner's behalf
to the extent allowed under section 26 USC 162(l).
SITUATION 2. (S-Corporations)
Section 26 USC 1372 of the Code provides that, for purposes of
applying the income tax provisions of the Code relating to employee
fringe benefits, an S corporation shall be treated as a partnership,
and any person who is a "2-percent shareholder" of the S corporation
shall be treated like a partner of a partnership. Section 26 USC
1372(b) defines a "2-percent shareholder" as any person who owns (or
is considered as owning within the meaning of section 26 USC 318) on
any day during the taxable year of the S corporation more than 2
percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock
possessing more than 2 percent of the total combined voting power of
all stock in the corporation.
Under section 26 USC 1372 of the Code, for purposes of applying the
provisions of the Code relating to employee fringe benefits, a 2-
percent shareholder who is also an employee of an S corporation is
treated like a partner of a partnership. Employee fringe benefits paid
or furnished by an S corporation to or for the benefit of its 2-
percent shareholder-employees in consideration for services rendered,
therefore, are treated for income tax purposes like partnership
guaranteed payments under section 26 USC 707(c). An S corporation is
entitled to deduct the cost of such employee fringe benefits under
section 26 USC 162(a) if the requirements of that section are
satisfied (taking into account the rules of section 26 USC 263). Like
a partner, a 2- percent shareholder is required to include the value
of such benefits in gross income under section 26 USC 61(a) and is not
entitled to exclude such benefits from gross income under provisions
of the Code permitting the exclusion of employee fringe benefits
(except to the extent the Code provision allowing exclusion of a
fringe benefit specifically provides that it applies to partners).
Therefore, X may deduct under section 26 USC 162(a) of the Code the
cost of the accident and health insurance premiums paid on behalf of
C, D, and E. C and D may not exclude the cost of the premiums from
their gross income under section 26 USC 106, but must include the cost
of the premiums in gross income under section 26 USC 61(a). Provided
all the requirements of section 26 USC 162(l) are met, however, C and
D may deduct the cost of the premiums to the extent provided by
section 26 USC 162(l). E (who does not own more than 2 percent of X's
stock) may exclude from gross income under section 26 USC 106 the cost
of the premiums paid by X on E's behalf.
Unlike a partnership, an S corporation may not account for accident
and health insurance premiums paid on behalf of a shareholder-employee
as a reduction in distributions to the shareholder-employee
because the shareholder-employee's pro rata share of S corporation
income would not be subject to employment taxes.
HOLDINGS
1. Accident and health insurance
premiums paid by a partnership on behalf of a partner are guaranteed
payments under section 26 USC
707(c) of the Code if the premiums are paid for services rendered in
the capacity of partner and to the extent the premiums are determined
without regard to partnership income. As guaranteed payments, the
premiums are deductible by the partnership under section 26 USC 162
(subject to the capitalization rules of section 26 USC 263) and
includible in the recipient-partner's gross income under section 26
USC 61. The premiums are not excludible from the recipient-partner's
gross income under section 26 USC 106;however, provided all the
requirements of section 26 USC 162(l) are met, the partner may deduct
the cost of the premiums to the extent provided by section 26 USC
162(l).
A partnership must report the cost of accident and health insurance
premiums that are guaranteed payments on its U.S. Partnership Return
of Income (Form 1065) and the Schedule K-1s. A partnership is not
required to file a Form 1099 or a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2)
for accident and health insurance premiums that are guaranteed
payments.
2. Under section 26 USC 1372 of the Code, accident and health insurance premiums paid by an S corporation on behalf of a
2-percent shareholder-employee as
consideration for services rendered are treated like guaranteed payments
under section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code. Therefore, the premiums are
deductible by the corporation under section 26 USC 162 (subject to the
capitalization rules of section 26 USC 263), and includible in the
recipient shareholder-employee's gross income under section 26 USC 61.
The premiums are not excludible from the recipient
shareholder-employee's gross income under section 26 USC 106;however,
provided all the requirements of section 26 USC 162(l) are met, the
shareholder-employee may deduct the cost of the premiums to the extent
provided by section 26 USC 162(l).
An S corporation may deduct as salary and wages accident and health
insurance premiums paid on behalf of its 2-percent
shareholder-employees
on its U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation. The S corporation
is required to file a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) for each
2-percent shareholder-employee. The
Form W-2 must include for a 2-percent shareholder-employee the cost of
accident and health insurance premiums
paid on behalf of the shareholder-employee in the
shareholder-employee's wages.
EFFECT ON OTHER REVENUE RULINGS
Rev. Rul. 72-596, 1972-2 C.B. 395, concerns the deductibility under
section 162 of the Code of premiums paid by a partnership on behalf of
its partners for workmen's compensation insurance. Rev. Rul. 72-596
relies on the general rule that a partner is not an employee and
suggests that workmen's compensation premiums are deductible by the
partnership only if paid on behalf of an employee.
The partners in Rev. Rul. 72-596 were acting in their capacities as
partners and the workmen's compensation premiums were payable without
regard to partnership income. Thus, the premiums are guaranteed
payments under section 26 USC 707(c) of the Code, and as such are
deductible by the partnership under section 26 USC 162 (if the
requirements of that section are satisfied) and includible in the
incomes of the partners under section 26 USC 61. Rev. Rul. 72-596 is
incorrect to the extent it concludes otherwise. Rev. Rul. 72-596 is
revoked.
ADMINISTRATIVE RELIEF
For S corporation tax years beginning before January 1, 1991, the
Service will not challenge the treatment of accident and health
insurance premiums paid by S corporations for 2-percent shareholder-
employees in accordance with the instructions to the Form 1120S and
Schedule K-1 to the Form 1120S. These instructions provide that such
fringe benefits are nondeductible by the S corporation and cannot be
treated as deductible or excludable employee fringe benefits (except
for benefits allowed partners, such as section 26 USC 162(l)).
The Service does not consider payments of accident and health
insurance premiums by an S corporation on behalf of 2-percent
shareholder-employees to be distributions for purposes of the single
class of stock requirement of section 26 USC 1361(b)(1)(D).
S-Corp shareholders' tax deductions
based on loans made - and the taxable income based on repayments of
those loans:
Income recapture can occur when debt basis is used to deduct corporate
losses. When debt basis is reduced to zero due to corporate losses,
and then payments are made against the zero-basis loam, income
recapture may occur.
Generally:
For shareholder loans evidenced by a note, additional advances
do not restore or prevent income recapture to zero-basis or low-basis
loans repaid during the year. Because additional advances are deemed
new loan, they provide the shareholder with additional basis for
deducting additional losses, but do not prevent income recapture for
the zero-basis or low-basis loans repaid during the period.
However, for open account debt,
additional advances restore zero-basis or low-basis loans repaid
during the year. Under Regs. Sec. 1.1367-2(b)(1), basis for open
account debt is determined at the close of the year. Thus, advances
and repayments are netted throughout the year; the final
determination of debt basis for open account debt is determined at
the dose of the year. This provision allows S shareholders time to
make a corrective loan before the end of the year to restore debt
basis.
In a court decision, Brooks, TC Memo 2005-204, S shareholders
advanced money to their S-corporation in one year, using those
advances to enable them to deduct the corporate losses. Then at the
beginning of the subsequent year the corporation repaid the loans.
Then before the end of the year, the shareholders made additional
loans to restore debt basis. This situation continued over several
years, allowing the shareholders to defer income recognition
indefinitely.
Under Prop. Regs. Sec. 1.1367-2(a) (2)(ii), the shareholder must
maintain a daily running log to account for the open account debt.
If, at any point during the S corporation's tax year, the aggregate
balance of the open account debt exceeds $10,000, it is treated in
the same way as debt evidenced by a note. The resulting debt
repayments are treated in this manner for the loan's remaining life;
see Prop. Regs. Sec. 1.1367-2(d)(2)(ii).
Effect on open account debt: By limiting the definition of open
account debt, the proposed regulations minimize S shareholders'
ability to defer income recognition. Shareholders now must bear the
administrative burden of maintaining a daily log to record advances
and repayments on open account debt.
Below is a list of options that taxpayers can use in light of the
proposed regulations:
-
Treat all advances as capital,
rather than debt. Under this strategy, the shareholder treats
advances as additional paid-in capital, rather than debt. This
allows the shareholder to avoid the open account debt rules. The
shareholder can take repayments in the form of distributions, then
simply contribute additional funds to the corporation to avoid
distributions in excess of basis at year-end. However, if the
corporation has undistributed C corporation earnings and profits
and an insufficient S corporation accumulated adjustments account
(AAA), the income potential Hill continue to exist for
distributions in excess of the AAA.
-
Keep open account debt balances
under $10,000. This may seem to be more trouble than it is worth,
but by reclassifying shareholder distributions to reduce the
balance of the open account debt, a shareholder may be able to
circumvent the $10,000 de minimis rule. Those looking to continue
to use open account debt must keep a daily log, so there will be
no more expended effort to track the account balance.
-
Set up a formal note for open
account debt exceeding $10,000. The IRS has not clarified whether
debt repayments on zero- or low-basis open account debt will be
treated as ordinary income recapture or receive capital gain
treatment similar to that afforded loans evidenced by a note. To
ensure capital gain treatment, set up a formal note for any debt
that no longer qualifies for open account treatment.
-
Actually, if the debt is an
open account, the gain is ordinary because a collection on that
type of indebtedness is not considered to be a sale or exchange.
-
Whereas,
collection of a corporate note is deemed to be a sale or
exchange, so if the note is a capital asset to the shareholder,
the gain is a capital gain (IR Code §1271(a)(a) - see page 111
http://www.belkcollege.uncc.edu/haburton/S%20Corporations.pdf
)
-
If loan basis has been reduced,
but not to zero, a partial payment to the shareholder on the
loan cannot be applied solely to the basis portion. Rather, the
payment must be allocated proportionately to represent (a)
return of basis, and (b) taxable income to the shareholder (Rev.
Rul. 64-162, 1964-1 CB 304, Rev. Rul. 68-537, 1968-2 CB 372).
-
Use outside loans to increase the
$10,000 limit. For S corporations with multiple shareholders, use
outside loans between shareholders to circumvent the $10,000
limit.
-
Use multiple small loans evidenced
by a formal note. Under the existing regulations, income earned by
an S corporation in any year will first restore the basis in zero-
or low-basis loans, before it increases shareholder stock basis.
If a loan with reduced basis is repaid during a year in which net
income is recognized by the S corporation, the income is first
applied to restore the basis of the loan that is partially or
fully repaid. By using multiple small notes, a taxpayer can more
easily control income recognition on repayment of a zero- or
low-basis loan.
Effective October 20, 2008 (T.D.
9428):
Regulations apply to any and all shareholder advances to the S
corporation made on or after October 20, 2008, and repayments on
those advances by the S corporation.
Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that the aggregate
principal threshold dollar amount for open account debt should be
increased and that other changes are necessary. Therefore, the final
regulations adopt a $25,000 aggregate principal threshold amount per
shareholder for open account debt. For example, an S corporation
with ten shareholders could receive up to $250,000 of open account
debt as long as no single shareholder advanced more than $25,000.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that the $25,000
threshold, together with certain other changes noted below, balances
concerns over deferral potential with normal business practices.
Under the final regulations, for any particular shareholder advances
and repayments on those advances for which, as of the specified
determination date, the aggregate principal balance exceeds the
$25,000 aggregate principal threshold amount will no longer
constitute open account debt, but instead will be treated as debt
evidenced by a separate written instrument subject to the basis
adjustment and repayment accounting rules applicable to S
corporation shareholder debt generally.
S-Corp
shareholders' pass-thru's ordering rule 1.1367-1(g) election:
A S-Corp shareholder may elect to shift the ordering of Tier 3 and
Tier 4 items. If the election is not made, the Code strongly
suggests that there is no carryover available of the Tier 3 items.
If the election is made, the shareholder generally may get to
deduct Tier 4 items which otherwise may have to be deferred due to
lack of tax basis
Schedule K-1 instructions:
You may elect to decrease your basis under (4) prior to
decreasing your basis under (3). If you make this election, any
amount described under (3) that exceeds the basis of your stock
and debt owed to you by the corporation is treated as an amount
described under (3) for the following tax year.
To make the election, attach a statement to your timely filed
original or amended return that states you agree to the carryover
rule of Regulations section 1.1367-1(g) and the name of the S
corporation to which the rule applies. Once made, the election
applies to the year for which it is made and all future tax years
for that S corporation, unless the IRS agrees to revoke your
election.
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/1996/mar96/depts/fed_tax96.htm
http://goliath.ecnext.com/coms2/gi_0199-3165763/S-corporation-elections-guide.html
http://www.docstoc.com/docs/1036730/S-Corporation-Elections-Guide---1
http://www.allbusiness.com/legal/laws-government-regulations/370149-1.html
http://tax.aicpa.org/Resources/S+Corporations/
1.1367-1(f) Ordering Rules For Taxable Years Beginning On Or After
August 18, 1998.
For any taxable year of a corporation beginning on or after August
18, 1998, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, the
adjustments required by section 1367(a) are made in the following
order--
1.1367-1(f)(1)
Any increase in basis attributable to the income items described
in section 1367(a)(1)(A) and (B), and the excess of the deductions
for depletion described in section 1367(a)(1)(C);
1.1367-1(f)(2)
Any decrease in basis attributable to a distribution by the
corporation described in section 1367(a)(2)(A);
1.1367-1(f)(3)
Any decrease in basis attributable to noncapital, nondeductible
expenses described in section
1367(a)(2)(D),
and the oil and gas depletion deduction described in section
1367(a)(2)(E); and
1.1367-1(f)(4)
Any decrease in basis attributable to items of loss or deduction
described in section
1367(a)(2)(B) and (C).
1.1367-1(g) Elective
Ordering Rule.
A shareholder may elect to decrease basis under paragraph (e)(3)
or (f)(4) of this section, whichever applies, prior to decreasing
basis under paragraph (e)(2) or (f)(3) of this section, whichever
applies. If a shareholder makes this election, any amount
described in paragraph (e)(2) or (f)(3) of this section, whichever
applies, that is in excess of the shareholder's basis in stock and
indebtedness is treated, solely for purposes of this section, as
an amount described in paragraph (e)(2) or (f)(3) of this section,
whichever applies, in the succeeding taxable year.
A shareholder makes the election
under this paragraph by attaching a statement to the shareholder's
timely filed original or amended return that states that the
shareholder agrees to the carryover rule of the preceding
sentence. Once a shareholder
makes an election under this paragraph with respect to an S
corporation, the shareholder must continue to use the rules of
this paragraph for that S corporation in future taxable years
unless the shareholder receives the permission of the
Commissioner.
1367(a) General Rule
1367(a)(1) Increases In Basis
The basis of each shareholder's stock in an S corporation
shall be increased for any period by the sum of the following
items determined with respect to that shareholder for such period:
1367(a)(1)(A) the items of income described in subparagraph (A) of
section 1366(a)(1),
1367(a)(1)(B) any nonseparately computed income determined under
subparagraph (B) of section 1366(a)(1), and
1367(a)(1)(C) the excess of the deductions for depletion over the
basis of the property subject to depletion.
1367(a)(2) Decreases In Basis
The basis of each shareholder's stock in an S corporation
shall be decreased for any period (but not below zero) by the sum
of the following items determined with respect to the shareholder
for such period:
1367(a)(2)(A) distributions by the corporation which were not
includible in the income of the shareholder by reason of section
1368,
1367(a)(2)(B) the items of
loss and deduction described in subparagraph (A) of section
1366(a)(1),
1367(a)(2)(C)
any nonseparately computed loss determined under subparagraph (B)
of section 1366(a)(1),
1367(a)(2)(D) any expense of
the corporation not deductible in computing its taxable income and
not properly chargeable to capital account,
and
1367(a)(2)(E) the amount of the shareholder's deduction for
depletion for any oil and gas property held by the S corporation
to the extent such deduction does not exceed the proportionate
share of the adjusted basis of such property allocated to such
shareholder under section 613A(c)(11)(B).
The decrease under subparagraph (B) by reason of a charitable
contribution (as defined in section 170(c)) of property shall be
the amount equal to the shareholder's pro rata share of the
adjusted basis of such property. The preceding sentence shall not
apply to contributions made in taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2009.
S corporation payroll debt obligations -
disqualifying second class of stock - Regs. §1.1361-1:
Straight Debt Safe Harbor:
Debt that meets the definition of "straight debt" is not a
second class of stock, regardless of whether such debt is classified
as equity under general tax law principles.
A straight debt instrument is a written unconditional promise to pay
(whether or not embodied in a formal note) on demand or on a
specific date a sum certain in money (§1361(c)(5)). In addition,
straight debt must meet the following requirements:
1. The interest rate and payment dates are not contingent on
profits, corporate discretion, etc.;
2. The instrument is not convertible into stock; and
3. The lender is an individual (other than a nonresident alien), an
estate, a trust that is eligible to hold S corporation stock, or a
person actively and regularly engaged in the business of lending
money (e.g., a bank).
Short-Term Unwritten Advances:
Regs.
§1.1361-1(1)(4)(ii)(B)
Unwritten advances that (1) do not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate
at any time, (2) are treated as debt by the parties, and (3) are
expected to be repaid within a reasonable time are not treated as a
second class of stock (even if considered equity under general tax
law principles).
Proportionately Held Debt:
Regs.
§1.1361-1(1)(4)(ii)(B)
Proportionately held debt includes any class of obligations
considered equity under general tax law principles and held by the
shareholders in the same proportion as the S corporation's
outstanding stock. Note that debt held by a sole shareholder of an S
corporation always meets the definition of proportionately held
debt. Thus, debt held by shareholders in the same proportions as
their stock ownership (including debt owed by the corporation to a
sole shareholder) will not be considered a second class of stock.
The regulations explicitly state that obligations held by the sole
shareholder of an S corporation are always considered
proportionately held.
One-shareholder s-corporation (or few shareholders) payroll issues:
Watson, P.C. v. U.S., (DC IA 12/23/10) 107 AFTR 2d
$24,000 wages
unreasonably low in comparison to $67,000 of dividend payments
to the shareholder-officer.
David E Watson, P.C. v. USA:
http://media.ca8.uscourts.gov/opndir/12/02/111589P.pdf
Patrick & Suzanna Herbert v. Comr:
http://scholar.google.com/scholar_case?case=11328418329024231993&q=Herbert+v.+Commissioner++2012-124&hl=en&as_sdt=2,47&as_vis=1
CA Board of Accountancy v. Biyu Wong:
http://www.dca.ca.gov/cba/meetings/materials/2010/mat0510cba.pdf
(see page 153 of 285)
http://www.dca.ca.gov/cba/discipline/accusations/ac-2009-26.pdf
Ken Ryan, Inc. v. Comr.
T.C. Summary Opinion 2010-18
Payroll wages must not be reported solely on the 4th quarter Form
941 (with the result that payment of withholding taxes are delayed
until the end of the year)
Charlotte’s Office Boutique, Inc. v. Comr. (2005)
Royalty payments must not be made in lieu of payroll wages.
(with the result that Social Security, FICA and Medicare taxes are
avoided)
Reasonable Compensation must be paid to shareholders
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=203100,00.html#skiptocontent
So how do you figure out what a reasonable salary is?
IRS Fact Sheet
FS-2008-25 Wage Compensation for S Corporation Officers
Wage Taxes and Compensating S Corporation Officers...
Payroll tax penalties case of some interest
T.C. Memo 2011-155
Independent Contractor v. Common Law Employee case of some interest
T.C. Memo 2011-48
Court Gives IRS Rare Win in 'John Edwards Sub S Tax Shelter' Case:
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2011/01/irs-targets-.html
Another Lesson on Unreasonably Low Compensation:
http://blog.aicpa.org/2013/07/another-lesson-on-unreasonably-low-compensation.html
Selling s-corporation shareholder
- IRC §1377(a)(2) issue (trap)
If a shareholder terminates his or her interest in a s-corporation during the tax year, the corporation, with the consent of all
affected shareholders (including those whose interest is terminated), may elect to allocate income and expenses, etc., as if the
s-corporation's tax year consisted of 2 separate tax years, the first of which ends on the date of the shareholder's termination.
Selling shareholder should provide for the election
in the stock buy-sell agreement. For example: Seller sold his
interest in a s-corporation and had a
provision that if a terminating election
was
requested,
that the buyer would consent to same. If it
turns out that the normal pro-rata was acceptable to seller, then
the seller does not invoke the election for a closing of 2 separate
tax years.
Example 2: A buyer, by not providing for an
election in advance, and then once in control of the books after the
sale, causes a temporary disproportionate amount of income post
termination, thereby hitting an unsuspecting seller with phantom
income. This shifts taxable income away from the buyer and
over to the terminating seller.
This shows why S corporation buyer and seller shareholders who may
not be thoroughly familiar with s-corp rules should consult with a
professional before buying or selling s-corporation shares.
Trader Status "election":
Each year s taxpayer chooses whether to take the position of "trader
status" rather than the default position of "investor status" merely
by filing a tax return using trader status concepts rather than
investor status concepts.
The IRS has the right to challenge the taxpayer's choice on a
year-by-year basis. The documentation and support for
taxpayer's choice of filing under trader status should show that the
buying and selling of securities (and/or commodities, futures or
forex) during the year was substantial. and was carried on with
continuity and regularity. The taxpayer also should be
intending to "make a living" from the trading activity (see
Reg. §1.183-2(b)(8)).
Reg. §1.183-2(b)(8)
Relevant factors:.The
financial status of the taxpayer.
The fact that the taxpayer does not have substantial income or
capital from sources other than the activity may indicate that an
activity is engaged in for profit. Substantial income from sources
other than the activity (particularly if the losses from the
activity generate substantial tax benefits) may indicate that the
activity is not engaged in for profit especially if there are
personal or recreational elements involved.
.
IRS Reg. §1.448-1T(f)(2)(iv(A)and
IRS Code §61(a) - A trader's Gross Receipts are his Net Gains (not
his Gross Sales Proceeds):
It is well established that a taxpayer’s gross
receipts from the sale of a particular share of stock is the
excess of the amount realized over the adjusted basis of such
share.
§61(a) General
Definition
Except
as otherwise provided in this subtitle, gross income means all
income from whatever source derived, including (but not limited to)
the following items:
§61(a)(1) Compensation for services, including
fees, commissions, fringe benefits, and similar items;
§61(a)(2) Gross income derived from business;
§61(a)(3) Gains derived from dealings in property;
Also see:
Doyle v. Mitchell Bros. Co., 247 U.S.179 (1918).
§1.448-1T(f)(2)(iv)(A)
In General.
The term "gross receipts" means gross receipts of the taxable year
in which such receipts are properly recognized under the taxpayer's
accounting method used in that taxable year (determined without
regard to this section) for federal income tax purposes. For this
purpose, gross receipts include total sales (net of returns and
allowances) and all amounts received for services. In addition,
gross receipts include any income from investments, and from
incidental or outside sources. For example, gross receipts include
interest (including original issue discount and tax-exempt interest
within the meaning of section 103), dividends, rents, royalties, and
annuities, regardless of whether such amounts are derived in the
ordinary course of the taxpayer's trade of business. Gross receipts
are not reduced by cost of goods sold or by the cost of property
sold if such property is described in section 1221 (1), (3), (4) or
(5). With respect to sales of capital assets as defined in
section 1221, or sales of property described in 1221 (2) (relating
to property used in a trade or business), gross receipts shall be
reduced by the taxpayer's adjusted basis in such property.
Gross receipts do not include the repayment of a loan or similar
instrument (e.g., a repayment of the principal amount of a loan held
by a commercial lender). Finally, gross receipts do not include
amounts received by the taxpayer with respect to sales tax or other
similar state and local taxes if, under the applicable state or
local law, the tax is legally imposed on the purchaser of the good
or service, and the taxpayer merely collects and remits the tax to
the taxing authority. If, in contrast, the tax is imposed on the
taxpayer under the applicable law, then gross receipts shall include
the amounts received that are allocable to the payment of such tax.
1.448-1T
IRS Regs.
§1.183-2(b) Trade or Business:
Nine nonexclusive factors under IRS Regs. §1.183-2(b) that the IRS
looks to to determine if an activity is a "trade or business" are:
- The manner in which the taxpayer carried on the activity;
-
the expertise of the taxpayer or his or her advisers;
-
the time and effort expended by the taxpayer in carrying on the
activity;
-
the expectation that the assets used in the activity may
appreciate in value;
-
the success of the taxpayer in carrying on other similar or
dissimilar activities;
-
the taxpayer’s history of income or loss with respect to the
activity;
-
the amount of occasional profits, if any, which are earned;
-
the financial status of the taxpayer; and (ed note: does not have substantial income
or capital from other sources)
-
whether elements of personal pleasure or recreation are involved.
Id.
Nine nonexclusive factors listed in Publication 535 Business
Expenses show what the IRS looks to to determine if an activity is
a "trade or business:"
-
You
carry on the activity in a businesslike manner,
-
The time and effort you put into the
activity indicate you intend to make it profitable,
-
You
depend on the income for your livelihood,
-
Your losses are due to
circumstances beyond your control (or are normal in the start-up
phase of your type of business),
-
You change your methods of
operation in an attempt to improve profitability,
-
You
(or your advisors) have the knowledge needed to carry on the
activity as a successful business,
-
You were successful in
making a profit in similar activities in the past,
-
The activity makes a profit
in some years, and
-
You can expect to make a
future profit from the appreciation of the assets used in the
activity.
also see:
http://www.traderstatus.com/entities.htm#parttime
IRS Regs. §1.469-1T(e)(6) Partnership has
non-passive activity:
Non-Passive Income:
Once Trader Status is used by a pass-thru entity the income is not
considered "passive income" pursuant to IRS Regs. §1.469-1T(e)(6) and
IRS FSA 200111001 and is not considered "portfolio
income" pursuant to IRS Regs. §1.469-2T(c)(3)(ii)(D).
§1.469-1T(e)(6) Activity of
trading personal property
(i) In general. --An activity of trading personal property for the
account of owners of interests in the activity is not a passive
activity (without regard to whether such activity is a trade or
business activity (within the meaning of paragraph (e)(2) of this
section)).
(ii) Personal property. --For purposes of this paragraph (e)(6), the
term "personal property" means personal property (within the meaning
of section 1092(d), without regard to paragraph (3) thereof).
(iii) Example. --The following example illustrates the application of
this paragraph (e)(6):
Example. A partnership is a trader of stocks, bonds, and other
securities (within the meaning of section 1236(c)). The capital
employed by the partnership in the trading activity consists of
amounts contributed by the partners in exchange for their partnership
interests, and funds borrowed by the partnership. The partnership derives gross income
from the activity in the form of interest, dividends, and capital
gains. Under these facts, the
partnership is treated as conducting an activity of trading personal
property for the account of its partners. Accordingly, under this paragraph
(e)(6), the activity is not a passive activity.
§1.469-2T(c)(3) Items of
portfolio income specifically excluded
§1.469-2T(c)(3)(i) In general. --Passive activity gross income does
not include portfolio income. For purposes of the preceding sentence,
portfolio income includes all gross income, other than income derived
in the ordinary course of a trade or business (within the meaning of
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section), that is attributable to --
§1.469-2T(c)(3)(ii) Gross income derived in the ordinary course of a
trade or business. --Solely for purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of
this section, gross income derived in the ordinary course of a trade
or business includes only --
§1.469-2T(c)(3)(ii)(D)
Income or gain derived in the ordinary course of an activity of
trading or dealing in any property if such activity constitutes a
trade or business (but see paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section);
§1.469-2T(c)(3)(iii) Special rules
§1.469-2T(c)(3)(iii)(A) Income from property held for investment by
dealer. --For purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, a
dealer's income or gain from an item of property is not derived by the
dealer in the ordinary course of a trade or business of dealing in
such property if the dealer held the property for investment at any
time before such income or gain is recognized.
IRS Regs. §1.469-5T(a) LLC has non-passive
activity:
Paul
D Garnett & Alicia Garnett v. Comr of the Internal Revenue, 132 TC No
19 June 30, 2009
Material participation is defined generally as regular, continuous,
and substantial involvement in the business operations. Sec.
469(h)(1). The regulations provide
seven exclusive tests
for material participation in an activity.10 Sec. 1.469-5T(a),
A taxpayer materially participates
in an activity if he meets any
one of these seven tests:
-
The individual participates in the activity for more than "500
hours" during such year;
-
The individual's participation in the activity for the taxable year
constitutes "substantially all" of the participation in such
activity of all individuals (including individuals who are not
owners of interests in the activity) for such year;
-
The individual participates in the activity for more than "100
hours" during the taxable year, and such individual's participation
in the activity for the taxable year is not less than the
participation in the activity of any other individual (including
individuals who are not owners of interests in the activity) for
such year;
-
The activity is a "significant participation activity" for the
taxable year, and the individual's aggregate participation in all
significant participation activities during such year exceeds 500
hours;
-
The individual materially participated in the activity for any five
taxable years (whether or not consecutive) during the ten taxable
years that immediately precede the taxable year;
-
The activity is a personal service activity, and the individual
materially participated in the activity for any three taxable years
(whether or not consecutive) preceding the taxable year; (A personal
service activity is an activity that involves (1) the performance of
personal services in the fields of health, law, engineering,
architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts or
consulting, or (2) any other trade or business in which capital is
not a material income-producing factor) or
-
Based on all of the facts and circumstances if the individual
participates in the activity on a regular, continuous, and
substantial basis during such year. The regulations establish 100+
hours as the minimum number for participation in an activity under
this test, if an individual participates in the activity for 100
hours or less during the taxable year, he cannot be treated as
materially participating in the activity for the taxable year under
the facts and circumstances test.
For married taxpayers, any
participation by your spouse in the activity during the year is
treated as participation by you under all the above tests for material
participation. This rule applies even if the spouse does not own an
interest in the activity and even if the spouses do not file a joint
return for the taxable year. There is no other attribution of hours
for work done by other family members.
It is important to determine what
work constitutes "participation" by an individual, to apply the first
six material participation tests. In general, any work done by an
individual in any capacity in connection with an activity in which the
individual owns an interest at the time the work is done is treated as
participation of the individual in the activity. Such ownership
interest may be indirect, as long as it is not through a C
corporation.
There are a couple important
exceptions to the above rules that any work done in any capacity is
treated as participation.
-
Work done in connection with an activity is not treated as
participation if the work is not of a type customarily done by an
owner of such an activity and one of the principal purposes for the
performance of the work is to avoid the disallowance of losses or
credits under the passive loss rules.
-
Work done by an individual in the individual's capacity as an
investor in an activity is not treated as participation in the
activity unless the individual is directly involved in the
day-to-day management of the activity. Work done as an investor in
an activity includes, for example, time spent studying and reviewing
financial statements or reports on an activity, preparing studies or
analyses of the activity's finances or operations for the investor's
own use, or monitoring the activity's finances or operations in a
nonmanagerial capacity.
A trader may establish his
participation in an activity by any reasonable means. Reasonable
would mean the identification of your activities performed over a
period of time and the number of hours spent based on daybooks,
spreadsheets or contemporaneously maintained summaries. An individual
is not required to maintain contemporaneous daily time reports, logs
or similar documents, provided he can otherwise substantiate the level
of his participation in an activity. While the substantiation rule
appears pretty liberal, taxpayers should keep careful records whenever
at all possible. Taxpayers carry the burden of proving the amount of
participation when challenged and so accurate detailed records will
help meet this burden. (Rule 142(a), Tax Court Rules of Practice and
Procedure.)
In light of the above the safest
bet might be to make sure you meet the first test and well document
that you actively trade for at least 500 hours each year. Ideally
these hours would be spread evenly throughout the year, say at least
10 hours per week.
IRS Code §446 General Rule For
Methods Of Accounting & Rev. Rul. 90-38 Two-Year rule:
§446(c) Permissible Methods
Subject to the provisions of subsections (a) and (b), a taxpayer may
compute taxable income under any of the following methods of
accounting--
§446(c)(1) the cash receipts and disbursements method;
§446(c)(2) an accrual method;
§446(c)(3) any other method permitted by this chapter; or
§446(c)(4) any combination of the foregoing methods permitted under
regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
§446(d) Taxpayer Engaged In More Than One Business
A taxpayer engaged in more than one trade or business may, in
computing taxable income, use a different method of accounting for
each trade or business.
§446(e) Requirement Respecting Change Of Accounting Method
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this chapter, a taxpayer
who changes the method of accounting on the basis of which he
regularly computes his income in keeping his books shall, before
computing his taxable income under the new method, secure the
consent of the Secretary.
Rev. Proc. 2002-28:
2.02 Section 446(c) generally allows a taxpayer to select the method
of accounting it will use to compute its taxable income. A
taxpayer is entitled to adopt any one of the permissible methods for
each separate trade or business...
IRS Code §446(a) General Rule:
Taxable income shall be computed
under the method of accounting on the basis of which the taxpayer
regularly computes his income in keeping his books.
IRS Regs. §1.446-1 General rule for methods of accounting.
§1.446-1(1)(a)(1) Section 446(a)
provides that taxable income shall be computed under the method of
accounting on the basis of which a taxpayer regularly computes his
income in keeping his books.
§1.446-1(b)(2) A taxpayer whose sole source of income is wages need
not keep formal books in order to have an accounting method. Tax
returns, copies thereof, or other records may be sufficient to
establish the use of the method of accounting used in the preparation
of the taxpayer's income tax returns.
§1.446-1(c)(1)(iv)(b) A taxpayer using one method of accounting in
computing items of income and deductions of his trade or business may
compute other items of income and deductions not connected with his
trade or business under a different method of accounting.
§1.446-1(c)(2)(ii) No method of accounting will be regarded as
clearly reflecting income unless all items of gross profit and
deductions are treated with consistency from year to year. The
Commissioner may authorize a taxpayer to adopt or change to a method
of accounting permitted by this chapter although the method is not
specifically described in the regulations in this part if, in the
opinion of the Commissioner, income is clearly reflected by the use of
such method. Further, the Commissioner may authorize a taxpayer
to continue the use of a method of accounting consistently used by the
taxpayer, even though not specifically authorized by the regulations
in this part, if, in the opinion of the Commissioner, income is
clearly reflected by the use of such method.
See section 446(a) and paragraph (a) of this section, which require
that taxable income shall be computed under the method of accounting
on the basis of which the taxpayer regularly computes his income in
keeping his books, and section 446(e) and paragraph (e) of this
section, which require the prior approval of the Commissioner in the
case of changes in accounting method.
§1.446-1(d) Taxpayer engaged in more than one business.
§1.446-1(d)(1) Where a taxpayer has two or more separate and distinct
trades or businesses, a different method of accounting may be used for
each trade or business, provided the method used for each trade or
business clearly reflects the income of that particular trade or
business. For example, a taxpayer may account for the operations of a
personal service business on the cash receipts and disbursements
method and of a manufacturing business on an accrual method, provided
such businesses are separate and distinct and the methods used for
each clearly reflect income. The method first used in accounting for
business income and deductions in connection with each trade or
business, as evidenced in the taxpayer's income tax return in which
such income or deductions are first reported, must be consistently
followed thereafter.
§1.446-1(d)(2) No trade or business will be considered separate
and distinct for purposes of this paragraph unless a complete and separable set of books and
records is kept for such trade or business.
§1.446-1(e) Requirement respecting the adoption or change of
accounting method.
§1.446-1(e)(1) A taxpayer filing his first return may adopt any
permissible method of accounting in computing taxable income for the
taxable year covered by such return. See section 446(c) and paragraph
(c) of this section for permissible methods. Moreover, a
taxpayer may adopt any permissible method
of accounting in connection with each separate and distinct trade or
business, the income from which is reported for the first time.
See section 446(d) and paragraph (d) of this section. See also section
446(a) and paragraph (a) of this section.
-
A taxpayer filing its
first return may adopt
any permissible method
of accounting. See
Treas. Reg.
1.446-1(e)(1). Once the
taxpayer adopts a proper
method of accounting by
filing its return using
such method, it may not
adopt a different method
of accounting by the
filing of an amended
return.
-
However, a taxpayer
filing its first return
using an improper method
of accounting may change
to a proper method by
the filing of an amended
return. The amended
return MUST be filed
prior to the filing of
the next year's return.
See Rev. Rul. 72-491,
1972-2 C.B. 104.
-
Two returns filed for
consecutive years using
an improper method,
establishes a method of
accounting from which
consent to change is
required. Amended
returns may not be used
to change such method.
See Rev. Proc. 90-38.
Mark-to-Market
Accounting Method §475:
IRS Issues Procedures for Electing Mark-to-Market Method for Dealers,
Traders
The IRS issued exclusive procedures for dealers in commodities and
traders in securities or commodities to make an election to use the
mark-to-market method of accounting under §475(e) or (f).
A. Elections effective for tax years for which the original federal
tax return was filed before March 18, 1999. For a
taxpayer to make a §475(e) or (f) election that is effective for a
taxable year for which the original federal income tax return was
filed before March 18, 1999, the taxpayer must either: (1) have
properly reflected the application of §475 (including any required
§481(a) adjustment) in the calculation of the taxpayer's tax
liability on its original federal income tax return for the election
year; or (2) have failed to properly reflect the application of §475
(including any required §481(a) adjustment) in the calculation of
the taxpayer's tax liability on its original federal income tax
return for the election year, but clearly demonstrated on that
return its intent to make the election for that year (for example,
by a statement on, or attachment to, the return), and file an
amended return for the election year on or before June 16, 1999,
that properly reflects the application of §475 (including any required §481(a) adjustment). see Rev. Proc. 99-17 Sec 5.01
B. Elections effective for other taxable years beginning before
January 1, 1999. For a taxpayer to make a §475(e) or (f) election that
is effective for a taxable year which begins before January 1, 1999,
and for which the original federal income tax return is filed on or
after March 18, 1999, the taxpayer must make the election by attaching
a statement to an original federal income tax return for the election
year that is timely filed (including extensions). The required
statement must describe the election being made, the first taxable
year for which the election is effective, and, in the case on an
election under §475(f), the trade or business for which the election
is made. see Rev. Proc. 99-17 Sec 5.02 and Sec 5.04
C. Elections effective for a taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 1999.
(1) General procedure. Except for new
taxpayers (discussed below), for a taxpayer to make a §475(e) or (f)
election that is effective for a taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 1999, the taxpayer must file a required statement
(described above). The statement must be filed not later than the due
date (without regard to extensions) of the original federal income tax
return for the taxable year immediately preceding the election year
and must be attached either to that return or, if applicable, to a
request for an extension of time to file that return. see Rev. Proc. 99-17 Sec 5.03(1)
(2) New taxpayers. A new taxpayer is a
taxpayer for which no federal income tax return was required to be
filed for the taxable year immediately preceding the election year. A
new taxpayer makes the election by placing in its books and records no
later than 2 months and 15 days after the first day of the election
year a required statement (described above). The new taxpayer must
attach a copy of the statement to its original federal income tax
return for the election year. see Rev. Proc. 99-17 Sec 5.03 (2)
This revenue procedure is effective February 8, 1999.
Rev. Proc. 99-17 is scheduled to appear in I.R.B. 1999-7, dated
February. 16, 1999.
Rev. Proc. 99-17, 1999-7 I.R.B. ___.
Rev. Proc. 99-49, Section 6 of Revenue Procedure 99-17 is superseded by Section 13 of Revenue Procedure 99-49.
Rev. Proc. 2002-9, (IRS)Section 6.02.
Rev. Proc. 2002-19, Section 4.04.
Rev. Proc. 2008-52, Section 6.02.
Rev. Proc. 2009-39, Section .
Rev. Proc. 2011-14, Section 6.02.
Treatment of Mark-to-Market
Gains of Electing Traders (SECA tax):
TITLE VI. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS (SECA portion as submitted to IRS Code
draft writers by Colin M. Cody, CPA)
Technical Corrections to
Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997
Effective Dates: The technical corrections of Title VI are effective
as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997
to which they relate, unless otherwise indicated.
Treatment of Mark-to-Market Gains of Electing Traders
The Bill clarifies that, for securities or commodities traders, gain
or loss that is treated as ordinary solely by reason of election of
mark-to-market treatment is not treated as other than gain or loss
from a capital asset for purposes of determining net-earnings from
self-employment for Self-Employment Contributions Act tax purposes or
for purposes of determining whether the passive type income exception
to the publicly-traded partnership rules is met.
The provision applies to taxable years of electing securities and
commodities traders ending after August 5, 1997, the date of enactment
of the 1997 Act.
[Bill §6010(a)(3);
Code §475(f)(1)(D)]
Treatment of Limited Liability Company members (SECA
tax):
[Proposed Regulations, NPRM REG-209824-96],
I.R.B. 1997-11,Internal
Revenue Service,
(Jan. 13, 1997)
[Code Sec. 1402]
Limited partner for self-employment tax purposes:
Definition of.
Definition of Limited Partner for Self-Employment Tax Purposes
REG-209824-96 INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULEMAKING AND PUBLIC HEARING
(REG-209824-96) ON DEFINITION OF LIMITED PARTNER FOR SELF-EMPLOYMENT
TAX PURPOSES, ISSUED JAN. 10, 1997
ACTION: Notice of proposed
rulemaking and notice of public
hearing.
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed amendments to the regulations
relating to the self-employment income tax imposed under section 1402
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. These regulations permit individuals to
determine whether they are limited partners for purposes of section
1402(a)(13), eliminating the uncertainty in calculating an
individual's net earnings from self-employment under existing law.
This document also contains a notice of public hearing on the proposed
regulations.
Background
This document contains proposed amendments to the Income Tax
Regulations (26 CFR part 1) under section 1402 of the Internal Revenue
Code and replaces the notice of proposed rulemaking published in the
Federal Register on December 29, 1994, at 59 FR 67253, that treated
certain members of a limited liability company (LLC) as limited
partners for self-employment tax purposes. Written comments responding
to the proposed regulations were received, and a public hearing was
held on June 23, 1995.
Under the 1994 proposed regulations, an individual owning an interest
in an LLC was treated as a limited partner if (1) the individual
lacked the authority to make management decisions necessary to conduct
the LLC's business (the management test), and (2) the LLC could have
been formed as a limited partnership rather than an LLC in the same
jurisdiction, and the member could have qualified as a limited partner
in the limited partnership under applicable law (the limited partner
equivalence test). The intent of the 1994 proposed regulations was to
treat owners of an LLC interest in the same manner as similarly
situated partners in a state law partnership.
Public comments on the 1994 proposed regulations were mixed. While
some commentators were pleased with the proposed regulations for
attempting to conform the treatment of LLCs with state law
partnerships, others criticized the 1994 proposed regulations based on
a variety of arguments.
A number of commentators discussed administrative and compliance
problems with the 1994 proposed regulations. For example, it was noted
that both the management test and the limited partner equivalence test
depend upon legal or factual determinations that may be difficult for
taxpayers or the IRS to make with certainty.
Another commentator pointed out that basing the self-employment tax
treatment of LLC members on state law limited partnership rules would
lead to disparate treatment between members of different LLCs with
identical rights based solely on differences in the limited
partnership statutes of the states in which the members form their
LLC. For example, State A's limited partnership act may allow a
limited partner to participate in a partnership's business while State
B's limited partnership act may not. Thus, an LLC member, who is not a
manager, that participates in the LLC's business would be a limited
partner under the proposed regulations if the LLC is formed in State
A, but not if the LLC is formed in State B. Commentators asserted that
this disparate treatment is inherently unfair for federal tax
purposes.
Some commentators argued for a ``material participation'' test to
determine whether an LLC member's distributive share is included in
the individual's net earnings from self-employment. The proposed
regulations did not contain a participation test. Commentators
advocating a participation test stressed that such a test would
eliminate uncertainty concerning many LLC members' limited partner
status and would better implement the self-employment tax goal of
taxing compensation for services.
Other commentators argued for a more uniform approach, stating that a
single test should govern all business entities (i.e., partnerships,
LLCs, LLPs, sole proprietorships, et al.) whose members may be subject
to self-employment tax. These commentators generally recognized,
however, that a change in the treatment of a sole proprietorship or an
entity that is not characterized as a partnership for federal tax
purposes would be beyond the scope of regulations to be issued under
section 1402(a)(13).
Finally, some commentators focused on whether the Service would
respect the ownership of more than one class of partnership interest
for self-employment tax purposes (bifurcation of interests). The
proposed regulations treated an LLC member as a limited partner with
respect to his or her entire interest (if the member was not a manager
and satisfied the limited partner equivalence test), or not at all (if
either the management test or limited partner equivalence test was not
satisfied). Commentators, however, pointed to the legislative history
of section 1402(a)(13) to support their argument that Congress only
intended to tax a partner's distributive share attributable to a
general partner interest. Under this argument, a partner that holds
both a general partner interest and a limited partner interest is only
subject to self-employment tax on the distributive share attributable
to the partner's general partner interest. This intent also may be
inferred from the statutory language of section 1402(a) (13) that the
self-employment tax does not apply to ". . . the distributive share
of any item of income or loss of a limited partner, as such . . . .''
Based on this evidence, these commentators requested that the proposed
regulations be revised to allow the bifurcation of interests for
self-employment tax purposes.
After considering the comments received, the IRS and Treasury have
decided to withdraw the 1994 notice of proposed rulemaking and to
re-propose amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1)
under section 1402 of the Code.
Explanation
of Provisions
The proposed regulations contained in this document define which
partners of a federal tax partnership are considered limited partners
for section 1402(a)(13) purposes. These proposed regulations apply to
all entities classified as a partnership for federal tax purposes,
regardless of the state law characterization of the entity. Thus,
the
same standards apply when determining the status of an individual
owning an interest in a state law limited partnership or the status of
an individual owning an interest in an LLC. In order to achieve this
conformity, the proposed regulations adopt an approach which depends
on the relationship between the partner, the partnership, and the
partnership's business. State law characterizations of an individual
as a ``limited partner'' or otherwise are not determinative.
Generally, an individual will be treated as a limited partner under
the proposed regulations unless the individual (1)
has personal
liability (as defined in Section
301.7701-3(b)(2)(ii) of the Procedure
and Administration Regulations) for the debts of or claims against the
partnership by reason of being a partner; (2) has authority to
contract on behalf of the partnership under the statute or law
pursuant to which the partnership is organized; or, (3) participates
in the partnership's trade or business for more than 500 hours during
the taxable year. If, however, substantially all of the activities of
a partnership involve the performance of services in the fields of
health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science,
or consulting, any individual who provides services as part of that
trade or business will not be considered a limited partner.
By adopting these functional tests, the proposed regulations ensure
that similarly situated individuals owning interests in entities
formed under different statutes or in different jurisdictions will be
treated similarly. The need for a functional approach results not only
from the proliferation of new business entities such as LLCs, but also
from the evolution of state limited partnership statutes. When
Congress enacted the limited partner exclusion found in section
1402(a)(13), state laws generally did not allow limited partners to
participate in the partnership's trade or business to the extent that
state laws allow limited partners to participate today. Thus, even in
the case of a state law limited partnership, a functional approach is
necessary to ensure that the self-employment tax consequences to
similarly situated taxpayers do not differ depending upon where the
partnership organized.
The proposed
regulations allow an individual who is not a limited
partner for section 1402(a)(13) purposes
to nonetheless exclude from
net earnings from self-employment a portion of that individual's
distributive share if the individual holds more than one class of
interest in the partnership.
Similarly, the proposed
regulations permit an individual that participates in the trade or
business of the partnership to bifurcate his or her distributive share
by disregarding guaranteed payments for services. In each case, however, such
bifurcation
of interests is permitted only to the extent the individual's
distributive share is identical to the distributive share of partners
who qualify as limited partners under the proposed regulation (without
regard to the bifurcation rules) and who own a substantial interest in
the partnership. Together, these
rules exclude from an individual's net earnings from self-employment
amounts that are demonstrably returns on capital invested in the
partnership.
ed:
In other words pursuant to Prop. Reg. §1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(iv) at least one member of the LLC must own 20% or more
as a limited partner and he must not own any other (bifurcated) interest
in the LLC.
There are no related party rules here, therefore a spouse could be
that 20% limited partner.
Bifurcation of a
Member’s Interest
If an LLC member
fails the limited partner test because that member participates in a
nonprofessional LLC for more than 500 hours during the tax year,
Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.1402(a)-2(h)(4) allows that
member to be taxed as a limited partner for SE tax purposes if she
owns only one class of interest and if, immediately after acquiring
the interest, the member has rights and obligations identical to
those of the other members who are already classified as limited
partners and who own a substantial (i.e., at least 20%) continuing
interest in that class of interest.
In addition,
Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.1402(a)-2(h)(3) allows an
LLC member of a nonprofessional LLC who fails one or more of the
limited partner tests, but who holds more than one class of
interest, to be treated as a limited partner with respect to a
particular class of interest if, immediately after acquiring the
interest, the member has rights and obligations identical to those
of the other members who are already classified as limited partners
and who own a substantial (i.e., at least 20%) continuing interest
in that class of interest.
Because
application of the SE tax to LLC members under the proposed
regulations depends not only upon their formal status as members or
managing-members but also on their level of participation in the
entity, strategies for minimizing an LLC member’s SE tax exposure
generally involve the governing provisions of the LLC. This is
because issues such as the designation of a manager and the extent
of authority given to nonmanaging members, while fundamentally
business considerations, have significant tax implications.
The proposed
regulations specifically allow bifurcation of an LLC member’s
distributive share of income in situations where the member holds
dual classes of interest, one of which is the same as nonmanaging
members. Furthermore, the proposed regulations seem to sanction a
nominal amount of income attributable to a general-partner interest
as long as a reasonable guaranteed payment is made for services
rendered to, or on behalf of, the LLC. One strategy for SE tax
reduction is to issue two classes of interest, a managing interest
and an investment interest, to the same individual.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that
this notice of
proposed rulemaking is not a significant regulatory action as
defined in EO 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not
required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to
these regulations, and, because the regulations do not impose a
collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, this notice of
proposed rulemaking will be submitted to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its
impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal author of
these regulations
is Robert Honigman of the Office of Assistant Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
& Special Industries). However, other personnel from the IRS and
Treasury Department participated in
their development.
* * * * *
Proposed
Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1
is proposed to
be amended as follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1
continues to read in part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section
1.1402(a)-2
is amended by:
1. Revising the first sentence of paragraph (d).
2. Removing the reference "section 702(a)(9)" in
the first sentence of paragraph (e) and adding "section 702(a)(8)"
in its place.
3. Revising the last sentence of paragraph (f).
4. Revising paragraphs (g) and (h).
5. Adding new paragraphs (i) and (j).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
§1.1402(a)-2
Computation of net earnings from
self-employment.
* * * * * * * *
1.1402(a)-2(d) * * * Except as otherwise provided in section 1402(a)
and paragraph (g) of this section, an individual's net earnings from
self-employment include the individual's distributive share (whether
or not distributed) of income or loss described in section 702(a)(8)
from any trade or business carried on by each partnership of which the
individual is a partner.
* * * * * * * *
1.1402(a)-2(f) * * * For rules governing the classification of an
organization as a partnership or otherwise, see Sections 301.7701-1,
301.7701-2, and 301.7701-3 of this chapter.
1.1402(a)-2(g) Distributive share of limited partner.
An individual's net earnings from self-employment do not include the
individual's distributive share of income or loss as a limited partner described in paragraph (h) of
this section. However, guaranteed payments described in section 707(c)
made to the individual for services actually rendered to or on behalf
of the partnership engaged in a trade or business are included in the
individual's net earnings from self-employment.
1.1402(a)-2(h)
Definition of Limited Partner.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(1) In General.
Solely for purposes of section 1402(a)(13) and paragraph (g) of this section, an individual is considered to be a limited partner to the extent provided in paragraphs (h)(2), (h)(3), (h)(4), and (h)(5) of this section.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(2) Limited partner.
An individual is treated as a limited partner under this paragraph
(h)(2) unless the individual--
1.1402(a)-2(h)(2)(i) Has personal liability (as defined in Section
301.7701-3(b)(2)(ii) of this chapter for the debts of or claims
against the partnership by reason of being a partner;
1.1402(a)-2(h)(2)(ii) Has authority (under the law of the jurisdiction
in which the partnership is formed) to contract on behalf of the
partnership; or
1.1402(a)-2(h)(2)(iii) Participates in the partnership's trade or
business for more than 500 hours during the partnership's taxable
year.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(3) Exception for holders of more than one class of
interest.
An individual holding more than one class of interest in the
partnership who is not treated as a limited partner under paragraph
(h)(2) of this section is treated as a limited partner under this
paragraph (h)(3) with respect to a specific class of partnership
interest held by such individual if, immediately after the individual
acquires that class of interest--
1.1402(a)-2(h)(3)(i) Limited partners within the meaning of paragraph
(h) (2) of this section own a substantial, continuing interest in that
specific class of partnership interest; and,
1.1402(a)-2(h)(3)(ii) The individual's rights and obligations with
respect to that specific class of interest are identical to the rights
and obligations of that specific class of partnership interest held by
the limited partners described in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(4) Exception for holders of only one class of interest.
An individual who is not treated as a limited partner under paragraph
(h)(2) of this section solely because that individual participates in
the partnership's trade or business for more than 500 hours
during the
partnership's taxable year is treated as a limited partner
under this
paragraph (h)(4) with respect to the individual's partnership interest
if, immediately after the individual acquires that interest--
1.1402(a)-2(h)(4)(i) Limited partners within the meaning of paragraph
(h)(2) of this section own a substantial, continuing interest in that
specific class of partnership interest; and
1.1402(a)-2(h)(4)(ii) The individual's rights and obligations with
respect to the specific class of interest are identical to the rights
and obligations of the specific class of partnership interest held by
the limited partners described in paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(5) Exception for service partners in service
partnerships.
An individual who is a service partner in a service partnership may
not be a limited partner under paragraphs (h)(2), (h)(3), or (h)(4) of
this section.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6) Additional definitions.
Solely for purposes of this paragraph (h)--
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(i) A class of interest is an interest that grants
the holder specific rights and obligations. If a holder's rights and
obligations from an interest are different from another holder's
rights and obligations, each holder's interest belongs to a separate
class of interest. An individual may hold more than one class of
interest in the same partnership provided that each class grants the
individual different rights or obligations. The existence of a
guaranteed payment described in section 707(c) made to an individual
for services rendered to or on behalf of a partnership, however, is
not a factor in determining the rights and obligations of a class of
interest.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(ii) A service partner is a partner who provides
services to or on behalf of the service partnership's trade or
business. A partner is not considered to be a service partner if that
partner only provides a de minimis amount of services to or on behalf
of the partnership.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(iii) A service partnership is a partnership
substantially all the activities of which involve the performance of
services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture,
accounting, actuarial science, or consulting.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(iv) A substantial interest in a class of interest is
determined based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. In
all cases, however, ownership of 20 percent or more of a specific
class of interest is considered substantial.
1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(i) Example.
The following example illustrates the principles of paragraphs (g) and
(h) of this section:
Example.
(i) A, B, and C form LLC, a limited liability company, under the laws
of State to engage in a business that is not a service partnership
described in paragraph (h)(6)(iii) of this section. LLC, classified as
a partnership for federal tax purposes, allocates all items of income,
deduction, and credit of LLC to A, B, and C in proportion to their
ownership of LLC. A and C each contribute $1x for one LLC unit. B
contributes $2x for two LLC units. Each LLC unit entitles its holder
to receive 25 percent of LLC's tax items, including profits. A does
not perform services for LLC; however, each year B receives a
guaranteed payment of $6x for 600 hours of services rendered to LLC
and C receives a guaranteed payment of $10x for 1000 hours of services
rendered to LLC. C also is elected LLC's manager. Under State's law, C
has the authority to contract on behalf of LLC.
(ii) Application of general rule of paragraph (h)(2) of this section. A is treated as a limited
partner in LLC under paragraph (h)(2) of this section because A is not
liable personally for debts of or claims against LLC, A does not have
authority to contract for LLC under State's law, and A does not
participate in LLC's trade or business for more than 500 hours during
the taxable year. Therefore, A's
distributive share attributable to A's LLC unit is excluded from A's
net earnings from self-employment under section 1402(a)(13).
(iii) Distributive share not included in net earnings from
self-employment under paragraph (h)(4) of this section. B's guaranteed
payment of $6x is included in B's net earnings from self-employment
under section 1402(a) (13). B is not treated as a limited partner
under paragraph (h)(2) of this section because, although B is not
liable for debts of or claims against LLC and B does not have
authority to contract for LLC under State's law, B does participates
in LLC's trade or business for more than 500 hours during the taxable
year. Further, B is not treated as a limited partner under paragraph
(h) (3) of this section because B does not hold more than one class of
interest in LLC. However, B is treated as a limited partner under
paragraph (h)(4) of this section because B is not treated as a limited
partner under paragraph (h)(2) of this section solely because B
participated in LLC's business for more than 500 hours and because A
is a limited partner under paragraph (h)(2) of this section who owns a
substantial interest with rights and obligations that are identical to
B's rights and obligations. In this example, B's distributive share is
deemed to be a return on B's investment in LLC and not remuneration
for B's service to LLC. Thus, B's distributive share attributable to
B's two LLC units is not net earnings from self-employment under
section 1402(a)(13).
(iv) Distributive share included in net earnings from self-employment.
C's guaranteed payment of $10x is included in C's net earnings from
self-employment under section 1402(a). In addition, C's distributive
share attributable to C's LLC unit also is net earnings from
self-employment under section 1402(a) because C is not a limited
partner under paragraphs (h)(2), (h)(3), or (h) (4) of this section. C
is not treated as a limited partner under paragraph (h) (2) of this
section because C has the authority under State's law to enter into a
binding contract on behalf of LLC and because C participates in LLC's
trade or business for more than 500 hours during the taxable year.
Further, C is not treated as a limited partner under paragraph (h)(3)
of this section because C does not hold more than one class of
interest in LLC. Finally, C is not treated as a limited partner under
paragraph (h)(4) of this section because C has the power to bind LLC.
Thus, C's guaranteed payment and distributive share both are included
in C's net earnings from self-employment under section 1402(a).
(j) EFFECTIVE DATE.
Paragraphs (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), and (i) are applicable beginning
with the individual's first taxable year beginning on or after the
date this section is published as a final regulation in the Federal
Register.
[62 FR 1702, January 13, 1997]
Self Employment Taxes
-
Amounts paid to
members of corporate LLC may be deductible as salary
(Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-8)
-
Amounts paid to
members of partnership LLC may be treated as net
earnings from self-employment, salary or wages, or
distributable share of partnership income (IRC,
Subchapter K)
-
A member's
distributive share of LLC income is self-employment
income, unless member is limited partner
(Regulations Section 1.1402(a)-2(d); IRC Section
1402(a)(13))
Exceptions:
a) If activities of LLC involved
services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture,
accounting, actuarial science or consulting, individual who provided
services would not be treated as limited partner (Proposed
Regulations Sections 1.1402(a)-2(h)(5); 1.1402(a-2(h)(6)(iii))
b) A member that holds more than one
class of interests of the LLC could be treated as a limited partner
(Pro. Regulations 1.1402(a)-2(h)(3); 1.1402(a)-2(h)(6)(iv))
c) A member owning only one class of
partnership interest who is disqualified as a limited partner (Prop.
Regulations Section 1.1402(a)-2(h)(4))
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2006/606/essentials/p32.htm
http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/cfr_2008/aprqtr/pdf/26cfr1.1402(a)-2.pdf
http://www.goralkalawfirm.com/CM/Custom/LLCright.asp
http://www.ftwlaw.com/page.php?page=articles&articles=175
http://www.ccim.com/cire-magazine/articles/self-employment-tax-can-snare-limited-partners-and-llc-members
IRS Code §475(f) Mark-to-Market election
for taxpayers who have filed at least one federal income tax return
(normally the year immediately preceding the election year):
Normal
Defective
TBA
IRS Code §475(f) Mark-to-Market elections
for newly formed entities that have not filed a tax return yet:
No extension is available. No extension is required.
For those taxpayers who are filing their first ever tax return, no filing deadlines for a timely
mark-to-market election have been established, other than that the
properly drafted election statement be placed in its books and records
immediately in the first year and that a copy also be attached to the
first original federal income tax return filed. Typically this
pertains to taxpaying entities other than individuals, such as a newly
formed corporation or LLC.
Normal
Defective
TBA
Treasury Proposes Regulations on Safe Harbor for Valuation Under
Mark-to-Market Accounting Method:
The Treasury Department proposes regulations setting forth an elective
safe harbor for dealers in securities and commodities, and traders in
securities and commodities, permitting an election pursuant to which
values of positions reported on certain financial statements are fair
market values of those positions for purposes of §475.
On
May 5, 2003, the Treasury Department and the IRS published an Advance
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM), REG-100420-03, and Announcement
2003-35, 2003-21 C.B. 956, setting forth a possible safe harbor using
values reported on an applicable financial statements for valuing
securities for purposes of §475 and requesting comments on various
aspects of such a safe harbor. After receiving comments from the public,
the Treasury Department proposed these regulations, setting forth a safe
harbor for valuing securities and commodities under §475.
Safe Harbor. Under the proposed safe harbor, eligible taxpayers
generally would be permitted to elect to have the values that are
reported for eligible positions on certain financial statements treated
as the fair market values reported for those eligible positions for
purposes of §475, if certain conditions were met. To ensure minimal
divergence from fair market value under tax principles, certain
restrictions would be imposed on the financial accounting methods and
financial statements that are eligible for the safe harbor and also
require certain adjustments to the values of the eligible positions on
those financial statements that may be used under the safe harbor.
Further, the safe harbor would require that financial statement values
be adjusted to comply with the requirements of §482 or §482 principles
when applicable.
Eligible Taxpayers and Eligible Positions. The safe harbor would be
available to any taxpayer subject to the mark-to-mark regime under §475
and, further, that a revenue procedure will be issued enumerating the
types of securities and commodities subject to the safe harbor.
The preamble cautions that the valuation methodology under the safe
harbor would apply only for positions that are properly marked under
§475. For example, it notes that: (1) if a security is not marked under
§475 because it has been identified as held for investment, then under
the safe harbor it may not be marked for federal income tax purposes
even though it is properly marked on the financial statement in
accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP);
and (2) if a security is not marked on the applicable financial
statement because it is a hedge but §475(a) applies because the security
was not identified as a hedge, then the security must still be marked
under §475.
Eligible Method. To qualify for the safe harbor, a financial accounting
method would be required to satisfy four basic requirements—it would be
required: (1) to mark eligible positions to market through valuations
made as of the last business day of each taxable year; (2) to recognize
into income on the income statement any gain or loss from marking
eligible positions to market; (3) to recognize into income on the income
statement any gain or loss on disposition of an eligible position as if
a year-end mark occurred immediately before the disposition; and (4) to
arrive at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
In
addition to the basic requirements, the safe harbor would also impose
certain limitations that ensure minimal divergence from fair market
value. First, in the case of securities and commodities dealers, except
for eligible positions that are traded on a qualified board or exchange
(as defined in §1256(g)(7)), the financial accounting method must not
result in values at or near the bid or ask values, even if the use of
bid or ask values is permissible in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Second,
if the method of valuation consists of determining the present value of
projected cash flows from an eligible position or positions, then the
method must not take into account any cash flows of income or expense
that are attributable to a period or time before the valuation date.
Third, no cost or risk may be accounted for more than once, either
directly or indirectly.
Election and Revocation. The election to use the safe harbor would be
made by filing a statement with the taxpayer's timely filed federal
income tax return for the taxable year for which the election is first
effective. Such statement: (1) would be required to declare that the
taxpayer makes the safe harbor election for all of its eligible
positions; and (2) in addition to any other information that the
Commissioner may require, the statement would be required to describe
the taxpayer's applicable financial statement for the first taxable year
for which the election is effective and to state that the taxpayer
agrees to timely provide upon the request of the Commissioner all
information, records, and schedules required by the safe harbor. The
election would continue to be in effect for all subsequent taxable years
unless it is revoked.
A
taxpayer would not be allowed to revoke the election without the consent
of the Commissioner. However, the Commissioner would be permitted to
revoke the election if: (1) the taxpayer fails to comply with any of the
recordkeeping and production requirements and cannot show reasonable
cause for the failure; (2) the taxpayer ceases to use an eligible
method; (3) the taxpayer ceases to have an applicable financial
statement, as described below; or (4) the taxpayer holds a de minimis
quantity of eligible positions that are subject to the safe harbor. A
revocation would not be required if the taxpayer ceased to qualify as an
eligible taxpayer, or §475 did not otherwise apply, because the safe
harbor would only be permitted to be used to determine values and could
not be used unless §475 applied. Once revoked by either the Commissioner
or the taxpayer, neither the taxpayer nor any of its successors would be
permitted to make the election for any taxable year that begins before
the date that is six years after the first day of the earliest taxable
year affected by the revocation without the consent of the Commissioner.
Applicable Financial Statements. Three categories of financial
statements would qualify under the safe harbor and are set forth in
order of priority, from highest to lowest. In the first and highest
category are those financial statements that must be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) (e.g., 10-Ks and the Annual
Statements to Shareholders). In the second category are those financial
statements that must be provided to the federal government or any of its
agencies other than the IRS (e.g., statements filed by
foreign-controlled financial institutions engaged in trade or business
within the United States who report their mark-to-market results to the
Federal Reserve or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency). In
the third category are certified audited financial statements that are
provided to creditors to make lending decisions, that are provided to
equity holders to evaluate their investment, or that are provided for
other substantial non-tax purposes and are reasonably anticipated to be
directly relied on for the purposes for which the statements were
created. For a financial statement described in any of the three
categories above to qualify as an applicable financial statement, it
would be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Further,
if a taxpayer has two statements in the same category, each of which
would qualify under the safe harbor, then the statement that results in
the highest aggregate valuation of eligible positions would be the only
financial statement that may qualify for the safe harbor.
The preamble to the proposed regulations notes that statements filed
with the SEC provide a high degree of confidence that the values used on
those statements reflect reasonable approximations of fair value, and,
consequently, there would be no additional business use requirements for
those statements. However, the for the second category (statements filed
with other agencies of the federal government) and the third category of
statements (the other certified audited financial statements), this
degree of confidence is ensured by requiring some substantial non-tax
use in the taxpayer's business. Accordingly, the safe harbor would
require that the values for eligible positions contained in these
financial statements be used by the taxpayer in most of the significant
management functions of all or substantially all of its business. This
use includes activities such as: (1) senior management review of
business-unit profitability; (2) market risk measurement or management;
(3) credit risk measurement or management; (4) internal allocation of
capital; and (5) compensation of personnel but would not include either
tax accounting or reporting the results of operations to other persons.
The preamble notes that the IRS and the Treasury Department understand
that some dealers maintain internal books of account, not prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, for separate segments of their business and
that these internal books of account may include a charge to each
operating segment of an internal "cost of carry" calculated in the
manner of interest (and the derivatives dealer book may be treated as a
separate business segment for that purpose). The preamble states that
the maintenance of these segmented accounts, which may apply an
accounting approach that does not qualify as an eligible accounting
method, does not prevent some other financial statement prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP from qualifying as the taxpayer's applicable
financial statement.
Record Retention and Production; Use of Different Values. The proposed
regulations provide specific requirements for the types of records that
would be required to be maintained and provided to enable ready
verification. In general, electing taxpayers would be required to
clearly show: (1) that the same value used for financial reporting was
used on the federal income tax return; (2) that no eligible position
subject to §475 is excluded from the application of the safe harbor; and
(3) that only eligible positions subject to §475 are carried over to the
federal income tax return under the safe harbor. The proposed
regulations outline what records would be required to be retained and
produced, including certain forms and schedules filed with the Federal
income tax return, such as the Schedule M-1, Net Income (Loss)
Reconciliation for Corporations With Total Assets of $10 Million or
More; Schedule M-3, Net Income (Loss) Reconciliation for Corporations
With Total Assets of $10 Million or More; and Form 1120F, U.S. Income
Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation. The proposed regulations also
provide that the Commissioner would be permitted to enter into an
advance agreement with a taxpayer on how records are to be maintained
and how long the records are to be retained. All of the necessary
records would be required to be retained as long as their contents may
become material in the administration of any internal revenue law.
To
encourage rapid examinations of the federal income tax returns of
electing taxpayers, all necessary records would be required to be
produced within 30 days after the Commissioner requests them. If the
required records are not provided as required, the proposed regulations
would permit the Commissioner to use his discretion to: (1) extend the
30-day period; (2) excuse minor or inadvertent failures to provide the
requested records; (3) require use of values that clearly reflect income
but which are different from those used on the applicable financial
statement; or (4) revoke the election if a taxpayer does not demonstrate
reasonable cause for the failure to maintain and produce the required
records.
M2M losses are excluded from
Reportable Transactions:
IRS Issues Revenue Procedure Excluding Certain Losses from Reportable
Transactions
The IRS released a revenue
procedure that provides that certain losses are not taken into account
in determining whether a transaction is a reportable loss transaction
for purposes of the tax shelter disclosure rules under Regs.
§1.6011-4(b)(5).
The IRS stated that the revenue procedure applies to taxpayers required
to disclose reportable transactions under Regs. §1.6011-4, material
advisors required to disclose reportable transactions under §6111 (as
amended by the 2004 American Jobs Creation Act, P.L. 108-357, §815), and
material advisors required to maintain lists under former and new §6112.
Under the revenue procedure, stated the IRS, a loss under §165 from the
sale or exchange of an asset is not taken into account if: (1) the basis
of the asset (for purposes of determining the loss) is a "qualifying
basis;" (2) the asset is not an interest in a passthrough entity under
§1260(c)(2), other than regular interests in a REMIC as defined in
§860G(a)(1); (3) the loss from the sale or exchange of the asset is not
treated as ordinary under §988; (4) the asset has not been separated
from any portion of the income it generates; and (5) the asset is not,
and has never been, part of a straddle under §1092(c), excluding mixed
straddles under Regs. §1.1092(b)-4T. The IRS provided further guidance
on in what situations a taxpayer's basis in an asset is a "qualifying
basis."
The IRS stated that the revenue procedure also provides that the
following losses under §165 are also not taken into account under Regs.
§1.6011-4(b)(5): (1) a loss under §165(c)(3) from fire, storm,
shipwreck, or other casualty, or from theft; (2) a loss from a
compulsory or involuntary conversion under §1231(a)(3)(A)(ii) or (4)(B);
(3) a loss to which §475(a) or §1256(a) applies; (4)
a loss arising from any mark-to-market
treatment of an item under §475(f),
§1296(a), Regs. §1.446-4(e), Regs. §1.988-5(a)(6), or Regs.
§1.1275-6(d)(2), and any loss from a sale or disposition of an item to
which one of the foregoing provisions applied, provided that the
taxpayer computes its loss by using a qualifying basis or a basis
resulting from previously marking the item to market, or computes its
loss by making appropriate adjustments for previously determined
mark-to-market gain or loss; (5) a loss arising from a §1221(b) hedging
transaction, if the taxpayer properly identifies the transaction as a
hedging transaction, or from a mixed straddle account under Regs.
§1.1092(b)-4T; (6) a loss attributable to basis increases under
§860C(d)(1) during the period of the taxpayer's ownership; (7) a loss
attributable to the abandonment of depreciable tangible property that
was used by the taxpayer in a trade or business and that has a
qualifying basis; (8) a loss arising from the bulk sale of inventory if
the basis of the inventory is determined under §263A; (9) a loss that is
equal to, and is determined solely by reference to, a payment of cash by
the taxpayer; (10) a loss from the sale to a person other than a related
party under §267(b) or §707(b) of property described in §1221(a)(4) in a
factoring transaction in the ordinary course of business; or (11) a loss
arising from the disposition of an asset to the extent that the
taxpayer's basis in the asset is determined under §338(b).
The revenue procedure modifies and supersedes Rev. Proc. 2003-24,
2003-11 I.R.B. 599.
Rev. Proc. 2004-66 is effective November 16, 2004, and applies to
transactions that are entered into on or after January 1, 2003.
Rev. Proc. 2004-66 is scheduled to appear in I.R.B. 2004-50, dated
December 13, 2004.
IRS Code §1256 Mark-to-Market
election for dealers:
TBA
IRS Code §1256 hedging election:
TBA
Deadline to be Extended for Elections Under Mark-to-Mark Accounting:
Mark-to-Market Method §475
Deadline to Be Extended for
Elections Under Mark-to-Mark Accounting
The IRS plans to issue
additional guidance on how
securities dealers may elect out
of exemptions provided for in the final regulations under §475 tro The
regulations contain elections out of certain exemptions, including the
intragroup-customer election (Regs. §1.475(c)-1(a)(3)(iii)(B)), the
customer paper election (Regs. §1.475(c)-1(b)(4)(i)), and the
negligible sales election (Regs. §1.475(c)-1(c)(1)(ii)). Regs.
§1.475(c)-1(b)(4)(i)(B) provides a June 23, 1997, deadline to make the
customer paper election on an amended return.
The IRS intends to issue guidance that will address the interplay of
the elections under Regs. §1.475(c)-1, the extent to which these
elections are available on a retroactive basis, and the application of
the §475(b)(2) identification requirements to taxpayers making these
elections. The additional guidance will extend the filing deadline
from June 23, 1997, to at least 45 days after that guidance is
released.
Notice 97-37 is scheduled to appear in I.R.B. 1997-27, dated July 7,
1997.
Notice 97-37, 1997-27 I.R.B. ___.
|
Late Entity Classification Election - Form 8832 - Rev. Proc. 2009-41:font size="2">
SECTION 1.
PURPOSE
This revenue procedure provides guidance under § 7701 of the
Internal Revenue Code for an eligible entity that requests relief for
a late classification election filed with the applicable IRS service
center within 3 years and 75 days of the requested effective date of
the eligible entity’s classification election. The revenue procedure
also provides guidance for those eligible entities that do not qualify
for relief under this revenue procedure and that are required to request
a letter ruling in order to request relief for a late entity
classification election.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01 Section 301.7701-3(a) of the Procedure and Administration
Regulations provides in part that a business entity that is not
classified as a corporation under § 301.7701-2(b)(1), (3), (4), (5),
(6), (7), or (8) (an eligible entity) can elect its classification for
federal tax purposes as provided in § 301.7701-3. An eligible entity
with at least two members can elect to be classified as either an
association (and thus as a corporation under § 301.7701-2(b)(2)) or a
partnership, and an eligible entity with a single owner can elect to be
classified as an association or to be disregarded as an entity separate
from its owner. Section 301.7701-3(b) provides a default classification
for an eligible entity that does not file an entity classification
election. Thus, an entity classification election is necessary only when
an eligible entity chooses to be classified initially as other than its
default classification or when an eligible entity chooses to change its
classification.
.02 Section
301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) provides the general rules for the time and place
for filing an entity classification election. Section
301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) provides that, except as provided in paragraphs
(c)(1)(iv) (limitation) or (c)(1)(v) (deemed elections) of § 301.7701-3,
an eligible entity may elect to be classified other than as provided
under § 301.7701-3(b), or to change its classification, by filing Form
8832, "Entity Classification Election," with the IRS service center
designated on Form 8832. An election will not be accepted unless all of
the information required by the form and instructions, including the
taxpayer identifying number of the entity, is provided on Form 8832. See
§ 301.6109-1 for rules on applying for and displaying Employer
Identification Numbers.
.03 Section
301.7701-3(c)(1)(ii) provides that an eligible entity required to file a
federal tax or information return for the taxable year for which an
election is made must attach a copy of its Form 8832 to its federal tax
or information return for that year. If the entity is not required to
file a return for that year, a copy of its Form 8832 must be attached to
the federal income tax or information return of any direct or indirect
owner of the entity for the taxable year of the owner that includes the
date on which the election was effective.
.04 Section
301.7701-3(c)(1)(iii) provides that an election made under §
301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) will be effective on the date specified by the
entity on Form 8832 or on the date filed if no such date is specified on
the election form. The effective date specified on Form 8832 cannot be
more than 75 days prior to the date on which the election is filed and
cannot be more than 12 months after the date on which the election is
filed. If an election specifies an effective date more than 75 days
prior to the date on which the election is filed, it will be effective
75 days prior to the date it was filed. If an election specifies an
effective date more than 12 months from the date on which the election
is filed, it will be effective 12 months after the date it was filed.
.05 Section
301.7701-3(d)(1) provides in general that a foreign eligible entity’s
classification is relevant when its classification affects the liability
of any person for federal tax or information purposes.
.06 Under § 301.9100-1(c)
the Commissioner may grant a reasonable extension of time to make a
regulatory election or certain statutory elections under all subtitles
of the Code, except subtitles E, G, H, and I.
.07 Section 301.9100-1(b)
defines the term "regulatory election" as an election whose due date is
prescribed by a regulation published in the Federal Register, or a
revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin. An entity classification election made
pursuant to § 301.7701-3(c) is a regulatory election.
.08 The Commissioner has
authority under § 301.9100-1 and § 301.9100-3 to grant an extension of
time if a taxpayer fails to file a timely election under §
301.7701-3(c). Section 301.9100-3 provides that the Commissioner will
grant an extension of time when the taxpayer provides the evidence to
establish to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the taxpayer has
acted reasonably and in good faith and the grant of relief will not
prejudice the interests of the government.
.09 Rev. Proc. 2002-59,
2002-2 C.B. 615, provides guidance under § 301.7701-3 for entities newly
formed under local law to request relief for a late initial
classification election filed by the due date for the first federal tax
return (excluding extensions) of the entity’s desired classification for
the year of the entity’s formation.
SECTION 3. SCOPE
.01 This revenue procedure supersedes Rev. Proc. 2002-59 by
extending late entity classification relief to both initial
classification elections and changes in classification elections along
with extending the time for filing late entity classification elections
to within 3 years and 75 days of the requested effective date of the
eligible entity’s classification. Thus, the extended filing period no
longer is limited, as it was under Rev. Proc. 2002-59, to entities newly
formed under local law requesting relief to file an initial
classification election and to the due date for the first federal tax
return (excluding extensions) of the entity’s desired classification for
the year of the entity’s formation. For those entities that satisfy the
requirements set forth in Section 4.01, this revenue procedure is the
exclusive means for obtaining relief for a late entity classification
election and is in lieu of the letter ruling procedure that is used to
obtain relief for a late entity classification election under §
301.9100-1 and § 301.9100-3. Accordingly, user fees do not apply to
action under this revenue procedure.
.02 An eligible entity may
qualify for alternative relief under
§301.7701-3(c)(1)(v)(C), which
treats an entity as having made a classification election to be treated
as an association when it timely elects to be an S corporation under §
1362(a)(1). Also, see Rev. Proc. 2004-48, 2004-2 C.B. 172, and Rev.
Proc. 2007-62, 2007-41 I.R.B. 786, or their successors for special rules
applicable to late S corporation elections and late entity
classification elections.
.03 An entity that does
not satisfy the requirements for relief under this revenue procedure may
request relief by applying for a letter ruling. Additionally, eligible
entities that do not qualify for relief under this revenue procedure,
because they do not satisfy all of the requirements set forth in Section
4.01, and that request a letter ruling for late entity classification
relief either must include as part of their letter ruling request the
affirmative representation in Section 4.04 or an explanation why the
entity cannot make the affirmative representation in Section 4.04. The
procedural requirements for requesting a letter ruling are described in
Rev. Proc. 2009-1, 2009-1 I.R.B. 1 (or its successor).
SECTION 4. RELIEF FOR
LATE CLASSIFICATION ELECTIONS
.01 Eligibility for relief. An entity
is eligible for relief under Section 4.03 of this revenue procedure for
a late classification election if the following requirements are met:
(1)(a) the entity failed to obtain its requested classification as of
the date of its formation or upon the entity’s classification becoming
relevant within the meaning of § 301.7701-3(d) solely because Form 8832
was not filed timely under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iii); or (b) the entity
failed to obtain its requested change in classification (subject to the
limitations of § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iv)) solely because Form 8832 was not
filed timely under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iii); and
(2)(a) the eligible entity
seeking an extension of time to make an entity classification election
has not filed a federal tax or information return for the first year in
which the election was intended because the due date has not passed for
that year’s federal tax or information return; or
(b) the eligible entity seeking
an extension of time to make an entity classification election timely
filed all required federal tax returns and information returns
consistent with its requested classification for all of the years the
entity intended the requested election to be effective and no
inconsistent tax or information returns have been filed by or with
respect to the entity during any of the taxable years. For changes in an
eligible entity’s classification election, consistent filing of returns
includes filing returns consistent with the deemed treatment of elective
changes under § 301.7701-3(g).
Under this revenue procedure, if
the eligible entity is not required to file a federal tax return or
information return, each affected person, who is required to file a
federal tax return or information return, must have timely filed all
such returns consistent with the entity’s requested classification for
all of the years the entity intended the requested election to be
effective and no inconsistent tax or information returns have been filed
during any of the taxable years. Solely for purposes of this section
4.01(2)(b), an entity and an affected person will be treated as having
timely filed a required tax or information return if the return is filed
within 6 months after its due date, excluding extensions. An indirect
owner of an eligible entity (such as a partner in a partnership that
holds an interest in the eligible entity) is not an affected person if
an entity in which the indirect owner holds a direct or indirect
interest would be required to attach a copy of the eligible entity’s
Form 8832 to its federal tax or information return in the circumstances
described in section 4.01(2)(b)(i) or (ii) . An affected person is
either:
(i) with respect to the effective
date of the eligible entity’s classification election, a person who
would have been required under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(ii) to attach a copy
of the Form 8832 for the eligible entity to its federal tax or
information return for the taxable year of the person which includes
that date; or
(ii) with respect to any
subsequent date after the entity’s requested effective date of the
classification election, a person who would have been required under §
301.7701-3(c)(1)(ii) to attach a copy of the Form 8832 for the eligible
entity to its federal tax or information return for the person’s taxable
year that includes that subsequent date had the election first become
effective on that subsequent date; and
(3) the eligible entity has
reasonable cause for its failure to timely make the entity
classification election; and
(4) 3 years and 75 days from the
requested effective date of the eligible entity’s classification
election have not passed.
.02 Procedural
requirements for requesting relief. Within 3 years and 75 days from the
requested effective date of the eligible entity’s classification
election, the eligible entity must file with the applicable IRS service
center (determined in accordance with the instructions to Form 8832)
a completed Form 8832, signed in accordance with § 301.7701-3(c)(2).
The Form 8832 must indicate that it is being filed pursuant to this
revenue procedure
in accordance with the Form 8832 and accompanying instructions. The
Form 8832 must include both a declaration that the elements required for
relief in Section 4.01 of this revenue procedure have been satisfied
and
a statement explaining the reason for the failure to file a timely
entity classification election (referred to as "the reasonable cause
statement"). (Until Form 8832 is modified to include the declaration
contained in this revenue procedure and space for a reasonable cause
statement, the eligible entity should write
"Filed Pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2009-39(sic)" {
ed. (preferably in
red
) and it should actually say:
"Filed Pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2009-41" } at the
top of Form 8832 and attach both the declaration and the reasonable
cause statement to its Form 8832 that is filed with the applicable
IRS service center. The declaration and reasonable cause statement must
be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by an authorized
representative of the eligible entity and the affected person(s), if
any, which states:
"Under penalties of perjury, I (we) declare that I (we) have examined
this election, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my
(our) knowledge and belief, the election contains all the relevant facts
relating to the election, and such facts are true, correct, and
complete." The individual or individuals who sign must have personal
knowledge of the facts and circumstances related to the election. The
copy of the Form 8832 that is required under §301.7701-3(c)(1)(ii) to be
attached to either the eligible entity’s or the affected person’s return
does not need the writing at the top of the Form 8832 or the attachments
described in this section 4.02.)
.03 Relief for late entity
classification elections. Upon receipt of a completed Form 8832
requesting relief under Section 4.01 of this revenue procedure, the IRS
service center will determine whether the requirements for granting the
late entity classification election have been satisfied and will notify
the entity of the result of its determination. An entity receiving
relief under this revenue procedure is treated as having made a timely
entity classification election as of the requested effective date of the
election.
.04 Eligible entities that
do not meet all of the eligibility requirements under Section 4.01 of
this revenue procedure. Eligible entities requesting a letter ruling
because they do not meet all of the eligibility requirements of Section
4.01 of this revenue procedure must include either the following
representation as part of the entity’s request for a letter ruling or an
explanation regarding why they do not qualify to do so: "All required
U.S. tax and information returns of the entity (or, if the entity was
not required to file any such returns under the desired classification,
then all required U.S. tax and information returns of each affected
person as defined in Section 4.02 of Rev. Proc. 2009-39) were filed
timely or within 6 months of the due date of the respective return
(excluding extensions) as if the entity classification election had been
in effect on the requested date. No U.S. tax or information returns were
filed inconsistently with those described in the prior sentence."
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE
.01 In general. Except as provided in section 5.02, this revenue
procedure is effective September 28, 2009, the date of publication of
this revenue procedure in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. This revenue
procedure applies to requests pending with the IRS service center
pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2002-59 on September 28, 2009, and to requests
received thereafter. It also applies to all ruling requests pending in
the national office on September 28, 2009, and to requests for relief
received thereafter.
.02 Transition rule for
pending letter ruling requests. If an entity has filed a request for a
letter ruling seeking relief for a late entity classification election
and that letter ruling request is pending in the national office on
September 28, 2009, the entity may rely on this revenue procedure,
withdraw that letter ruling request and receive a refund of its user
fee. However, the national office will process letter ruling requests
pending on September 28, 2009, unless, prior to the earlier of November
12, 2009, or the issuance of the letter ruling, the entity notifies the
national office that it will rely on this revenue procedure and withdraw
its letter ruling request.
SECTION 6. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
Rev. Proc. 2002-59 is superseded.
SECTION 7. PAPERWORK REDUCTION
ACT
The collections of information contained in this revenue procedure
have been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.
3507(d)) under control number 1545-1771.
The collection of information in
these regulations is in Sections 4.02 and 4.04 of this revenue
procedure. The information will help the IRS to determine if an eligible
entity meets the requirements of Section 4.01 of this revenue procedure.
The collection of information is required to obtain permission to file a
late entity classification election. The information will be reported on
Form 8832 or submitted as part of a letter ruling request. The time
needed to complete and file a letter ruling request or a Form 8832 will
vary depending on individual circumstances. The estimated burden for
eligible entities filing a letter ruling request or Form 8832 are
included in the estimates shown in the Paperwork Reduction Act of the
annually published letter ruling revenue procedure and the instructions
for Form 8832 respectively. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a
person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless
the collection of information displays a valid control number.
Books or records relating to a
collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may
become material in the administration of any internal revenue law.
Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as
required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Extensions of Time to Make Elections:
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 301 and 602
[TD 8680]
RIN 1545-AU41
Extensions of Time to Make
Elections
AGENCY: Internal Revenue
Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Temporary regulations.
SUMMARY: This document contains temporary regulations concerning
extensions of time for making certain elections under the Internal
Revenue Code (Code). The regulations provide the standards that
the Commissioner will use to grant taxpayers extensions of time for
making these elections. The text of these temporary regulations
also serves as the text of the proposed regulations set forth in the
notice of proposed rulemaking on this subject in the Proposed Rules
section of this issue of the Federal Register.
DATES: These regulations are effective June 27, 1996.
For dates of applicability, see
§301.9100-1T(h) of these regulations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert A. Testoff at (202)
622-4960 (not a toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
These regulations are being issued without prior notice
and public procedure pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act
(5 U.S.C. 553). For this reason, the collection of information
contained in these regulations has been reviewed and, pending receipt
and evaluation of public comments, approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1545-1488.
Responses to this collection of information are required to obtain an
extension of time for making an election.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is
not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the
collection of information displays a valid control number.
For further information concerning this collection of
information, where to submit comments on the collection of information
and the accuracy of the estimated burden, and suggestions for reducing
this burden, please refer to the preamble to the cross-referencing
notice of proposed rulemaking published in the Proposed Rules section of
this issue of the Federal Register.
Books or records relating to a collection of
information must be retained as long as their contents may become
material in the administration of any internal revenue law.
Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as
required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Background
This document contains temporary regulations amending
the Regulations on Procedure and Administration (26 CFR part 301)
concerning extensions of time for making certain elections. The
regulations provide the standards that the Commissioner will use to
grant taxpayers extensions of time for making these elections.
These standards provide relief to taxpayers who reasonably and in good
faith fail to make a timely election when granting relief will not
prejudice the interests of the government. The regulations provide
a means by which taxpayers can be in the same position they would have
been in had they made their elections in a timely fashion.
Explanation of Provisions
These temporary regulations provide the standards the
Commissioner will use to determine whether to grant an extension of time
to make an election when the deadline for making the election is
prescribed by regulation, revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or
announcement published in the Federal Register or the Internal Revenue
Bulletin (regulatory election). Under section 6081(a), these regulations
also provide an automatic extension of time to make an election when the
deadline for making the election is prescribed by statute (statutory
election) and the deadline for making the election is the due date of
the return or the due date of the return including extensions.
These regulations adopt and revise the standards for relief provided in
Rev. Proc. 92-85, 1992-2 C.B. 490.
Automatic Extensions
Rev. Proc. 92-85 provides an automatic 12-month
extension for certain regulatory elections listed in Appendix A of that
revenue procedure. The temporary regulations continue the
automatic 12-month extension and update the list of eligible regulatory
elections.
Rev. Proc. 92-85 also provides an automatic 6-month
extension for statutory elections when the deadline for making the
election is prescribed as the due date of the return or the due date of
the return including extensions. The temporary regulations expand
the automatic 6-month extension to include regulatory elections.
Other Extensions
Rev. Proc. 92-85 provides relief for certain regulatory
elections that do not qualify for relief under the automatic extensions.
Rev. Proc. 92-85 requires a taxpayer to demonstrate that (1) it acted
reasonably and in good faith and (2) granting relief will not prejudice
the interests of the government. The temporary regulations
continue to provide extensions for such regulatory elections upon a
showing of reasonable action and good faith and no prejudice to the
interests of the government.
The temporary regulations adopt the standards for
reasonable action and good faith in Rev. Proc. 92-85. The
regulations provide that a taxpayer is deemed to have acted reasonably
and in good faith if: (1) the taxpayer applies for relief before the
failure to make the regulatory election is discovered by the IRS; (2)
the taxpayer inadvertently failed to make the election because of
intervening events beyond its control; (3) the taxpayer failed to make
the election because after exercising reasonable diligence the taxpayer
was unaware of the necessity for the election; (4) the taxpayer
reasonably relied on written advice of the IRS; or (5) the taxpayer
relied on a qualified tax professional, including a professional
employed by the taxpayer, and the professional failed to make or advise
the taxpayer to make the election. However, a taxpayer is deemed
to have not acted reasonably and in good faith if: (1) the taxpayer is
requesting relief for an election to alter a return position for which
an accuracy-related penalty could have been imposed under section 6662;
(2) the taxpayer was fully informed of the required election and related
tax consequences and chose not to file the election; or (3) the taxpayer
uses hindsight in requesting relief.
The temporary regulations adopt the standards for
prejudice to the interests of the government in Rev. Proc. 92-85.
The regulations provide that the interests of the government are deemed
to be prejudiced if granting relief would result in a taxpayer having a
lower tax liability than the taxpayer would have had if the regulatory
election had been timely made. In addition, the interests of the
government are ordinarily deemed to be prejudiced if the tax year in
which the election should have been made or any affected tax years are
closed by the statute of limitations.
Accounting Method and Period Elections
Rev. Proc. 92-85 provides limited relief (ordinarily
not to exceed 90 days from the deadline for filing Form 3115,
Application for Change in Accounting Method) for requests to change an
accounting method subject to the procedure described in
§1.446-1(e)(3)(i) (requiring the advance written consent of the
Commissioner). The temporary regulations continue this limited
relief. Rev. Proc. 92-85 provides an automatic 12-month extension
for the election to use the last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory method
under section 472 and also provides relief for the section 472 election
beyond the automatic 12-month extension.
Rev. Proc. 92-85 is otherwise inapplicable to accounting method
regulatory elections, except for three specific elections listed in
Appendix B of that revenue procedure.
The temporary regulations provide relief for all
accounting method regulatory elections. For example, relief will
now be available for elections under sections 197 (amortization of
goodwill and certain other intangibles) and 468A (special rules for
nuclear decommissioning costs).
The temporary regulations provide
additional rules regarding what constitutes prejudice to the interests
of the government for accounting method regulatory elections. The
temporary regulations provide that the interests of the government are
deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual and compelling circumstances
if: (1) the election requires an adjustment under section 481(a); (2)
the taxpayer is under examination, requests relief to change from an
impermissible method of accounting, and granting relief will provide the
taxpayer a more favorable method of accounting or more favorable terms
and conditions than the taxpayer would receive if the change is made as
part of the examination; or (3) the election provides a more favorable
method of accounting or more favorable terms and conditions if the
election is made by a certain date or taxable year.
Rev. Proc. 92-85 provides an automatic 12-month extension for elections
to use other than the required taxable year under section 444.
Rev. Proc. 92-85 also provides limited relief (ordinarily not to exceed
90 days from the deadline for filing Form 1128, Application to Adopt,
Change, or Retain a Tax Year) for accounting period regulatory elections
subject to Rev. Proc. 87-32, 1987-2 C.B. 396. Rev. Proc. 92-85 is
otherwise inapplicable to accounting period regulatory elections.
The temporary regulations extend the limited relief for elections
subject to Rev. Proc. 87-32 to all other accounting period regulatory
elections except for the section 444 election, and provide relief for
the section 444 election beyond the automatic 12-month extension.
Effect on other documents
Rev. Proc. 92-85, 1992-2 C.B. 490, as modified and
clarified by Rev. Proc. 93-28, 1993-2 C.B. 344, is obsolete as of June
27, 1996.
Rev. Proc. 92-20, 1992-1 C.B. 685, is modified as of
June 27, 1996, to the extent that the provisions of this regulation
apply to applications for relief with respect to requests to change an
accounting method subject to the procedures of Rev. Proc. 92-20.
Rev. Proc. 87-32, 1987-2 C.B. 396, is modified as of
June 27, 1996, to the extent that the provisions of this regulation
apply to applications for relief with respect to requests to change an
accounting period subject to the procedures of Rev. Proc. 87-32.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this Treasury decision is
not a significant regulatory action as defined in EO 12866.
Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also
been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act
(5 U.S.C. chapter 5) and the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) do not apply to these regulations, and, therefore, a
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, these
temporary regulations will be submitted to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on their
impact on small businesses.
Drafting Information
The principal author of these regulations is Robert A.
Testoff of the Office of Assistant Chief Counsel (Income Tax and
Accounting). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury
Department participated in their development.
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 301
Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift
taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
26 CFR Part 602
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 301 and 602 are amended as
follows:
PART 301--PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 301
is amended by adding entries in numerical order to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 301.9100-1T also issued under 26 U.S.C. 6081;
Section 301.9100-2T also issued under 26 U.S.C. 6081;
Section 301.9100-3T also issued under 26 U.S.C. 6081; * * *
Par. 2. Sections 301.9100-1T through 301.9100-3T
are added to read as follows:
§ 301.9100-1T
Extensions of time to make elections (temporary). [Removed]
(a) - (c)
[Reserved].
(d) Introduction. The regulations under this
section and §§301.9100-2T through
301.9100-3T provide the standards the Commissioner will use to determine
whether to grant an extension of time to make a regulatory election.
The regulations under this section and §§301.9100-2T
through 301.9100-3T also provide an automatic extension of time to make
certain statutory elections. An extension of time is available for
elections that a taxpayer is otherwise eligible to make and the granting
of an extension of time is not a determination that the taxpayer is
otherwise eligible to make the election. Section 301.9100-2T
provides automatic extensions of time for making regulatory and
statutory elections when the deadline for making the election is the due
date of the return or the due date of the return including extensions.
Section 301.9100-3T provides extensions of time for making regulatory
elections that do not meet the requirements of §301.9100-2T.
(e) Terms. The following terms have the meanings
provided below:
Election includes an application for relief in
respect of tax; a request to adopt, change, or retain an accounting
method or accounting period; but does not include an application for an
extension of time for filing a return under section 6081.
Regulatory election means an election whose deadline is prescribed by a
regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
Statutory
election means an election whose deadline is prescribed by statute.
Taxpayer
means any person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(1).
(f) General standards for relief. The
Commissioner in the Commissioner's discretion may grant a reasonable
extension of time to make a regulatory election, or a statutory election
(but no more than 6 months except in the case of a taxpayer who is
abroad), under all subtitles of the Internal Revenue Code except
subtitles E, G, H, and I, provided the taxpayer demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner that--
(1) The taxpayer acted reasonably and in good faith;
and
(2) Granting relief will not prejudice the interests of
the government.
(g) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (f) of this section, an extension of time will not be
granted--
(1) For elections under section 4980A(f)(5);
(2) For elections required to be made prior to November
20, 1970, in the case of an election--
(i) Required to be made in or with the taxpayer's
original
income tax return;
(ii) Required to be exercised by filing a claim for
credit or refund, unless the election is required to be exercised on or
before a date that precedes the date of expiration of the period of
limitations provided in section 6511;
(iii) Required to be filed in a petition to the Tax
Court;
(iv) To change a previous election;
(v) To change an accounting method as described in
§§1.77-1 of this chapter and
1.446-1 of this chapter;
(vi) To change an accounting period as described in
§1.442-1 of this chapter; or
(vii) To change the method of treating bad debts as
described in §1.166-1 of this
chapter; or
(3) For elections that are expressly excepted from
relief or where alternative relief is provided by a statute, a
regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
(h) Effective dates. In general, this section and
§§301.9100-2T through 301.9100-3T are
effective for all requests for relief being considered by the IRS on
June 27, 1996, and for all requests for relief submitted on or after
June 27, 1996.
However, the automatic 12-month extension and the automatic 6-month
extension provided in
§301.9100-2T are effective for elections
whose due dates are on or after June 27, 1996.
§ 301.9100-2T
Automatic extensions (temporary). [Removed]
(a)
Automatic 12-month extension--(1) In general. An automatic
extension of 12 months from the original deadline for making a
regulatory election is granted to make elections described in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section provided the taxpayer takes corrective action as
defined in paragraph (c) of this section within that 12-month extension
period.
(2) Elections eligible for automatic 12-month
extension. The following regulatory elections are eligible for the
automatic 12-month extension described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section--
(i) The election to use other than the required taxable
year under section 444;
(ii) The election to use the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
inventory method under section 472;
(iii) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption
application for a section 501(c)(9), 501(c)(17), or 501(c)(20)
organization under section 505;
(iv) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption
application for a section 501(c)(3) organization under section 508;
(v) The election to be treated as a homeowners
association under section 528;
(vi) The election to adjust basis on partnership
transfers and distributions under section 754;
(vii) The estate tax election to specially value
qualified real property (where the IRS has not yet begun an examination
of the filed return) under section 2032A(d)(1);
(viii) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat a
qualified payment right as other than a qualified payment under section
2701(c)(3)(C)(i); and
(ix) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat any
distribution right as a qualified payment under section
2701(c)(3)(C)(ii).
(b) Automatic 6-month extension. An automatic
extension of 6 months from the due date of a return excluding extensions
is granted to make regulatory or statutory elections whose deadlines are
prescribed as the due date of the return or the due date of the return
including extensions in the case of a taxpayer that timely filed its
return for the year the election should have been made, provided the
taxpayer takes corrective action as defined in paragraph (c) of this
section within that 6-month extension period. This extension does
not apply, however, to regulatory or statutory elections that must be
made by the due
date of the return excluding extensions.
(c) Corrective action. For purposes of this
section, corrective action means filing an original or an amended return
for the year the regulatory or statutory election should have been made
and attaching the appropriate form or statement for making the election.
For those elections not required to be filed with a return, corrective
action means taking the steps required to file the election in
accordance with the statute, the regulation published in the Federal
Register, or the revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or
announcement published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Taxpayers
who make an election under an automatic extension (and all taxpayers
whose tax liability would be affected by the election) must report their
income in a manner that is consistent with the election and comply with
all other requirements for making the election for the year the election
should have been made and for all affected years; otherwise, the Service
may invalidate the election.
(d) Procedural requirements. Any return,
statement of election, or other form of filing that must be made to
obtain an automatic extension must provide the following statement at
the top of the document: "FILED PURSUANT TO §
301.9100-2T". Any filing made to obtain an automatic extension
must be sent to the same address that the filing to make the election
would have been sent had the filing been timely made. No request
for a letter ruling is required to obtain an automatic extension.
Accordingly, user fees do not apply to taxpayers taking corrective
action to obtain an automatic extension.
(e) The following example illustrates the rules of this
section:
Example. Taxpayer A fails to make a certain
election when filing A's 1996 income tax return on March 17, 1997, the
due date of the return. This election does not affect the tax
liability of any other taxpayer. The applicable regulation
requires that the election be made by attaching the appropriate form to
a timely filed return including extensions. In accordance with
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, A may make the regulatory
election by filing an amended return with the appropriate form by
September 15, 1997 (6 months from the March 17, 1997, due date).
§ 301.9100-3T Other
extensions (temporary). [Removed]
(a) In
general. Requests for extensions of time for regulatory elections
that do not meet the requirements of §301.9100-2T
must be made under the rules of this section.
Requests for relief subject to this section will be granted when the
taxpayer provides the evidence (including affidavits described in
paragraph (e) of this section) to establish that the taxpayer acted
reasonably and in good faith, and granting relief will not prejudice the
interests of the government.
(b) Reasonable action and good faith--(1) In general.
Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this
section, a taxpayer is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith
if the taxpayer--
(i) Requests relief under this section before the
failure to make the regulatory election is discovered by the IRS;
(ii) Inadvertently failed to make the election because
of intervening events beyond the taxpayer's control;
(iii) Failed to make the election because, after
exercising reasonable diligence (taking into account the taxpayer's
experience and the complexity of the return or issue), the taxpayer was
unaware of the necessity for the election;
(iv) Reasonably relied on the written advice of
the IRS; or
(v) Reasonably relied on a qualified tax
professional, including a tax professional employed by the taxpayer, and
the tax professional failed to make, or advise the taxpayer to make,
the election.
(2) Reasonable reliance on a qualified tax
professional. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer will not be
considered to have reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional if
the taxpayer knew or should have known that the professional was not--
(i) Competent to render advice on the regulatory
election; or
(ii) Aware of all relevant facts.
(3) Taxpayer deemed to have not acted reasonably or in good
faith. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer is deemed to
have not acted reasonably and in good faith if the taxpayer--
(i) Seeks to alter a return position for which an
accuracy-related penalty has been or could be imposed under section 6662
at the time the taxpayer requests relief (taking into account any
qualified amended return filed within the meaning of §1.6664-2(c)(3)) of
this chapter and the new position requires or permits a regulatory
election for which relief is requested;
(ii) Was fully informed of the required election and related
tax consequences, but chose not to file the election; or
(iii) Uses hindsight in requesting relief. If specific
facts have changed since the original deadline for making the election
that make the election advantageous to a taxpayer, the IRS will not
ordinarily grant relief. In such a case, the IRS will grant relief
only when the taxpayer provides strong proof that the taxpayer's
decision to seek relief did not involve hindsight.
(c) Prejudice to the interests of the government--(1) In
general--(i) Lower tax liability. The interests of the
government are prejudiced if granting relief would result in a taxpayer
having a lower tax liability in the aggregate for all years to which the
regulatory election applies than the taxpayer would have had if the
election had been timely made (taking into account the time value of
money). Similarly, if the tax consequences of more than one
taxpayer are affected by the election, the government's interests are
prejudiced if extending the time for making the election may result in
the affected taxpayers, in the aggregate, having a lower tax liability
than if the election had been timely made.
(ii) Closed years. The interests of the government are
ordinarily prejudiced if the tax year in which the regulatory election
should have been made or any tax years that would have been affected by
the election had it been timely made are closed by the period of
limitations on assessment under section 6501(a) before the taxpayer's
receipt of a ruling granting relief under this section. The IRS
may condition a grant of relief on the taxpayer providing the IRS with a
statement from an independent auditor (other than an auditor providing
an affidavit pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section) certifying
that the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section are
satisfied.
(2) Special rules for accounting method regulatory elections.
The interests of the government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual and compelling circumstances if the accounting method regulatory
election is--
(i) Subject to the procedure described in §1.446-1(e)(3)(i)
of this chapter (requiring the advance written consent of the
Commissioner), and the request for relief under this section is filed
more than 90 days after the deadline for filing the Form 3115,
Application for Change in Accounting Method;
(ii) Not an election described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section and requires an adjustment under section 481(a) (or would
require an adjustment under section 481(a) if the taxpayer changed to
the method of accounting for which relief is requested in a taxable year
subsequent to the taxable year the election should have been made);
(iii) Not an election described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section, the taxpayer is under examination and requests relief
under this section to change from an impermissible method of accounting,
and granting relief will provide the taxpayer a more favorable method of
accounting or more favorable terms and conditions than the taxpayer
would receive if the change from the impermissible method is made as
part of the examination; or
(iv) Not an election described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section and the election provides a more favorable method of accounting
or more favorable terms and conditions if the election is made by a
certain date or taxable year.
(3) Special rules for accounting period regulatory elections.
The interests of the government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual and compelling circumstances if an election is an
accounting period regulatory election (other than the election to use
other than the required taxable year under section 444) and the request
for relief is filed more than 90 days after the deadline for filing the
Form 1128, Application to Adopt, Change, or Retain a Tax Year (or other
required statement).
(d) Effect of amended returns--(1) Second examination under
section 7605(b). Taxpayers requesting and receiving an extension
of time under this section waive any objections to a second examination
under section 7605(b) for the issue(s) that is the subject of the relief
request and any correlative adjustments.
(2) Suspension of the period of limitations under
section 6501(a). A request for relief under this section does not
suspend the period of limitations on assessment under section 6501(a).
Thus, for relief to be granted, the IRS may require the taxpayer to
consent under section 6501(c)(4) to an extension of the period of
limitations on assessment for the tax year in which the regulatory
election should have been made and any tax years that would have been
affected by the election had it been timely made.
(e) Procedural requirements--(1) In general. Requests
for relief under this section must provide evidence that satisfies the
requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and must provide
additional information as required by this paragraph (e).
(2) Affidavit and declaration from taxpayer. The
taxpayer, or the individual who acts on behalf of the taxpayer with
respect to tax matters, must submit a detailed affidavit describing the
events that led to the failure to make a valid regulatory election and
to the discovery of the failure. When the taxpayer relied on a
qualified tax professional for advice, the taxpayer's affidavit must
describe the engagement and responsibilities of the professional as well
as the extent to which the taxpayer relied on the professional.
The affidavit must be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by the
taxpayer, which states: "Under
penalties of perjury, I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, the facts presented herein are true, correct, and complete."
The individual who signs for an entity must have personal knowledge of
the facts and circumstances at issue.
(3) Affidavits and declarations from other parties. The
taxpayer must submit detailed affidavits from the individuals having
knowledge or information about the events that led to the failure to
make a valid regulatory election and to the discovery of the failure.
These individuals must include the taxpayer's income tax return
preparer, any individual (including an employee of the taxpayer) who
made a substantial contribution to the preparation of the return, and
any accountant or attorney, knowledgeable in tax matters, who advised
the taxpayer with regard to the election. An affidavit must
describe the engagement and responsibilities of the individual as well
as the advice that the individual provided to the taxpayer. Each
affidavit must include the name, current address, and taxpayer
identification number of the individual, and be accompanied by a dated
declaration, signed by the individual, which states: "Under penalties of
perjury, I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the
facts presented herein are true, correct, and complete."
(4) Other Information. The request for relief filed
under this section must also contain the following information--
(i) The taxpayer must state whether the taxpayer's return(s)
for the tax year in which the regulatory election should have been made
or any tax years that would have been affected by the election had it
been timely made is being examined by a district director, or is being
considered by an appeals office or a federal court. The taxpayer
must notify the IRS office considering the request for relief if the IRS
starts an examination of any such return while the taxpayer's request
for relief is pending;
(ii) The taxpayer must state when the applicable return,
form, or statement used to make the election was required to be filed
and when it was actually filed;
(iii) The taxpayer must submit a copy of any documents that
refer to the election;
(iv) When requested, the taxpayer must submit a copy of the
taxpayer's income tax return for any taxable year for which the taxpayer
requests an extension and any return affected by the
election; and
(v) When applicable, the taxpayer must submit a copy of the
income tax returns of other taxpayers affected by the election.
(5) Filing instructions. A request for relief under
this section is a request for a letter ruling. Requests for relief
should be submitted in accordance with the applicable procedures for
requests for a letter ruling and must be accompanied by the applicable
user fee.
(f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the
provisions of this section:
Example 1. Taxpayer discovers own error. Taxpayer
A prepares A's 1996 income tax return. A is unaware that a
particular regulatory election is available to report a transaction in a
particular manner. A files the 1996 return without making the
election and reporting the transaction in a different manner. In
1998, A hires a qualified tax professional to prepare A's 1998 return.
The professional discovers that A
did not make the election. A promptly files for relief in
accordance with this section. Assuming paragraphs (b)(3)(i)
through (iii) of this section do not apply, A is deemed to have acted
reasonably and in good faith.
Example 2. Reliance on qualified tax professional.
Taxpayer B hires a qualified tax professional to advise B on preparing
B's 1996 income tax return and provides the professional with all the
information requested. The professional fails to advise B that a
regulatory election is necessary in order for B to report income on B's
1996 return in a particular manner. Nevertheless, B reports this
income in a manner that is consistent with having made the election.
In 1999, during the examination of the 1996 return by the IRS, the
examining agent discovers that the election has not been filed. B
promptly files for relief in accordance with this section, including
attaching an affidavit from B's professional stating that the
professional failed to advise B that the election was necessary.
Assuming paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section do not
apply, B is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith.
Example 3. Accuracy-related penalty. Taxpayer C
reports income on its 1996 income tax return in a manner that
contravenes a statutory provision. C was aware of the statutory
provision that prohibited the manner in which C reported this income,
but did not provide adequate disclosure of the return position within
the meaning of §1.6662-3(c) of this chapter. In 1999, during the
examination of the 1996 return, the IRS raises an issue regarding the
reporting of this income on C's return. C requests relief under
this section to elect an alternative method of reporting the income.
Under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, C is deemed to have not acted
reasonably and in good faith because C seeks to alter a return position
for which an accuracy-related penalty could be imposed under section
6662.
Example 4. Election not requiring adjustment under
section 481(a). Taxpayer D prepares D's 1996 income tax return.
D is unaware that a particular accounting method regulatory election is
available. D files the 1996 return using another method of
accounting. In 1998, D hires a qualified tax professional to
prepare D's 1998 return. The professional discovers that D did not
make the election. D promptly files for relief in accordance with
this section. Assume the applicable regulation provides that the
election does not require an adjustment under section 481(a) and the
election is not subject to the procedure described
in §1.446-1(e)(3)(i) of this chapter. Further assume that if D
were granted an extension of time to make the election, D would pay no
less tax than if the election had been timely made. Under
paragraph (c) of this section, the interests of the government are not
deemed to be prejudiced.
Example 5. Election
requiring adjustment under section 481(a). The facts are the same
as in Example 4 of this paragraph (f) except that the applicable
regulation provides that the election requires an adjustment under
section 481(a). Under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the
interests of the government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual or compelling circumstances.
Example 6. Under examination. A regulation
permits an automatic change from an impermissible method of accounting
on a cut-off basis. Any change to this method made as part of an
examination is made with a section 481(a) adjustment. Taxpayer E
reports income on E's 1996 income tax return using the impermissible
method of accounting. In 1999, during the examination of the 1996
return by the IRS, the examining agent questions the propriety of E's
method of accounting. E requests relief under this section to make
the change pursuant to the regulation for 1996. E will receive
less favorable terms and conditions if the change in method of
accounting is made with a section 481(a) adjustment by the examining
agent than if the change is made on a cut-off basis pursuant to the
regulation. Under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, the
interests of the government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual and compelling circumstances. PART 602--OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
UNDER THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT
Par. 3. The authority citation for part 602 continues
to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805
Par. 4. Section 602.101(c) is amended by adding the
following entries in numerical order to the table:
602.101 OMB Control numbers
* * * * *
(c) * * *
CFR part or section where
Current OMB
identified and described
control number
* * * * *
301.9100-2T.................................1545-1488
301.9100-3T.................................1545-1488
§ 301.9100-1 Extensions of
time to make elections:
87428342837884818742
301.9100-1(a) Introduction.
The regulations under this section and Sections 301.9100-2 and
301.9100-3 provide the standards the Commissioner will use to determine
whether to grant an extension of time to make a regulatory election. The
regulations under this section and Section 301.9100-2 also provides an
automatic extension of time to make certain statutory elections. An
extension of time is available for elections that a taxpayer is
otherwise eligible to make. However, the granting to an extension of
time is not a determination that the taxpayer is otherwise eligible to
make the election. Section 301.9100-2 provides automatic extensions of
time for making regulatory and statutory elections when the deadline for
making the election is the due date of the return or the due date of the
return including extensions. Section 301.9100-3 provides extensions of
time for making regulatory elections that do not meet the requirements
of Section 301.9100-2.
301.9100-1(b) Terms.
The following terms have the meanings provided below -
Election includes an application for relief in respect of tax; a request
to adopt, change, or retain an accounting method or accounting period;
but does not include an application for an extension of time for filing
a return under section 6081.
Regulatory election means an election whose due date is prescribed by a
regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see Section 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
Statutory election means an election whose due date is prescribed by
statute.
Taxpayer means any person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(1).
301.9100-1(c) General standards for relief.
The Commissioner in exercising the Commissioner's discretion may grant a
reasonable extension of time under the rules set forth in Sections
301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 to make a regulatory election, or a statutory
election (but no more than 6 months except in the case of a taxpayer who
is abroad), under all subtitles of the Internal Revenue Code except
subtitles E, G, H, and I.
301.9100-1(d) Exceptions.
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, an
extension of time will not be granted -
301.9100-1(d)(1) For elections under section 4980A(f)(5); or
301.9100-1(d)(2) For elections that are expressly excepted from relief
or where alternative relief is provided by a statute, a regulation
published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling, revenue
procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin (see Section 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
301.9100-1(e) Effective dates.
In general, this section and Sections 301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 apply to
all requests for an extension of time submitted to the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) on or after Dec. 31, 1997. However, the automatic 12-month
and 6-month extensions provided in Section 301.9100-2 apply to elections
for which corrective action is taken on or after Dec. 31, 1997. For
other requests for an extension of time, see Sections 301.9100-1T
through 301.9100-3T in effect prior to Dec. 31, 1997, (Sections
301.9100-1T through 301.9100-3T as contained in the 26 CFR part 1
edition revised as of April 1, 1997).
[T.D. 8342, 56 FR 14024, Apr. 5, 1991, as amended by T.D. 8378, 56 FR
64982, Dec. 13, 1991; T.D. 8481, 58 FR 34886-34887, June 30, 1993; as
revised by T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68167-68173, Dec. 31, 1997.]
§ 301.9100-2 Automatic
extensions:
874283428378848187428680871987428742
301.9100-2(a) Automatic 12-month extension -
301.9100-2(a)(1) In general.
An automatic extension of 12 months from the due date for making a
regulatory election is granted to make elections described in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section provided the taxpayer takes corrective action as
defined in paragraph (c) of this section within that 12-month extension
period. For purposes of this paragraph (a), the due date for making a
regulatory election is the extended due date of the return if the due
date of the election is the due date of the return or the due date of
the return including extensions and the taxpayer has obtained an
extension of time to file the return. This extension is available
regardless of whether the taxpayer timely filed its return for the year
the election should have been made.
301.9100-2(a)(2) Elections eligible for automatic 12-month extension.
The following regulatory elections are eligible for the automatic
12-month extension described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section -
301.9100-2(a)(2)(i) The election to use other than the required taxable
year under section 444;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(ii) The election to use the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
inventory method under section 472;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(iii) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption
application for a section 501(c)(9), 501(c)(17), or 501(c)(20)
organization under section 505;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(iv) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption
application for a section 501(c)(3) organization under section 508;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(v) The election to be treated as a homeowners
association under section 528;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(vi) The election to adjust basis on partnership
transfers and distributions under section 754;
301.9100-2(a)(2)(vii) The estate tax election to specially value
qualified real property (where the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has
not yet begun an examination of the filed return) under section
2032A(d)(1);
301.9100-2(a)(2)(Viii) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat a
qualified payment right as other than a qualified payment under section
2701(c)(3)(C)(i); and
301.9100-2(a)(2)(ix) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat any
distribution right as a qualified payment under section
2701(c)(3)(C)(ii).
301.9100-2(b) Automatic 6-month extension.
An automatic extension of 6 months from the due date of a return
excluding extensions is granted to make regulatory or statutory
elections whose due dates are the due date of the return or the due date
of the return including extensions provided the taxpayer timely filed
its return for the year the election should have been made and the
taxpayer takes corrective action as defined in paragraph (c) of this
section within that 6-month extension period.
This paragraph (b) does not apply to regulatory or statutory elections
that must be made by the due date of the return excluding extensions.
301.9100-2(c) Corrective action.
For purposes of this section, corrective action means taking the steps
required to file the election in accordance with the statute or the
regulation published in the Federal Register, or the revenue ruling,
revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see Section 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter). For those
elections required to be filed with a return, corrective action includes
filing an original or an amended return for the year the regulatory or
statutory election should have been made and attaching the appropriate
form or statement for making the election. Taxpayers who make an
election under an automatic extension (and all taxpayers whose tax
liability would be affected by the election) must file their return in a
manner that is consistent with the election and comply with all other
requirements for making the election for the year the election should
have been made and for all affected years; otherwise, the IRS may
invalidate the election.
301.9100-2(d) Procedural requirements.
Any return, statement of election, or other form of filing that must be
made to obtain an automatic extension must provide the following
statement at the top of the document: "FILED PURSUANT TO Section
301.9100-2". Any filing made to obtain an automatic extension must be
sent to the same address that the filing to make the election would have
been sent had the filing been timely made. No request for a letter
ruling is required to obtain an automatic extension. Accordingly, user
fees do not apply to taxpayers taking corrective action to obtain an
automatic extension.
301.9100-2(e) Examples.
The following examples illustrate the provisions of this section:
Example 1. Automatic 12-month extension.
Taxpayer A fails to make an election described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section when filing A's 1997 income tax return on March 16, 1998,
the due date of the return. This election does not affect the tax
liability of any other taxpayer. The applicable regulation requires that
the election be made by attaching the appropriate form to a timely filed
return including extensions. In accordance with paragraphs (a) and (c)
of this section. A may make the regulatory election by taking the
corrective action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form
by March 15, 1999 (12 months from the March 16, 1998 due date of the
return). If A obtained a 6-month extension to file its 1997 income tax
return, A may make the regulatory election by taking the corrective
action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form by
September 15, 1999 (12 months from the September 15, 1998 extended due
date of the return).
Example 2. Automatic 6-month extension.
Taxpayer B fails to make an election not described in paragraph (a)(2)
of this section when filing B's 1997 income tax return on March 16,
1998, the due date of the return. This election does not affect the tax
liability of any other taxpayer. The applicable regulation requires that
the election be made by attaching the appropriate form to a timely filed
return including extensions. In accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section, B may make the regulatory election by taking the
corrective action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form
by September 15, 1998 (6 months from the March 16, 1998 due date of the
return).
[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68167-68173, Dec. 31, 1997.]
From STEVEN A. AND PATRICIA A. KNISH, Petitioners v. COMMISSIONER OF
INTERNAL REVENUE, Respondent December 18, 2006
Relief under sec. 301.9100-2, Proced. & Admin. Regs., is unavailable for
extensions of time to file mark-to-market elections under sec. 475(f)
because it does not apply to elections, like the mark-to-market
election, that must be made by the due date of the return without regard
to extensions. Sec. 301.9100-2(b), Proced. & Admin. Regs.; Rev. Proc.
99-17, 1999-1 C.B. 503.
§ 301.9100-3 Other
extensions:
874283428378848187428680871987428742868087428742
301.9100-3(a) In general.
Requests for extensions of time for regulatory elections that do not
meet the requirements of Section 301.9100-2 must be made under the rules
of this section. Requests for relief subject to this section will be
granted when the taxpayer provides the evidence (including affidavits
described in paragraph (e) of this section) to establish to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner that the taxpayer acted reasonably and
in good faith, and the grant of relief will not prejudice the interests
of the Government.
301.9100-3(b) Reasonable action and good faith -
301.9100-3(b)(1) In general.
Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this
section, a taxpayer is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith
if the taxpayer -
301.9100-3(b)(1)(i) Requests relief under this section before the
failure to make the regulatory election is discovered by the Internal
Revenue Service (IRS);
301.9100-3(b)(1)(ii) Failed to make the election because of intervening
events beyond the taxpayer's control;
301.9100-3(b)(1)(iii) Failed to make the election because, after
exercising reasonable diligence (taking into account the taxpayer's
experience and the complexity of the return or issue), the taxpayer was
unaware of the necessity for the election;
301.9100-3(b)(1)(iv) Reasonably relied on the written advice of the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS); or
301.9100-3(b)(1)(v) Reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional,
including a tax professional employed by the taxpayer, and the tax
professional failed to make, or advise the taxpayer to make, the
election.
301.9100-3(b)(2) Reasonable reliance on a qualified tax professional.
For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer will not be considered to
have reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional if the taxpayer
knew or should have known that the professional was not -
301.9100-3(b)(2)(i) Competent to render advice on the regulatory
election; or
301.9100-3(b)(2)(ii) Aware of all relevant facts.
301.9100-3(b)(3) Taxpayer deemed to have not acted reasonably or in good
faith.
For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer is deemed to have not
acted reasonably and in good faith if the taxpayer -
301.9100-3(b)(3)(i) Seeks to alter a return position for which an
accuracy-related penalty has been or could be imposed under section 6662
at the time the taxpayer requests relief (taking into account any
qualified amended return filed within the meaning of Section
1.6664-2(c)(3) of this chapter) and the new position requires or permits
a regulatory election for which relief is requested;
301.9100-3(b)(3)(ii) Was informed in all material respects of the
required election and related tax consequences, but chose not to file
the election; or
301.9100-3(b)(3)(iii) Uses hindsight in requesting relief. If specific
facts have changed since the due date for making the election that make
the election advantageous to a taxpayer, the IRS will not ordinarily
grant relief. In such a case, the IRS will grant relief only when the
taxpayer provides strong proof that the taxpayer's decision to seek
relief did not involve hindsight.
301.9100-3(c) Prejudice to the interests of the Government -
301.9100-3(c)(1) In general.
The Commissioner will grant a reasonable extension of time to make a
regulatory election only when the interests of the Government will not
be prejudiced by the granting of relief. This paragraph (c) provides the
standards the Commissioner will use to determine when the interests of
the Government are prejudiced.
301.9100-3(c)(1)(i) Lower tax liability.
The interests of the Government are prejudiced if granting relief would
result in a taxpayer having a lower tax liability in the aggregate for
all taxable years affected by the election than the taxpayer would have
had if the election had been timely made (taking into account the time
value of money). Similarly, if the tax consequences of more than one
taxpayer are affected by the election, the Government's interests are
prejudiced if extending the time for making the election may result in
the affected taxpayers, in the aggregate, having a lower tax liability
than if the election had been timely made.
301.9100-3(c)(1)(ii) Closed years.
The interests of the Government are ordinarily prejudiced if the taxable
year in which the regulatory election should have been made or any
taxable years that would have been affected by the election had it been
timely made are closed by the period of limitations on assessment under
section 6501(a) before the taxpayer's receipt of a ruling granting
relief under this section. The IRS may condition a grant of relief on
the taxpayer providing the IRS with a statement from an independent
auditor (other than an auditor providing an affidavit pursuant to
paragraph (e)(3) of this section) certifying that the interests of the
Government are not prejudiced under the standards set forth in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section.
301.9100-3(c)(2) Special rules for accounting method regulatory
elections.
The interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual and compelling circumstances if the accounting method regulatory
election for which relief is requested -
301.9100-3(c)(2)(i) Is subject to the procedure described in Section
1.446-1(e)(3)(i) of this chapter (requiring the advance written consent
of the Commissioner);
301.9100-3(c)(2)(ii) Requires an adjustment under section 481(a) (or
would require an adjustment under section 481(a) if the taxpayer changed
to the method of accounting for which relief is requested in a taxable
year subsequent to the taxable year the election should have been made);
301.9100-3(c)(2)(iii) Would permit a change from an impermissible method
of accounting that is an issue under consideration by examination, an
appeals office, or a federal court and the change would provide a more
favorable method or more favorable terms and conditions than if the
change were made as part of an examination; or
301.9100-3(c)(2)(iv) Provides a more favorable method of accounting or
more favorable terms and conditions if the election is made by a certain
date or taxable year.
301.9100-3(c)(3) Special rules for accounting period regulatory
elections.
The interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in
unusual and compelling circumstances if an election is an accounting
period regulatory election (other than the election to use other than
the required taxable year under section 444) and the request for relief
is filed more than 90 days after the due date for filing the Form 1128,
Application to Adopt, Change, or Retain a Tax Year (or other required
statement).
301.9100-3(d) Effect of amended returns -
301.9100-3(d)(1) Second examination under section 7605(b).
Taxpayers requesting and receiving an extension of time under this
section waive any objections to a second examination under section
7605(b) for the issue(s) that is the subject of the relief request and
any correlative adjustments.
301.9100-3(d)(2) Suspension of the period of limitations under section
6501(a).
A request for relief under this section does not suspend the period of
limitations on assessment under section 6501(a). Thus, for relief to be
granted, the IRS may require the taxpayer to consent under section
6501(c)(4) to an extension of the period of limitations on assessment
for the taxable year in which the regulatory election should have been
made and any taxable years that would have been affected by the election
had it been timely made.
301.9100-3(e) Procedural requirements -
301.9100-3(e)(1) In general.
Requests for relief under this section must provide evidence that
satisfies the requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
and must provide additional information as required by this paragraph
(e).
301.9100-3(e)(2) Affidavit and declaration from taxpayer.
The taxpayer, or the individual who acts on behalf of the taxpayer with
respect to tax matters: must submit a detailed affidavit describing the
events that led to the failure to make a valid regulatory election and
to the discovery of the failure. When the taxpayer relied on a qualified
tax professional for advice, the taxpayer's affidavit must describe the
engagement and responsibilities of the professional as well as the
extent to which the taxpayer relied on the professional. The affidavit
must be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by the taxpayer,
which states: "Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have
examined this request, including accompanying documents, and, to the
best of my knowledge and belief, the request contains all the relevant
facts relating to the request, and such facts are true, correct, and
complete." The individual who signs for an entity must have personal
knowledge of the facts and circumstances at issue.
301.9100-3(e)(3) Affidavits and declarations from other parties.
The taxpayer must submit detailed affidavits from the individuals having
knowledge or information about the events that led to the failure to
make a valid regulatory election and to the discovery of the failure.
These individuals must include the taxpayer's return preparer, any
individual (including an employee of the taxpayer) who made a
substantial contribution to the preparation of the return, and any
accountant or attorney, knowledgeable in tax matters, who advised the
taxpayer with regard to the election. An affidavit must describe the
engagement and responsibilities of the individual as well as the advice
that the individual provided to the taxpayer. Each affidavit must
include the name, current address, and taxpayer identification number of
the individual, and be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by the
individual, which states: "Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I
have examined this request, including accompanying documents, and, to
the best of my knowledge and belief, the request contains all the
relevant facts relating to the request, and such facts are true,
correct, and complete."
301.9100-3(e)(4) Other information.
The request for relief filed under this section must also contain the
following information -
301.9100-3(e)(4)(i) The taxpayer must state whether the taxpayer's
return(s) for the taxable year in which the regulatory election should
have been made or any taxable years that would have been affected by the
election had it been timely made is being examined by a district
director, or is being considered by an appeals office or a federal
court. The taxpayer must notify the IRS office considering the request
for relief if the IRS starts an examination of any such return while the
taxpayer's request for relief is pending;
301.9100-3(e)(4)(ii) The taxpayer must state when the applicable return,
form, or statement used to make the election was required to be filed
and when it was actually filed;
301.9100-3(e)(4)(iii) The taxpayer must submit a copy of any documents
that refer to the election;
301.9100-3(e)(4)(iv) When requested, the taxpayer must submit a copy of
the taxpayer's return for any taxable year for which the taxpayer
requests an extension of time to make the election and any return
affected by the election; and
301.9100-3(e)(4)(v) When applicable, the taxpayer must submit a copy of
the returns of other taxpayers affected by the election.
301.9100-3(e)(5) Filing instructions.
A request for relief under this section is a request for a letter
ruling. Requests for relief should be submitted in accordance with the
applicable procedures for requests for a letter ruling and must be
accompanied by the applicable user fee.
301.9100-3(f) Examples.
The following examples illustrate the provisions of this section:
Example 1. Taxpayer discovers own error.
Taxpayer A prepares A's 1997 income tax return. A is unaware that a
particular regulatory election is available to report a transaction in a
particular manner. A files the 1997 return without making the election
and reporting the transaction in a different manner. In 1999, A hires a
qualified tax professional to prepare A's 1999 return. The professional
discovers that A did not make the election. A promptly files for relief
in accordance with this section. Assume paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through
(iii) of this section do not apply. Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section, A is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith because
A requested relief before the failure to make the regulatory election
was discovered by the IRS.
Example 2. Reliance on qualified tax professional.
Taxpayer B hires a qualified tax professional to advise B on preparing
B's 1997 income tax return. The professional was competent to render
advice on the election and B provided the professional with all the
relevant facts. The professional fails to advise B that a regulatory
election is necessary in order for B to report income on B's 1997 return
in a particular manner. Nevertheless, B reports this income in a manner
that is consistent with having made the election. In 2000, during the
examination of the 1997 return by the IRS, the examining agent discovers
that the election has not been filed. B promptly files for relief in
accordance with this section, including attaching an affidavit from B's
professional stating that the professional failed to advise B that the
election was necessary. Assume paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of
this section do not apply. Under paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, B
is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith because B
reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional and the tax
professional failed to advise B to make the election.
Example 3. Accuracy-related penalty.
Taxpayer C reports income on its 1997 income tax return in a manner that
is contrary to a regulatory provision. In 2000, during the examination
of the 1997 return, the IRS raises an issue regarding the reporting of
this income on C's return and asserts the accuracy-related penalty under
section 6662. C requests relief under this section to elect an
alternative method of reporting the income. Under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section, C is deemed to have not acted reasonably and in good faith
because C seeks to alter a return position for which an accuracy-related
penalty could be imposed under section 6662.
Example 4. Election not requiring adjustment under section 481(a).
Taxpayer D prepares D's 1997 income tax return. D is unaware that a
particular accounting method regulatory election is available. D files
D's 1997 return without making the election and uses another permissible
method of accounting. The applicable regulation provides that the
election is made on a cut-off basis (without an adjustment under section
481(a)). In 1998, D requests relief under this section to make the
election under the regulation. If D were granted an extension of time to
make the election, D would pay no less tax than if the election had been
timely made. Assume that paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (iii), and (iv) of this
section do not apply. Under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the
interests of the Government are not deemed to be prejudiced because the
election does not require an adjustment under section 481(a).
Example 5. Election requiring adjustment under section 481(a).
The facts are the same as in Example 4 of this paragraph (f) except that
the applicable regulation provides that the election requires an
adjustment under section 481(a). Under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this
section, the interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced
except in unusual or compelling circumstances.
Example 6. Under examination by the IRS.
A regulation permits an automatic change in method of accounting for an
item on a cut-off basis. Taxpayer E reports income on E's 1997 income
tax return using an impermissible method of accounting for the item. In
2000, during the examination of the 1997 return by the IRS, the
examining agent notifies E in writing that its method of accounting for
the item is an issue under consideration. Any change from the
impermissible method made as part of an examination is made with an
adjustment under section 481(a). E requests relief under this section to
make the change pursuant to the regulation for 1997. The change on a
cut-off basis under the regulation would be more favorable than if the
change were made with an adjustment under section 481(a) as part of an
examination. Under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, the interests
of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual and
compelling circumstances because E seeks to change from an impermissible
method of accounting that is an issue under consideration in the
examination on a basis that is more favorable than if the change were
made as part of an examination.
[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68167-68173, Dec. 31, 1997.]
Deadline for filing Amended Tax Return:
Chief Counsel Advice Memorandum
201052003,
12/30/2010
An amended tax return is considered timely filed if it is postmarked by
the due date (the timely mailed/timely filed rule) if the amended tax return
includes a claim for a refund - because, as the CCA
memorandum explains, taxpayers are required under the
Internal Revenue laws to file a claim in such cases.
The due date for filing an amended tax return is generally three years after the original due date of a
timely filed tax return or, when applicable, three years after the extended due date.
But an amended tax return is considered timely filed only if
actually received by the IRS by
the due date if the amended tax return
that show additional tax due because, as the CCA
memorandum explains, taxpayers are not required under the
Internal Revenue laws to file in these cases.
Deadline for retroactively changing Form 1040 credit elect:
Administratively, a taxpayer may contact
the IRS and request his overpayment "credit elect" to be reversed, if
such request is made by March 1st of the following year.
Example: taxpayer filed 2009 Form 1040 on
October 15, 2010 showing an overpayment and electing to have some or all
of it applied to 2010 estimated tax (applied retroactively to the later
of April 15, 2010 or to the date the money was received by the IRS).
Later on the taxpayer desires that the credit elect not go into 2010 as
estimated tax, and wishes to have the amount of the credit elect
returned to 2009. In such a case, the request needs to be made by
March 1, 2011.
(per Practitioner's Hot Line on 9/29/2011)
IRS Reg. §1.6081-1 & IRM 3.11.212.1 Extension of time for filing returns (automatic and by letter request
for > 6 months):
Contrary to popular belief, business taxpayers may
write a letter to apply for and be granted an extension of time to file
for longer than five or six months.
§1.6081-1 Extension of time for filing returns. (4-1-2012)
(12-7-2004)
(a) In general. The Commissioner is authorized
to grant a reasonable extension of time for filing any return,
declaration, statement, or other document which relates to any tax
imposed by subtitle A of the Code and which is required under the
provisions of subtitle A or F of the Code or the regulations thereunder.
However, other than in the case of taxpayers who are abroad, such
extensions of time shall not be granted for more than 6 months, and the
extension of time for filing the return of a DISC (as defined in section
992(a)), as specified in section 6072(b), shall not be granted. Except
in the case of an extension of time pursuant to §1.6081-5, an extension
of time for filing an income tax return shall not operate to extend the
time for the payment of the tax unless specified to the contrary in the
extension. For rules relating to extensions of time for paying tax, see
§1.6161-1.
(b) Application for extension of time-(1) In general.
A taxpayer desiring an extension of the time for filing a return,
statement, or other document shall submit an application therefor on or
before the due date of such return, statement, or other document. Except
as provided in subparagraph (3) of this paragraph and, except as
provided in paragraph (b) of §301.6091-1 (relating to hand-carried
documents), such application shall be made to the internal revenue
officer with whom such return, statement, or other document is required
to be filed. Such application shall be in writing, properly signed by
the taxpayer or his duly authorized agent, and shall clearly set forth (i)
the particular tax return, information return, statement, or other
document, including the taxable year or period thereof, with respect to
which the extension of the time for filing is desired, and (ii) a full
recital of the reasons for requesting the extension to aid such internal
revenue officer in determining the period of extension, if any, which
will be granted. In the case of a cemetery perpetual care fund trust, a
distributee cemetery's failure to make timely expenditures of
distributions which prevents accurate determination of the allowable
deduction under section 642(i) will be considered reasonable grounds for
a 6-month extension of time for filing the trust's return. See §1.642(i)-1(c)(2).
§1.6081-1 Extension of time for filing returns.
(4-1-2003)
(2-23-1989)
(a) In general. District directors and
directors of service are authorized
to grant a reasonable extension of time for filing any return,
declaration, statement, or other document which relates to any tax
imposed by subtitle A of the code by and
which is required under the provisions of subtitle A or F of the code or
the regulations thereunder. However, other than in the case of taxpayers
who are abroad, such extensions of time shall not be granted for more
than 6 months, and the extension of time for filing the return of a DISC
(as defined in section 992(a)), as specified in section 6072(b), shall
not be granted. Except in the case of an extension of time pursuant to
§1.6081-2, an extension of time for filing an income tax return shall
not operate to extend the time for the payment of the tax or any
installment thereof unless specified to the contrary in the
extension. In the case of an extension of time pursuant to
§1.6081-2, an extension of time for filing an income-tax return shall
operate to extend the time for the payment of the tax or any installment
therefo unless specified to the contrary in the extension. For rules relating to extensions of time for paying tax, see
§1.6161-1.
IRM 3.11.212.1 (01-01-2013) - Automatic Applications for Extension of Time
to File
-
The Individual Master File (IMF)
extension request forms are as follows:
-
Form 4868,
Application for
Automatic Extension of
Time to File U.S.
Individual Income Tax
Return
-
Form 2350,
Application for
Extension of Time to
File U.S. Income Tax
Return (Austin
Submission Processing
Center (AUSPC) only)
-
The Business Master File (BMF)
extension request forms covered by this IRM are:
-
Form 7004,
Application for
Automatic Extension of
Time To File Certain
Business Income Tax,
Information, and Other
Returns
IRM 3.11.212.1.3 (01-01-2010) - Letter Requests
-
A taxpayer wanting an extension of
time for filing a return may submit a letter to the
submission processing center where the return is to be
filed.
-
If the letter contains a request for
gift tax only (Form 709), transship to CSPC.
-
If the letter request is for a Non
Master File (NMF) form, forward to CSPC NMF Accounting.
See IRM 3.11.212.1.4(5) for the list of NMF forms.
IRM 3.11.212.1.5 (01-01-2012) - 6 Month Extension Limit
-
Under normal
circumstances, an extension of time to file can legally
be granted for no longer than a total of 6 months from
the due date of the return. Internal Revenue Code (IRC)
Section 6081(a) and Treas. Reg. section 1.6081-1 (a)
state that an extension of time to file generally "shall
not be granted for more than 6 months" from the due date
of the return required to be filed.
Exception:
The maximum extension time for Form 1041
(except Form 1041 for bankruptcy
estates), Form 1065 and Form 8804
is 5
months from the due date of the return.
In some
cases, however, individual taxpayers who are abroad may
receive more than 6 months. Only AUSPC may grant
extensions beyond 6 months for individual taxpayers. See
IRM
3.11.212.4.6.2
OSPC (Ogden Submission Processing Center)
may
grant an extension longer than 6 months for business
taxpayers. These requests must be processed
through IDRS (Integrated Data Retrieval System) using Command Code (CC) REQ77. "98" must be
entered in the ULC field on line 9 of the FRM77 screen.
For input instructions, see
IRM 2.4.19, Command Codes REQ77, FRM77 and FRM7A.
IRM 3.11.212.4.8 (01-01-2010) - Extension Request Listings - AUSPC
Only
-
Tax preparation firms may submit a
list of taxpayers with a cover letter instead of filing
separate Forms 4868 to request an automatic 6 month
extension of time to file. /p>
-
The listing must include the
taxpayer's name and valid SSN or ITIN.
Office of Chief Counsel memorandum January 2, 2003, Notification
Requirements for Extensions of Time to File (PDF)
Deadline for electing / revoking §179 on an
Amended Tax Return:
Office of Chief Counsel No. INFO 2009-0056
26 CFR 1.179-1 - Election to expense certain depreciable assets.
26 CFR 1.179-2 - Limitations on amount subject to section 179 election.
26 CFR 1.179-3 - Carryover of disallowed deduction.
26 CFR 1.179-4 - Definitions.
26 CFR 1.179-5 - Time and manner of making election.
26 CFR 1.179-6 - Effective dates.
Revenue Ruling 2010-25 - §163
Homeowner's qualified residence interest on indebtedness up to $1,100,000:
Interest
Limitations on qualified residence interest.
This ruling holds that indebtedness in excess of $1 million that a taxpayer incurs to acquire, construct, or substantially improve a qualified residence may constitute home equity indebtedness within the meaning of section 163(h)(3)(C) of the Code.
Rev. Rul. 2010-25
ISSUE
Whether indebtedness that is incurred by a taxpayer to acquire, construct, or substantially improve a qualified residence can constitute "home equity indebtedness" (within the meaning of §163(h)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent it exceeds $1 million.
FACTS
In 2009, an unmarried individual (Taxpayer) purchased a principal residence for its fair market value of $1,500,000. Taxpayer paid $300,000 and financed the remainder by borrowing $1,200,000 through a loan that is secured by the residence. In 2009, Taxpayer paid interest that accrued on the indebtedness during that year. Taxpayer has no other debt secured by the residence.
LAW
Section 163(a) allows as a deduction all interest paid or accrued within the taxable year on indebtedness. However, for individuals §163(h)(1) disallows a deduction for personal interest. Under §163(h)(2)(D), qualified residence interest is not personal interest. Section 163(h)(3)(A) defines qualified residence interest as interest paid or accrued during the taxable year on acquisition indebtedness or home equity indebtedness secured by any qualified residence of the taxpayer. Under §163(h)(4)(A), "qualified residence" means a taxpayer's principal residence, within the meaning of §121, and one other residence selected and used by the taxpayer as a residence.
Section 163(h)(3)(B)(i) provides that acquisition indebtedness is any indebtedness that is incurred in acquiring, constructing, or substantially improving a qualified residence and is secured by the residence. However, §163(h)(3)(B)(ii) limits the amount of indebtedness treated as acquisition indebtedness to $1,000,000 ($500,000 for a married individual filing separately). Accordingly, any indebtedness described in §163(h)(3)(B)(i) in excess of $1,000,000 is, by definition, not acquisition indebtedness for purposes of §163(h)(3).
Section 163(h)(3)(C)(i) provides that home equity indebtedness is any indebtedness secured by a qualified residence other than acquisition indebtedness, to the extent the fair market value of the qualified residence exceeds the amount of acquisition indebtedness on the residence. However, §163(h)(3)(C)(ii) limits the amount of indebtedness treated as home equity indebtedness to $100,000 ($50,000 for a married individual filing separately). Accordingly, any indebtedness described in §163(h)(3)(C)(i) in excess of $100,000 is, by definition, not home equity indebtedness for purposes of §163(h)(3).
In Pau v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1997-43, the Tax Court limited the taxpayers' deduction for qualified residence interest to the interest paid on $1 million of the $1.33 million indebtedness incurred to purchase their residence. The court stated that §163(h) restricts home mortgage interest deductions to interest paid on $1 million of acquisition indebtedness and $100,000 of home equity indebtedness. Citing §163(h)(3)(B), the court stated that acquisition indebtedness is defined as indebtedness that is incurred in acquiring, constructing, or substantially improving any qualified residence of the taxpayer, and is secured by the residence. Citing §163(h)(3)(C), the court further stated that home equity indebtedness is defined as any indebtedness (other than acquisition indebtedness) secured by a qualified residence. The court concluded that the taxpayers failed to demonstrate that any of their debt was not incurred in acquiring, constructing, or substantially improving their residence and thus was not acquisition indebtedness. However, the court did not address the effect of the $1 million limitation in §163(h)(3)(B)(ii) on the definition of acquisition indebtedness for purposes of §163(h)(3). The Tax Court followed
Pau in Catalano v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2000-82.
ANALYSIS
Taxpayer may deduct, as interest on acquisition indebtedness under §163(h)(3)(B), interest paid in 2009 on $1,000,000 of the $1,200,000 indebtedness used to acquire the principal residence. The $1,200,000 indebtedness was incurred in acquiring a qualified residence of Taxpayer and was secured by the residence. Thus, indebtedness of $1,000,000 is treated as acquisition indebtedness under §163(h)(3)(B).
Taxpayer also may deduct, as interest on home equity indebtedness under §163(h)(3)(C), interest paid in 2009 on $100,000 of the remaining indebtedness of $200,000. The $200,000 is secured by the qualified residence, is not acquisition indebtedness under §163(h)(3)(B), and does not exceed the fair market value of the residence reduced by the acquisition indebtedness secured by the residence. Thus, $100,000 of the $200,000 is treated as home equity indebtedness under §163(h)(3)(C).
Under §163(h)(3)(A), the interest on both acquisition indebtedness and home equity indebtedness is qualified residence interest. Therefore, for 2009
Taxpayer may deduct interest paid on indebtedness of $1,100,000 as qualified residence interest. Any interest Taxpayer paid on the remaining indebtedness of $100,000 is nondeductible personal interest under §163(h).
The Internal Revenue Service will not follow the decisions in Pau v. Commissioner and
Catalano v. Commissioner. The holding in Pau was based on the incorrect assertion that taxpayers must demonstrate that debt treated as home equity indebtedness "was not incurred in acquiring, constructing or substantially improving their residence." The definition of home equity indebtedness in §163(h)(3)(C) contains no such restrictions, and accordingly the Service will determine home equity indebtedness consistent with the provisions of this revenue ruling, notwithstanding the decisions in
Pau and Catalano.
HOLDING
Indebtedness incurred by a taxpayer to acquire, construct, or
substantially improve a qualified residence can constitute home equity
indebtedness to the extent it exceeds $1 million (subject to the
applicable dollar and fair market value limitations imposed on home
equity indebtedness by §163(h)(3)(C)).
IRS Reg. §1.163-1(b) Interest
Expense deduction when property or mortgage is not in the name of the
taxpayer:
As the "Equitable Owner" of the property the taxpayer can take the
mortgage interest deduction. See Reg Sec 1.163-1(b) and Uslu V
Commissioner, T.C. Memo 1997-551 (also referred to as
Usher V
Commissioner, T.C. Memo 1997-551)
Interest paid by the taxpayer on a mortgage secured by real estate of
which the taxpayer is the legal or equitable owner, even though the
taxpayer is not directly liable upon the bond or note secured by such
mortgage, may be deducted as interest on his indebtedness. Usher v.
Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1997-551 where the court held that the
"equitable owner", not the person liable to the bank, was entitled to
the deduction. Also see
T.C. Summary Opinion 2007-16
While it is necessary that the taxpayer pay the interest to deduct it,
it is NOT necessary that he be liable on the note. See Reg. 1.163-1(b).
It is also not necessary that the taxpayer be the legal owner of the
property, as long as he is the equitable owner. It is, of course,
necessary that the debt meet the requirements of IRC 163(h)(3) (and Reg.
1.163-10T) with respect to the taxpayer.
Where two or more persons are jointly and severally liable for a debt,
each is primarily liable on the debt and each is entitled to deduct the
interest that he pays (if the other requirements for a deduction have
been satisfied). Arrigoni v. Commissioner, 73 T.C. 792 (1980), acq.,
1980-2 C.B. 1. For example, the IRS ruled that a father was allowed to
deduct the interest he paid on a note for a student loan that he
co-signed with his son. Rev. Rul. 71-179, 1971-1 C.B. 58. The Tax Court
held that a father was allowed to deduct mortgage interest he paid on
property held in common with his daughter, even though he had recently
temporarily conveyed legal title to his daughter to avoid creditor's
claims. Conroy v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1958-6.
Interest Expense deduction
paid for Debt-Financed Acquisition of a trade or business pass-thru
entity:
IRS Notice 88-37,
1988-1 C.B. 522
Individuals should report interest expense paid or incurred in
connection with debt-financed acquisitions on either Schedule E or
Schedule A of Form 1040.
2. Interest expense allocated to trade or business expenditures
Interest expense allocated to a trade or business expenditure (within
the meaning of Section 1.163-8T(b)(7)) of a passthrough entity
should be reported in Part II of Schedule
E. This interest expense should be
identified on a separate line in
column (a) as "business interest," followed by the name of the
passthrough entity to which the
interest expense relates, and the amount of such interest expense should
be entered in column (h). This interest expense is
deductible without limitation
and should not be entered on Form 8582,
relating to passive activity loss limitations, or Form 4952, relating to
investment interest.
IRS Notice 89-35, 1989-1 C.B. 675
Individuals should report allowable interest expense paid or incurred in
connection with debt-financed acquisitions on either Schedule E or
Schedule A of Form 1040.
Taxpayers other than individuals should report interest expense on debt-
financed acquisitions on the line for interest expense on their returns,
in accordance with section IV.B. of Notice 88-37
IRS Notice 88-20, 1988-9 I.R.B. 5
Debt proceeds and associated interest
expense for debt proceeds allocated to the purchase of an interest in a
passthrough entity may be allocated using any reasonable method,
including pro rata allocations based on fair market value, book value,
or adjusted basis of the assets of the passthrough entity.
Also modified the 15-day rule for debt
proceeds deposited in an account before January 1, 1988, by granting 30
days for tracing the expenditures for purposes of the interest
allocation rules of regulation section 1.163-8T(c).
Passive Activity Loss ATG - Exhibit 7.1: Investment Income And
Investment Interest Expense
2011-21006 May 38, 2011 PLR-138911-10
... And Other Expenses:
Partnership tax law has historically been an amalgamation of aggregate
theory and/or entity theory. The recipient may well argue that there is a
reasonable basis under the aggregate theory that he was carrying on a
trade or business in the form of his partnership interest and therefore
sufficient nexus exists to treat the legal fess in connection with the
recovery as above the line. There are several cases that stand for this
proposition.
Legal fees incurred in a trade or business are allowed under Sec.
62(a)(1). The aggregate argument is that if each of the partners were
engaged in a contractual relationship to share profits, then the legal
fee expenses incurred in a lawsuit over those profits would clearly be
deductible (on both sides).
The IRS counter is that the entity theory applies and the partners LLC
interests are "investment property" and they are not otherwise engaged
in the partnership's trade or business. There may be a reasonable basis
for the aggregate theory providing sufficient law (based on the facts of
the case) to deduct the payments above-the-line (or net them).
Consequently, with disclosure no penalty under either 6662 or 6694 will
be imposed on the taxpayer or the preparer.
The limitations discussed in Sec. 62(a)(20) applies to discrimination
suits.
Reasonable basis with disclosure satisfies the
threshold tests to avoid penalties under both 6662 and 6694 and
reasonable basis in any factual situation may as low as a 15% chance of
succeeding on the merits in either an administrative or judicial
proceeding. One doesn't need a lot of case law to get there.
If one doesn't approach partnership issues from the aggregate
theory vs. entity theory,
it's difficult to solve these types of issues.
Election to treat debt as
not secured by a qualified residence §163 (instead, treat as
business interest):
A taxpayer can elect to treat any debt secured by a qualified
residence as not secured by a qualified residence. The election is
effective for the tax year when made and for all subsequent tax
years.
Apparently, Congress intended that such interest would not be
characterized as business interest without the election being made.
The Conference Report accompanying TRA ‘86 noted, for example, that
interest on a refinancing
secured by the taxpayer's residence "is treated as qualified
residence interest, regardless of the purpose for which the borrowed
funds are used by the taxpayer."
[H.R. Rep. No. 841, 99th Cong., 2d Sess. II-155 (1986)]
Temporary Regulation 1.163-8T(m)(3) provides: "... qualified residence
interest (as defined in IRC Sec 163(h)(3) is not taken into account in
determining the income or loss ... for purposes of (passive activities)
... or in determining the amount of investment interest ...".
This election may be advantageous when, for example, interest on the
debt is otherwise deductible as investment interest. The election
then preserves the taxpayer's ability to incur other debt that is
secured by the qualified residence. (see IRS Letter Ruling 9335043,
June 8, 1993).
Temporary Reg. §1.163-10T(o)(5) Election to treat debt as not secured
by a qualified residence
(i) In general. --For purposes of this section, a taxpayer may elect
to treat any debt that is secured by a qualified residence as not
secured by the qualified residence. An election made under this
paragraph shall be effective for the taxable year for which the
election is made and for all subsequent taxable years unless revoked
with the consent of the Commissioner.
(ii) Example. --T owns a principal residence with a fair market value
of $75,000 and an adjusted purchase price of $40,000. In 1988, debt
A, the proceeds of which were used to purchase the residence, has an
average balance of $15,000. The proceeds of debt B, which is secured
by a second mortgage on the property, are allocable to T's trade or
business under §1.163-8T and has an average balance of $25,000. In
1988, T incurs debt C, which is also secured by T's principal
residence and which has an average balance in 1988 of $5,000. In the
absence of an election to treat debt B as unsecured, the applicable
debt limit for debt C in 1988 under paragraph (e) of this section
would be zero dollars ($40,000 - $15,000 - $25,000) and none of the
interest paid on debt C would be qualified residence interest. If,
however, T makes or has previously made an election pursuant to
paragraph (o)(5)(i) of this section to treat debt B as not secured
by the residence, the applicable debt limit for debt C would be
$25,000 ($40,000 - $15,000), and all of the interest paid on debt C
during the taxable year would be qualified residence interest. Since
the proceeds of debt B are allocable to T's trade or business under
§1.163-8T, interest on debt B may be deductible under other sections
of the Internal Revenue Code.
How to elect
By deducting the interest on the appropriate lines of the tax return.
Attaching a statement to the tax return is recommended, although not
required. Such as: "Taxpayer hereby elects for this tax year
and all subsequent years to treat the following debt as not secured
by a qualified residence $XXX,XXX borrowed from ABC Bank &
Trust Co."
The election under section 1.163-10T(o)(5) applies
only to the whole amount of a debt and not to part. When
the election is made under
section 1.163-10T(o)(5), the entire debt is treated as
not secured by the residence;
when the election is not made, only the portion of the
debt that exceeds the limitation is
traced according to the use of the debt proceeds. The election must apply to the entire
indebtedness, and the election is made by reporting the
interest on the return as
business interest or other deductible interest rather than qualified
residence interest.
Memorandum No. 201201017 1/6/2012
Credit card electronic
payment convenience fees and Interest incurred to pay federal
income tax liability:
Interest expense is generally not deductible. The typical 2.5%
Credit card and Debit card convenience fee was also deemed not
deductible under the same concept, pursuant to
SCA 200115032
February 12, 2001 because
such convenience fees do not relate to the
determination of tax liability under §212(3) in the same
manner as CPA fees are.
update: Office of Chief
Counsel memorandum
PMTA 2009-002 January 5, 2009 has reversed this position, and ruled
that electronic payment fees are properly deductible as expenses paid in
connection with the collection of tax under
§212(3).
Sec. 212. Expenses for production of income
In the
case of an individual, there shall be allowed as a
deduction all the ordinary and necessary expenses paid or
incurred
during the taxable year -
(1) for the production or collection
of income;
(2) for the management, conservation,
or maintenance of
property held for the production of income; or
(3) in connection with the
determination, collection, or refund
of any tax.
Election to Capitalize Carrying Costs (property taxes) §266:
§1.266-1. Taxes and carrying charges chargeable to capital account and
treated as capital items
§1.266-1(a)(1) In general. --In accordance with section 266,
items enumerated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be
capitalized at the election of the taxpayer. Thus, taxes and
carrying charges with respect to property of the type described in
this section are chargeable to capital account at the election of
the taxpayer, notwithstanding that they are otherwise expressly
deductible under provisions of subtitle A of the Code. No deduction
is allowable for any items so treated.
§1.266-1(a)(2) See §§1.263A-8 through 1.263A-15 for rules
regarding the requirement to capitalize interest, that apply prior
to the application of this section. After applying §§1.263A-8
through 1.263A-15, a taxpayer may elect to capitalize interest under
section 266 with respect to designated property within the meaning
of §1.263A-8(b), provided a computation under any provision of the
Internal Revenue Code is not thereby materially distorted, including
computations relating to the source of deductions.
§1.266-1(b) Taxes and carrying charges
§1.266-1(b)(1) The taxpayer may elect, as provided in paragraph
(c) of this section, to treat the items enumerated in this
subparagraph which are otherwise expressly deductible under the
provisions of subtitle A of the Code as chargeable to capital
account either as a component of original cost or other basis, for
the purposes of section 1012, or as an adjustment to basis, for the
purpose of section 1016(a)(1). The items thus chargeable to capital
account are --
§1.266-1(b)(i) In the case
of unimproved and unproductive real property:
Annual taxes, interest on a
mortgage, and other carrying charges. /font>
§1.266-1(b)(ii) In the case
of real property, whether improved or unimproved and whether
productive or unproductive:
(a) Interest on a loan (but
not theoretical interest of a taxpayer using his own funds),
(b) Taxes of the owner of
such real property measured by compensation paid to his employees,
(c) Taxes of such owner
imposed on the purchase of materials, or on the storage, use, or
other consumption of materials, and
(d) Other necessary
expenditures,
paid or incurred for the
development of the real property or for the construction of an
improvement or additional improvement to such real property, up to
the time the development or construction work has been completed.
The development or construction work with respect to which such
items are incurred may relate to unimproved and unproductive real
estate whether the construction work will make the property
productive of income subject to tax (as in the case of a factory) or
not (as in the case of a personal residence), or may relate to
property already improved or productive (as in the case of a plant
addition or improvement, such as the construction of another floor
on a factory or the installation of insulation therein).
§1.266-1(b)(iii) In the case
of personal property:
(a) Taxes of an employer
measured by compensation for services rendered in transporting
machinery or other fixed assets to the plant or installing them
therein,
(b) Interest on a loan to
purchase such property or to pay for transporting or installing the
same, and
(c) Taxes of the owner
thereof imposed on the purchase of such property or on the storage,
use, or other consumption of such property, paid or incurred up to
the date of installation or the date when such property is first put
into use by the taxpayer, whichever date is later.
§1.266-1(b)(iv) Any other
taxes and carrying charges with respect to property, otherwise
deductible, which in the opinion of the Commissioner are, under
sound accounting principles, chargeable to capital account.
§1.266-1(2) The sole effect of section 266 is to permit the
items enumerated in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph to be
chargeable to capital account notwithstanding that such items are
otherwise expressly deductible under the provisions of subtitle A of
the Code. An item not otherwise deductible may not be capitalized
under section 266.
(3) In the absence of a
provision in this section for treating a given item as a capital
item, this section has no effect on the treatment otherwise accorded
such item. Thus, items which are otherwise deductible are deductible
notwithstanding the provisions of this section, and items which are
otherwise treated as capital items are to be so treated. Similarly,
an item not otherwise deductible is not made deductible by this
section. Nor is the absence of a provision in this section for
treating a given item as a capital item to be construed as
withdrawing or modifying the right now given to the taxpayer under
any other provisions of subtitle A of the Code, or of the
regulations thereunder, to elect to capitalize or to deduct a given
item.
§1.266-1(c) Election to
charge taxes and carrying charges to capital account
§1.266-1(c)(1) If for any taxable year there are two or more
items of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
which relate to the same project to which the election is
applicable, the taxpayer may elect to capitalize any one or more of
such items even though he does not elect to capitalize the remaining
items or to capitalize items of the same type relating to other
projects. However, if expenditures for several items of the same
type are incurred with respect to a single project, the election to
capitalize must, if exercised, be exercised as to all items of that
type. For purposes of this section, a "project" means, in the case
of items described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, a
particular development of, or construction of an improvement to,
real property, and in the case of items described in paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) of this section, the transportation and installation of
machinery or other fixed assets.
§1.266-1(c)(2)(i) An election with respect to an item described
in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is effective only for the
year for which it is made.
§1.266-1(c)(2)(ii) An election with respect to an item
described in --
(a) Paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
this section is effective until the development or construction work
described in that subdivision has been completed;
(b) Paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of
this section is effective until the later of either the date of
installation of the property described in that subdivision, or the
date when such property is first put into use by the taxpayer;
(c) Paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of
this section is effective as determined by the Commissioner.
Thus, an item chargeable to
capital account under this section must continue to be capitalized
for the entire period described in this subdivision applicable to
such election although such period may consist of more than one
taxable year.
§1.266-1(c)(3) If the taxpayer elects to capitalize an item or
items under this section, such election shall be exercised by filing
with the original return for the year for which the election is made
a statement indicating the item or items (whether with respect to
the same project or to different projects) which the taxpayer elects
to treat as chargeable to capital account. Elections filed for
taxable years beginning before January 1, 1954, and for taxable
years ending before August 17, 1954, under section 24(a)(7) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1939, and the regulations thereunder, shall
have the same effect as if they were filed under this section. See
section 7807(b)(2).
Deadline as late as three years
under §301.9100-1(c)
PLR 200629024 allowed retroactive election to capitalize
property taxes not otherwise deductible due to the AMT.
Extension of time to elect granted under §§301.9100-1 and
301.9100-3.
Election to Ratably Accrue Real Estate Property Taxes §461(c):
An accrual basis taxpayer may elect to ratably accrue real estate
property taxes over the period to which they relate rather than per
the general rule of §461(h)
For example, if the property tax
year is October 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012 and billed to
taxpayers on June 30, 2013, a calendar year taxpayer accrues and
deducts on its 2011tax return 75% of the amount of property tax for tax
year ending September 2011 and 25% of the amount of property tax for tax
year ending September 2012 - even though the tax bills for those
two tax years have not even been issued yet.
This election overrides the general rule and allows real property taxes
to be accrued ratably over the period to which they relate.
"Pursuant to IRC Sec 461(c), the taxpayer herby elects to ratably accrue
real estate property taxes."
461(c) Accrual Of Real
Property Taxes
461(c)(1) In General
If the taxable income is computed under an accrual method of accounting,
then, at the election of the taxpayer, any real property tax which is
related to a definite period of time shall be accrued ratably over that
period.
461(c)(2) When Election May Be Made
461(c)(2)(A) Without Consent
A taxpayer may, without the consent of the Secretary, make an election
under this subsection for his first taxable year in which he incurs real
property taxes. Such an election shall be made not later than the time
prescribed by law for filing the return for such year (including
extensions thereof).
461(c)(2)(B) With Consent
A taxpayer may, with the consent of the Secretary, make an election
under this subsection at any time.
461(h) Certain Liabilities Not
Incurred Before Economic Performance
461(h)(1) In General
For purposes of this title, in determining whether an amount has been
incurred with respect to any item during any taxable year, the all
events test shall not be treated as met any earlier than when economic
performance with respect to such item occurs.
461(h)(2) Time When Economic Performance Occurs
Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the
time when economic performance occurs shall be determined under the
following principles:
461(h)(2)(A) Services And Property Provided To The Taxpayer
If the liability of the taxpayer arises out of--
461(h)(2)(A)(i) the providing of services to the taxpayer by another
person, economic performance occurs as such person provides such
services,
461(h)(2)(A)(ii) the providing of property to the taxpayer by another
person, economic performance occurs as the person provides such
property, or
461(h)(2)(A)(iii) the use of property by the taxpayer, economic
performance occurs as the taxpayer uses such property.
461(h)(2)(B) Services And Property Provided By The Taxpayer
If the liability of the taxpayer requires the taxpayer to provide
property or services, economic performance occurs as the taxpayer
provides such property or services.
461(h)(2)(C) Workers Compensation And Tort Liabilities Of The Taxpayer
If the liability of the taxpayer requires a payment to another person
and--
461(h)(2)(C)(i) arises under any workers compensation act, or
461(h)(2)(C)(ii) arises out of any tort, economic performance occurs as
the payments to such person are made. Subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall
not apply to any liability described in the preceding sentence.
461(h)(2)(D) Other Items
In the case of any other liability of the taxpayer, economic performance
occurs at the time determined under regulations prescribed by the
Secretary.
461(h)(3) Exception For Certain Recurring Items
461(h)(3)(A) In General
Notwithstanding paragraph (1) an item shall be treated as incurred
during any taxable year if--
461(h)(3)(A)(i) the all events test with respect to such item is met
during such taxable year (determined without regard to paragraph (1)),
461(h)(3)(A)(ii) economic performance with respect to such item occurs
within the shorter of--
461(h)(3)(A)(ii)(I) a reasonable period after the close of such taxable
year, or
461(h)(3)(A)(ii)(II) 8-1/2 months after the close of such taxable year,
461(h)(3)(A)(iii) such item is recurring in nature and the taxpayer
consistently treats items of such kind as incurred in the taxable year
in which the requirements of clause (i) are met, and
461(h)(3)(A)(iv) either--
461(h)(3)(A)(iv)(I) such item is not a material item, or
461(h)(3)(A)(iv)(II) the accrual of such item in the taxable year in
which the requirements of clause (i) are met results in a more proper
match against income than accruing such item in the taxable year in
which economic performance occurs.
461(h)(3)(B) Financial Statements Considered Under Subparagraph (A)(iv)
In making a determination under subparagraph (A)(iv), the treatment of
such item on financial statements shall be taken into account.
461(h)(3)(C) Paragraph Not To Apply To Workers Compensation And Tort
Liabilities
This paragraph shall not apply to any item described in subparagraph (C)
of paragraph (2).
461(h)(4) All Events Test
For purposes of this subsection, the all events test is met with
respect to any item if all events have occurred which determine the fact
of liability and the amount of such liability can be determined with
reasonable accuracy.
461(h)(5) Subsection Not To Apply To Certain Items
This subsection shall not apply to any item for which a deduction is
allowable under a provision of this title which specifically provides
for a deduction for a reserve for estimated expenses.
Extension for forgotten
rental election:
IRS Issues Private Letter Ruling extension time to make election to
treat multiple rental properties and a single entity
To avoid the passive-loss rules landlords must send over half their
working time and at least 750 hours a year being materially involved
with the property. Unless the election to treat multiple rental
properties as a single entity is made few taxpayers would meet the time
tests. (Kiplinger Tax Letter Vol. 82 #15 7/27/2007)
Trick to catch-up for forgotten depreciation after
the asset was sold (using Form 3115 to correct for an
impermissible method):
General comments:
Often, not taking depreciation is not an "error," but rather it is the
use of an impermissible accounting method, which means that it can only
be fixed currently pursuant to the timely filing requirement in the
method change rules. This often is a better result than treating it as
an error, which could mean losing the unclaimed depreciation from the
older, closed years.
The correction can be done even before the year of sale of the property.
The correction can be done for the year that it was uncovered. All the
forgotten prior-year depreciation is then deducted at once in that year.
Depreciation "Allowed or Allowable" overview:
http://www.hoven.com/articles/pdf/allowedorallowable.pdf
archive copy
IRS Publication 946
- How Do You Correct Depreciation
Deductions?
Terms you may need to know (see Glossary):
Basis
If you deducted an incorrect
amount of depreciation in any year, you may be able to make a correction
by filing an amended return for that year. See Filing an Amended Return,
next. If you are not allowed to make the correction on an amended
return, you may be able to change your accounting method to claim the
correct amount of depreciation. See Changing Your Accounting Method,
later.
Filing an Amended Return
You can file an amended return to
correct the amount of depreciation claimed for any property in any of
the following situations.
-
You claimed the incorrect amount
because of a mathematical error made in any year.
-
You claimed the incorrect amount
because of a posting error made in any year.
-
You have not adopted a method of
accounting for property placed in service by you in tax years ending
after December 29, 2003.
-
You claimed the incorrect amount on
property placed in service by you in tax years ending before
December 30, 2003.
Adoption of accounting method defined.
Generally, you adopt a method of
accounting for depreciation by using a permissible method of determining
depreciation when you file your first tax return, or by using the same
impermissible method of determining depreciation in two or more
consecutively filed tax returns. For an exception to this 2-year rule,
see Revenue Procedure 2002-9 on page 327 of Internal Revenue Bulletin
2002-3, available at
www.irs.gov/pub/irs-irbs/irb02-03.pdf as modified by Revenue
Procedure 2004-11 on page 311 of Internal Revenue Bulletin 2004-3,
available at
www.irs.gov/pub/irs-irbs/irb04-03.pdf.
When to file. If an amended return is allowed, you must file it by the
later of the following.
-
3 years from the date you filed your
original return for the year in which you did not deduct the correct
amount. A return filed before an unextended due date is considered
filed on that due date.
-
2 years from the time you paid your tax
for that year.
Changing Your Accounting Method
Generally, you must get IRS
approval to change your method of accounting. You generally must file
Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method, to request a
change in your method of accounting for depreciation.
The following are examples of a change in method of accounting for
depreciation.
-
A change in the treatment of an asset
from nondepreciable to depreciable or vice versa.
-
A change in the depreciation method,
period of recovery, or convention of a depreciable asset.
-
A change from not claiming to claiming
the special depreciation allowance if you did not make the election
to not claim any special allowance.
-
A change from claiming a 50% special
depreciation allowance to claiming a 30% special depreciation
allowance for qualified property (including property that is
included in a class of property for which you elected a 30% special
allowance instead of a 50%special allowance).
Changes in depreciation that are not a change in method of accounting
(and may only be made on an amended return) include the following.
-
An adjustment in the useful life of a
depreciable asset for which depreciation is determined under section
167.
-
A change in use of an asset in the
hands of the same taxpayer.
-
Making a late depreciation election or
revoking a timely valid depreciation election (including the
election not to deduct the special depreciation allowance). If you
elected not to claim any special allowance, a change from not
claiming to claiming the special allowance is a revocation of the
election and is not an accounting method change. Also, if the
property is qualified property, a change from not claiming to
claiming any special allowance is a late election and is not an
accounting method change.
-
Any change in the placed-in-service
date of a depreciable asset.
See section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) of the regulations for more
information and examples.
IRS approval.
In some instances, you may be able to get approval from the IRS to
change your method of accounting for depreciation under the automatic
change request procedures generally covered in Revenue Procedure 2002-9.
If you do not qualify to use the automatic procedures to get approval,
you must use the advance consent request procedures generally covered in
Revenue Procedure 97-27, 1997-1 C.B. 680. Also see the Instructions for
Form 3115 for more information on getting approval, including lists of
scope limitations and automatic accounting method changes.
Additional guidance.
For additional guidance and special procedures for changing your
accounting method, automatic change procedures, amending your return,
and filing Form 3115, see Revenue Procedure 2004-11, Revenue Procedure
2005-43 on page 107 of Internal Revenue Bulletin 2005-29, available at
www.irs.gov/pub/irs-irbs/irb05-29.pdf, and Revenue Procedure 2006-12 on
page 310 of Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006-3, available at
www.irs.gov/pub/irs-irbs/irb06-03.pdf
Section 481(a) adjustment.
If you file Form 3115 and change from an impermissible method to a
permissible method of accounting for depreciation, you can make a
section 481(a) adjustment for any unclaimed or excess amount of
allowable depreciation. The adjustment is the difference between the
total depreciation actually deducted for the property and the total
amount allowable prior to the year of change. If no depreciation was
deducted, the adjustment is the total depreciation allowable prior to
the year of change. A negative section 481(a) adjustment results in a
decrease in taxable income. It is taken into account in the year of
change and is reported on your business tax returns as "other expenses."
A positive section 481(a) adjustment results in an increase in taxable
income. It is generally taken into account over 4 tax years and is
reported on your business tax returns as "other income." However, you
can elect to use a one-year adjustment period and report the adjustment
in the year of change if the total adjustment is less than $25,000. Make
the election by completing the appropriate line on Form 3115.
If you file a Form 3115 and change from one permissible method to
another permissible method, the section 481(a) adjustment is zero.
Rev. Proc. 2004-11, 2004-3 I.R.B. 311
(1/20/2004)
Change in Method of Accounting For Depreciable or Amortizable Property
After Disposition by Taxpayer
Part III
Administrative, Procedural, and
Miscellaneous
26 CFR 601.204: Changes in
accounting periods and in methods of accounting. (Also Part I, Sections
446, 1016; 1.446-1T, 1.1016-3T.)
Rev. Proc. 2004-11
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This revenue procedure
provides an automatic consent procedure allowing a taxpayer to make a
change in method of accounting under section 446(e) of the Internal
Revenue Code for depreciable or amortizable property after its
disposition. This revenue procedure also waives the application of
the two-year rule set forth in Rev. Rul. 90-38, 1990-1 C.B. 57, for
certain changes in depreciation or amortization. Finally, this revenue
procedure modifies Rev. Proc. 2002-9, 2002-1 C.B. 327 (as modified by
Rev. Proc. 2002-54, 2002-2 C.B. 432, Rev. Proc. 2002-19, 2002-1 C.B.
696, Rev. Proc. 2002-33, 2002-1 C.B. 963, and as modified and clarified
by Announcement 2002-17, 2002-1 C.B. 561), and other revenue procedures
to conform with section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) of the temporary Income
Tax Regulations.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01 Section 446(e) and section
1.446-1T(e) provide that, except as otherwise provided, a taxpayer must
secure the consent of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue before
changing a method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Section
1.446-1T(e)(3)(ii) authorizes the Commissioner to prescribe
administrative procedures setting forth the limitations, terms, and
conditions deemed necessary to permit a taxpayer to obtain consent to
change a method of accounting.
.02 Concurrently with the
issuance of this revenue procedure, sections 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) and
1.1016-3T(h) have been promulgated. Section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)
provides the changes in depreciation or amortization (hereinafter, both
are referred to as "depreciation") that are (and are not) changes in
method of accounting under section 446(e). Section 1.1016-3T(h) provides
that the "allowed or allowable" rule under section 1016(a)(2) does not
permanently affect a taxpayer's lifetime income for purposes of
determining whether a change in depreciation or amortization is a change
in method of accounting under section 446(e).
.03 If a taxpayer uses an
impermissible method of determining depreciation for a depreciable or
amortizable property, the taxpayer adopts that method of accounting for
the property when the taxpayer treats the property in the same way in
determining gross income or deductions in two or more consecutively
filed federal tax returns. See Rev. Rul. 90-38. The Internal Revenue
Service and Treasury Department recognize that this two-year rule
increases administrative and compliance costs associated with changes in
depreciation because many taxpayers changing from an impermissible to
permissible method of accounting for depreciation used the impermissible
method for depreciable or amortizable properties placed in service in
two or more taxable years before the year of change as well as for
depreciable and amortizable properties placed in service in the taxable
year immediately preceding the year of change. Accordingly, in the
interest of sound tax administration, the Service and Treasury
Department have decided to waive the two-year rule in Rev. Rul.
90-38 for a change in depreciation to which section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) applies.
.04 If a depreciable or
amortizable property is transferred in a transaction in which the
transferee is treated as the transferor for purposes of computing the
depreciation allowance for the property with respect to so much of the
basis in the hands of the transferee as does not exceed the adjusted
depreciable basis in the hands of the transferor (for example, in
transactions subject to section 168(i)(7) or section 381(c)(6)), the
transferee may file a Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting
Method, to change from an impermissible method of accounting adopted by
the transferor for that portion of the basis of the property to a
permissible method of accounting for depreciation for the same portion
of the basis of the property, provided the impermissible method of
accounting for that portion of the basis of the property has not been
changed by the transferor (through filing, for example, a Form 3115 or
an amended return) or by the Internal Revenue Service upon examination
of the transferor's tax returns. In this case, the section 481
adjustment will include any necessary adjustments since the property's
placed-in-service date by the transferor.
SECTION 3. METHOD CHANGE
PROCEDURE FOR DISPOSED DEPRECIABLE OR AMORTIZABLE PROPERTY
.01 Scope.
(1) Applicability. Except as
provided in section 3.01(2) of this revenue procedure, section 3 of this
revenue procedure applies to a taxpayer that is changing from an
impermissible method of accounting for depreciation to a permissible
method of accounting for depreciation for any item of depreciable or
amortizable property subject to section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d):
(a) that has been disposed of
by the taxpayer during the year of change (as defined in section
3.02(2)(b) of this revenue procedure); and
(b) for which the taxpayer did
not take into account any depreciation allowance, or did take into
account some depreciation but less than the depreciation allowable
(hereinafter, both are referred to as "claimed less than the
depreciation allowable"), in the year of change (as defined in section
3.02(2)(b) of this revenue procedure) or any prior taxable year.
(2) Inapplicability. Section 3 of
this revenue procedure does not apply to:
(a) any property to which section
1016(a)(3) (regarding property held by a tax-exempt organization)
applies;
(b) any property for which a
taxpayer is revoking a timely valid depreciation election, or making a
late depreciation election, under the Code or regulations thereunder, or
under other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
(including under section 13261(g)(2) or (3) of the Revenue
Reconciliation Act of 1993, 1993-3 C.B. 1, 128 (relating to amortizable
section 197 intangibles));
(c) any property for which the
taxpayer deducted the cost or other basis of the property as an expense;
or
(d) any property disposed of by
the taxpayer in a transaction to which a nonrecognition section of the
Code applies (for example, section 1031, transactions subject to section
168(i)(7)(B)(i)). However, this section 3.01(2)(d) does not apply to
property disposed of by the taxpayer in a section 1031 or section 1033
transaction if the taxpayer elects to treat the entire basis (that is,
both the carryover and excess basis) of the acquired MACRS property as
property placed in service by the taxpayer at the time of replacement
and treat the adjusted depreciable basis of the exchanged or
involuntarily converted MACRS property as being disposed of by the
taxpayer at the time of disposition.
.02 Change in method of
accounting.
(1) In general. A taxpayer within
the scope of section 3 of this revenue procedure may change from an
impermissible method of accounting for depreciation to a permissible
method of accounting for depreciation for any item of depreciable or
amortizable property within the scope of section 3 of this revenue
procedure, provided:
(a) the taxpayer files the
original Form 3115 in accordance with section 3.02(2)(c) of this revenue
procedure, prior to the expiration of the period of limitation for
assessment under section 6501(a) for the taxable year in which the item
of depreciable or amortizable property was disposed of by the taxpayer;
and
(b) the taxpayer files an
amended federal tax return for the year of change (as defined in
section 3.02(2)(b) of this revenue procedure) that includes the
adjustments to taxable income and any collateral adjustments to taxable
income or tax liability (for example, adjustments to the amount or
character of the gain or loss of the disposed depreciable or amortizable
property) resulting from the change in method of accounting for
depreciation made by the taxpayer under this section 3.
(2) Application Procedures. A
taxpayer making a change in method of accounting under section 3 of this
revenue procedure must follow the automatic change in method of
accounting provisions in Rev. Proc. 2002-9 (or its successor), with the
following modifications:
(a) The scope limitations in
section 4.02 of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 do not apply. If the taxpayer is under
examination, before an appeals office, or before a federal court at the
time that a copy of the Form 3115 is filed with the national office, the
taxpayer must provide a copy of the Form 3115 to the examining agent,
appeals officer, or counsel for the government, as appropriate, at the
time the copy of the Form 3115 is filed with the national office. The
Form 3115 must contain the name(s) and telephone number(s) of the
examining agent, appeals officer, or counsel for the government, as
appropriate.
(b) The year of change is the
taxable year in which the item of depreciable or amortizable property
was disposed of by the taxpayer.
(c) Section 6.02(3)(a) of Rev.
Proc. 2002-9 is modified to require the original of the Form 3115 to be
attached to the taxpayer's timely filed amended federal tax return for
the year of change and a copy (with signature) of the Form 3115 to be
filed with the national office no later than when the original Form 3115
is filed with the amended federal tax return for the year of change.
(d) For purposes of section
6.02(4)(a) of Rev. Proc. 2002-9, the taxpayer should include on line 1a
of the Form 3115 (revised December 2003) the designated automatic
accounting method change number for the change in method of accounting
for depreciation made under this section 3. This number for this method
change is "9."
SECTION 4. WAIVER OF TWO-YEAR
RULE IN REV. RUL. 90-38
.01 In general. Notwithstanding
Rev. Rul. 90-38, a taxpayer may file a Form 3115 under Rev. Proc. 97-27,
1997-1 C.B. 680 (or its successor), or Rev. Proc. 2002-9, as applicable,
to change from an impermissible method of accounting for depreciation to
a permissible method of accounting for depreciation under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) for any depreciable or amortizable property
subject to section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) and placed in service by the
taxpayer in the taxable year immediately preceding the year of change
(as defined in section 5.02(2) of Rev. Proc. 97-27 or section 5.02 of
Rev. Proc. 2002-9, as applicable) (hereinafter, this property is
referred to as "1-year depreciable property"), provided the additional
term and condition in section 4.02 of this revenue procedure is
satisfied. Alternatively, the taxpayer may make the change from the
impermissible depreciation method to the permissible depreciation method
for the 1-year depreciable property by filing an amended federal tax
return for the placed-in-service year prior to the date the taxpayer
files its federal tax return for the taxable year succeeding the
placed-in-service year.
.02 Additional term and condition
for filing a Form 3115. In addition to the terms and conditions provided
in Rev. Proc. 97-27 or Rev. Proc. 2002-9, as applicable, the section 481
adjustment reported on a Form 3115 that is filed by a taxpayer in
accordance with section 4.01 of this revenue procedure to make a change
in method of accounting for depreciation under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d) for any 1-year depreciable property, must include
the amount of any adjustment attributable to all property (including the
1-year depreciable property) subject to the Form 3115.
SECTION 5. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
.01 Rev. Proc. 2002-9 is modified
and amplified to include the accounting method change provided under
section 3 of this revenue procedure in section 2.05 of the APPENDIX. See
section 4 of the APPENDIX of this revenue procedure for the text of
section 2.05 of the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9.
.02 The heading for section 2 of
the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 is modified to read as follows:
"SECTION 2. DEPRECIATION OR AMORTIZATION (section 56(a)(1), 56(g)(4)(A),
167, 168, 197, 1400I, OR 1400L, OR FORMER SECTION 168)".
.03 Rev. Proc. 2002-9 (as
modified by Rev. Proc. 2002-33) is modified by deleting sections 2.01,
2.02, and 2B of the APPENDIX and replacing them with the text in,
respectively, sections 1, 2, and 3 of the APPENDIX of this revenue
procedure.
.04 Section 6.03 of Rev. Proc.
2000-38, 2000-2 C.B. 310, 313, is modified by deleting "See section
1.446-1(e)(2)(ii)(b)." and replacing it with "See section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i)."
.05 Section 8.01 of Rev. Proc.
2000-50, 2000-2 C.B. 601, is modified to read as follows: "A change in a
taxpayer's treatment of costs paid or incurred to develop, purchase,
lease, or license computer software to a method described in section 5,
6, or 7 of this revenue procedure is a change in method of accounting to
which §§446 and 481 apply. Further, a change in useful life under the
method described in section 5.01(2) or 6.01(2) of this revenue procedure
is a change in method of accounting. See section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i) and, for the effective date, see section
1.446-1T(e)(4)(ii)(A)."
SECTION 6. EFFECTIVE DATE
.01 In general. Except as
provided in section 6.02 of this revenue procedure, this revenue
procedure is effective for a Form 3115 filed for taxable years ending on
or after December 30, 2003.
.02 Transition rule for
previously filed Forms 3115 for automatic consent.
(1) For a taxable year ending on
or after December 30, 2003, a taxpayer may make a change in method of
accounting previously authorized in section 2.01, 2.02, or 2B of the
APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 before any amendments were made to those
sections by this revenue procedure if:
(a) before December 30, 2003, the
taxpayer filed a completed Form 3115 with the national office to make
that change in method of accounting; and
(b) the taxpayer makes that
change in method of accounting in compliance with all the applicable
provisions of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 for the requested year of change (as
defined in section 5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2002-9) on that Form 3115.
(2) If a taxpayer filed a Form
3115 with the national office to make a change in method of accounting
previously authorized in section 2.01, 2.02, or 2B of the APPENDIX of
Rev. Proc. 2002-9 before any amendments were made to those sections by
this revenue procedure for a year of change for which this revenue
procedure is effective (see section 6.01 of this revenue procedure) and
the taxpayer's original federal tax return for that year of change was
not filed before December 30, 2003, the taxpayer may make the change in
method of accounting authorized under section 2.01, 2.02, or 2B, as
applicable, of the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 as revised by this
revenue procedure. However, the Service will process the Form 3115 in
accordance with the section of the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 in
effect on the date on which the Form 3115 was filed with the national
office by the taxpayer unless on or before the due date (including
extensions) of the taxpayer's federal tax return for the requested year
of change (as defined in section 5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2002-9) on that Form
3115, the taxpayer completes a new Form 3115 to make the change under
section 2.01, 2.02, or 2B, as applicable, of the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc.
2002-9 as revised by this revenue procedure and files this newly
completed Form 3115 in duplicate in accordance with section 6.02(3)(a)
of Rev. Proc. 2002-9. Additionally, the newly completed Form 3115 must
include the statement: "Section [insert, as appropriate: 2.01, 2.02, or
2B] of the APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 as revised by Rev. Proc.
2004-11." This statement must be legibly printed or typed on the
appropriate line on, or at the top of page 1 of, the Form 3115.
SECTION 7. DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal author of this
revenue procedure is Sara Logan of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Passthroughs and Special Industries). For further information regarding
this revenue procedure, contact Ms. Logan or Douglas Kim at (202)
622-3110 (not a toll free call).
APPENDIX
SECTION 1. Section 2.01 of the
APPENDIX of Rev. Proc 2002-9 is deleted and replaced with the following:
".01 Impermissible to permissible
method of accounting for depreciation or amortization.
(1) Description of change and
scope.
(a) Applicability. This change
applies to a taxpayer that wants to change from an impermissible to a
permissible method of accounting for depreciation or amortization
(depreciation) for any item of depreciable or amortizable property:
(i) for which the taxpayer used
the impermissible method of accounting in at least the two taxable years
immediately preceding the year of change (but see section 2.01(1)(b) of
this APPENDIX for property placed in service in the taxable year
immediately preceding the year of change);
(ii) for which the taxpayer is
making a change in method of accounting under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d);
(iii) for which depreciation is
determined under section 56(a)(1), section 56(g)(4)(A), section 167,
section 168, section 197, section 1400I, section 1400L(b), or section
1400L(c), or under section 168 prior to its amendment in 1986 (former
section 168); and
(iv) that is owned by the
taxpayer at the beginning of the year of change (but see section 2.05 of
this APPENDIX for property disposed of before the year of change).
(b) Taxpayer has not adopted a
method of accounting for the item of property. If a taxpayer does not
satisfy section 2.01(1)(a)(i) of this APPENDIX for an item of
depreciable or amortizable property because this item of property is
placed in service by the taxpayer in the taxable year immediately
preceding the year of change ("1-year depreciable property"), the
taxpayer may change from the impermissible depreciation method to the
permissible depreciation method for the 1-year depreciable property by
filing a Form 3115 for this change, provided the section 481 adjustment
reported on the Form 3115 includes the amount of any adjustment that is
attributable to all property (including the 1-year depreciable property)
subject to the Form 3115. Alternatively, the taxpayer may change from
the impermissible depreciation method to the permissible depreciation
method for a 1-year depreciable property by filing an amended federal
tax return for the property's placed-in-service year prior to the date
the taxpayer files its federal tax return for the taxable year
succeeding the placed-in-service year.
(c) Certain scope limitations
inapplicable. The scope limitations in sections 4.02(7) and 4.02(8) of
this revenue procedure are not applicable to this change.
(d) Inapplicability. This change
does not apply to:
(i) any property to which section
1016(a)(3) (regarding property held by a tax-exempt organization)
applies;
(ii) any taxpayer that is subject
to section 263A and that is required to capitalize the costs with
respect to which the taxpayer wants to change its method of accounting
under section 2.01 of this APPENDIX, if the taxpayer is not capitalizing
the costs as required;
(iii) any property for which a
taxpayer is making a change in depreciation under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2)(vi) or (vii);
(iv) any property subject to
section 167(g) (regarding property depreciated under the income forecast
method);
(v) any section 1250 property
that a taxpayer is reclassifying to an asset class of Rev. Proc. 87-56,
1987-2 C.B. 674, or Rev. Proc. 83-35, 1983-1 C.B. 745, as appropriate,
that does not explicitly include section 1250 property (for example,
asset class 57.0, Distributive Trades and Services);
(vi) any property for which a
taxpayer is revoking a timely valid election, or making a late election,
under section 167, section 168, section 1400I, section 1400L, former
section 168, or section 13261(g)(2) or (3) of the Revenue Reconciliation
Act of 1993 (1993 Act), 1993-3 C.B. 1, 128 (relating to amortizable
section 197 intangibles). A taxpayer may request consent to revoke or
make the election by submitting a request for a letter ruling under Rev.
Proc. 2003-1, 2003-1 I.R.B. 1 (or any successor). See section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(iii);
(vii) any property for which
depreciation is determined under section 56(g)(4)(A) or section 167
(other than under section 168, section 1400I, section 1400L, or former
section 168) and a taxpayer is changing the useful life of the property.
A change in the useful life of property is corrected by adjustments in
the applicable taxable year provided under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i). However, this section 2.01(1)(d)(vii) of
this APPENDIX does not apply if the taxpayer is changing to or from a
useful life, recovery period, or amortization period that is
specifically assigned by the Internal Revenue Code (for example, section
167(f)(1), section 168(c)), the regulations thereunder, or other
guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and, therefore, this
change is a change in method of accounting (unless section
2.01(1)(d)(xv) of this APPENDIX applies). See section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i);
(viii) any depreciable property
for which the use changes in the hands of the same taxpayer. See section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(ii);
(ix) any property for which
depreciation is determined in accordance with section 1.167(a)-11
(regarding the Class Life Asset Depreciation Range System (ADR));
(x) any change in method of
accounting involving a change from deducting the cost or other basis of
any property as an expense to capitalizing and depreciating the cost or
other basis;
(xi) any change in method of
accounting involving a change from one permissible method of accounting
for the property to another permissible method of accounting for the
property. For example:
(A) a change from the
straight-line method of depreciation to the income forecast method of
depreciating for videocassettes. See Rev. Rul. 89-62, 1989-1 C.B. 78; or
(B) a change from charging the
depreciation reserve with costs of removal and crediting the
depreciation reserve with salvage proceeds to deducting costs of removal
as an expense (provided the costs of removal are not required to be
capitalized under any provision of the Code, such as, section 263(a))
and including salvage proceeds in taxable income (see section 2.02 of
this APPENDIX for making this change for property for which depreciation
is determined under section 167);
(xii) any change in method of
accounting involving both a change from treating the cost or other basis
of the property as nondepreciable or nonamortizable property to treating
the cost or other basis of the property as depreciable or amortizable
property and the adoption of a method of accounting for depreciation
requiring an election under section 167, section 168, section 1400I,
section 1400L(b), former section 168, or section 13261(g)(2) or (3) of
the 1993 Act (for example, a change in the treatment of the space
consumed in landfills placed in service in 1990 from nondepreciable to
depreciable property (assuming section 2.01(1)(d)(xiii) of the APPENDIX
does not apply) and the making of an election under section 168(f)(1) to
depreciate this property under the unit of production method of
depreciation under section 167);
(xiii) any change in method of
accounting for any item of income or deduction other than depreciation,
even if the change results in a change in computing depreciation under
section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi),
(vii), or (viii). For example, a change in method of accounting
involving:
(A) a change in inventory costs
(for example, when property is reclassified from inventory property to
depreciable property, or vice versa) (but see section 3.02 of this
APPENDIX for making a change from inventory property to depreciable
property for unrecoverable line pack gas or unrecoverable cushion gas);
or
(B) a change in the character of
a transaction from sale to lease, or vice versa (but see section 2.03 of
this APPENDIX for making this change);
(xiv) a change from determining
depreciation under section 168 to determining depreciation under former
section 168 for any property subject to the transition rules in section
203(b) or 204(a) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, 1986-3 (Vol. 1) C.B. 1,
60-80; or
(xv) any change in the
placed-in-service date of a depreciable or amortizable property. This
change is corrected by adjustments in the applicable taxable year
provided under section 1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(v).
(2) Additional requirements. A
taxpayer also must comply with the following:
(a) Permissible method of
accounting for depreciation. A taxpayer must change to a permissible
method of accounting for depreciation for the item of depreciable or
amortizable property. The permissible method of accounting is the same
method that determines the depreciation allowable for the item of
property (as provided in section 2.01(5) of this APPENDIX).
(b) Statements required. A
taxpayer must provide the following statements, if applicable, and
attach them to the completed application:
(i) a detailed description of the
former and new methods of accounting. A general description of these
methods of accounting is unacceptable (for example, MACRS to MACRS,
erroneous method to proper method, claiming less than the depreciation
allowable to claiming the depreciation allowable);
(ii) to the extent not provided
elsewhere on the application, a statement describing the taxpayer's
business or income-producing activities. Also, if the taxpayer has more
than one business or income-producing activity, a statement describing
the taxpayer's business or income-producing activity in which the item
of property at issue is primarily used by the taxpayer;
(iii) to the extent not provided
elsewhere on the application, a statement of the facts and law
supporting the new method of accounting, new classification of the item
of property, and new asset class in, as appropriate, Rev. Proc. 87-56 or
Rev. Proc. 83-35. If the taxpayer is the owner and lessor of the item of
property at issue, the statement of the facts and law supporting the new
asset class also must describe the business or income-producing activity
in which that item of property is primarily used by the lessee;
(iv) to the extent not provided
elsewhere on the application, a statement identifying the year in which
the item of property was placed in service;
(v) if the item of property is
depreciated under former section 168, a statement identifying the asset
class in Rev. Proc. 83-35 that applies under the taxpayer's former and
new methods of accounting (if none, state and explain);
(vi) if any item of property is
public utility property within the meaning of section 168(i)(10) or
former section 167(l)(3)(A), as applicable, a statement providing that
the taxpayer agrees to the following additional terms and conditions:
(A) a normalization method of
accounting (within the meaning of former section 167(l)(3)(G), former
section 168(e)(3)(B), or section 168(i)(9), as applicable) will be used
for the public utility property subject to the application;
(B) as of the beginning of the
year of change, the taxpayer will adjust its deferred tax reserve
account or similar reserve account in the taxpayer's regulatory books of
account by the amount of the deferral of federal income tax liability
associated with the section 481(a) adjustment applicable to the public
utility property subject to the application; and
(C) within 30 calendar days of
filing the federal income tax return for the year of change, the
taxpayer will provide a copy of the completed application to any
regulatory body having jurisdiction over the public utility property
subject to the application;
(vii) if the taxpayer is changing
the classification of an item of section 1250 property placed in service
after August 19, 1996, to a retail motor fuels outlet under section
168(e)(3)(E)(iii), a statement containing the following representation:
"For purposes of section 168(e)(3)(E)(iii) of the Internal Revenue Code,
the taxpayer represents that (A) 50 percent or more of the gross revenue
generated from the item of section 1250 property is from the sale of
petroleum products (not including gross revenue from related services,
such as the labor cost of oil changes and gross revenue from the sale of
nonpetroleum products such as tires and oil filters), (B) 50 percent or
more of the floor space in the item of property is devoted to the sale
of petroleum products (not including floor space devoted to related
services, such as oil changes and floor space devoted to nonpetroleum
products such as tires and oil filters), or (C) the time of section 1250
property is 1,400 square feet or less."; and
(viii) if the taxpayer is
changing the classification of an item of property from section 1250
property to section 1245 property under section 168 or former section
168, a statement of the facts and law supporting the new section 1245
property classification, and a statement containing the following
representation: "Each item of depreciable property that is the subject
of the application filed under section 2.01 of the APPENDIX of Rev.
Proc. 2002-9 for the year of change beginning [Insert the date], and
that is reclassified from [Insert, as appropriate: nonresidential real
property, residential rental property, 19-year real property, 18-year
real property, or 15-year real property] to an asset class of [Insert,
as appropriate, either: Rev. Proc. 87-56, 1987-2 C.B. 674, or Rev. Proc.
83-35, 1983-1 C.B. 745] that does not explicitly include section 1250
property, is section 1245 property for depreciation purposes."
(3) Section 481(a) adjustment.
Because the adjusted basis of the property is changed as a result of a
method change made under section 2.01 of this APPENDIX (see section
2.01(4) of this APPENDIX), items are duplicated or omitted. Accordingly,
this change is made with a section 481(a) adjustment. This adjustment
may result in either a negative section 481(a) adjustment (a decrease in
taxable income) or a positive section 481(a) adjustment (an increase in
taxable income) and may be a different amount for regular tax,
alternative minimum tax, and adjusted current earnings purposes. This
section 481(a) adjustment equals the difference between the total amount
of depreciation taken into account in computing taxable income for the
property under the taxpayer's former method of accounting (including the
amount attributable to any property described in section 2.01(1)(b) of
this APPENDIX that is included in the taxpayer's Form 3115), and the
total amount of depreciation allowable for the property under the
taxpayer's new method of accounting (as determined under section 2.01(5)
of this APPENDIX, and including the amount attributable to any property
described in section 2.01(1)(b) of this APPENDIX that is included in the
taxpayer's Form 3115), for open and closed years prior to the year of
change. However, the amount of the section 481(a) adjustment must be
adjusted to account for the proper amount of the depreciation allowable
that is required to be capitalized under any provision of the Code (for
example, section 263A) at the beginning of the year of change.
(4) Basis adjustment. As of the
beginning of the year of change, the basis of depreciable property to
which section 2.01 of this APPENDIX applies must reflect the reductions
required by section 1016(a)(2) for the depreciation allowable for the
property (as determined under section 2.01(5) of this APPENDIX).
(5) Meaning of depreciation
allowable.
(a) In general. Section 2.01(5)
of this APPENDIX provides the amount of the depreciation allowable
determined under section 56(a)(1), section 56(g)(4)(A), section 167,
section 168, section 197, section 1400I, or section 1400L(c), or former
section 168. This amount, however, may be limited by other provisions of
the Code (for example, section 280F).
(b) Section 56(a)(1) property.
The depreciation allowable for any taxable year for property for which
depreciation is determined under section 56(a)(1) is determined by using
the depreciation method, recovery period, and convention provided for
under section 56(a)(1) that applies for the property's placed-in-service
date.
(c) Section 56(g)(4)(A) property.
The depreciation allowable for any taxable year for property for which
depreciation is determined under section 56(g)(4)(A) is determined by
using the depreciation method, recovery period or useful life, as
applicable, and convention provided for under section 56(g)(4)(A) that
applies for the property's placed-in-service date.
(d) Section 167 property.
Generally, for any taxable year, the depreciation allowable for property
for which depreciation is determined under section 167, is determined
either:
(i) under the depreciation method
adopted by a taxpayer for the property; or
(ii) if that depreciation method
does not result in a reasonable allowance for depreciation or a taxpayer
has not adopted a depreciation method for the property, under the
straight-line depreciation method.
For determining the estimated
useful life and salvage value of the property, see section 1.167(a)-1(b)
and (c), respectively.
The depreciation allowable for
any taxable year for property subject to section 167(f) (regarding
certain property ex csuded from section 197) is determined by using the
depreciation method and useful life prescribed in section 167(f). If
computer software is depreciated under section 167(f)(1) and is
qualified property (as defined in §168(k)(2) and section 1.168(k)-1T of
the temporary Income Tax Regulations), 50-percent bonus depreciation
property (as defined in §168(k)(4) and section 1.168(k)-1T), or
qualified New York Liberty Zone (Liberty Zone) property (as defined in
section 1400L(b)(2) and section 1.1400L(b)-1T), the depreciation
allowable for that computer software under section 167(f)(1) is also
determined by taking into account the additional first year depreciation
deduction provided by section 168(k) or section 1400L(b), as applicable,
unless the taxpayer made a timely valid election not to deduct any
additional first year depreciation for the computer software.
(e) Section 168 property. The
depreciation allowable for any taxable year for property for which
depreciation is determined under section 168, is determined as follows:
(i) by using either:
(A) the general depreciation
system in section 168(a); or
(B) the alternative depreciation
system in section 168(g) if the property is required to be depreciated
under the alternative depreciation system pursuant to section 168(g)(1)
or other provisions of the Code (for example, property described in
section 263A(e)(2)(A) or section 280F(b)(1)). Property required to be
depreciated under the alternative depreciation system pursuant to
section 168(g)(1) includes property in a class (as set out in section
168(e)) for which the taxpayer made a timely valid election under
section 168(g)(7); and
(ii) if the property is qualified
property, 50-percent bonus depreciation property, or Liberty Zone
property, by taking into account the additional first year depreciation
deduction provided by section 168(k) or section 1400L(b), as applicable,
unless the taxpayer made a timely valid election not to deduct the
additional first year depreciation (or made a deemed election not to
deduct the additional first year depreciation; for further guidance, see
Rev. Proc. 2002-33, 2002-1 C.B. 963, or Rev. Proc. 2003-50, 2003-29
I.R.B. 119) for the class of property (as defined in section
1.168(k)-1T(e)(2) or section 1.1400L(b)-1T(e)(2), as applicable) in
which that property is included.
(f) Section 197 property. The
depreciation allowable for any taxable year for an amortizable section
197 intangible (including any property for which a timely election under
section 13261(g)(2) of the 1993 Act was made) is determined in
accordance with section 1.197-2(f).
(g) Former section 168 property.
The depreciation allowable for any taxable year for property subject to
former section 168 is determined by using either:
(i) the accelerated method of
cost recovery applicable to the property (for example, for 5-year
property, the recovery method under former section 168(b)(1)); or
(ii) the straight-line method
applicable to the property if the property is required to be depreciated
under the straight-line method (for example, property described in
former section 168(f)(12) or former section 280F(b)(2)) or if the
taxpayer elected to determine the depreciation allowance under the
optional straight-line percentage (for example, the straight-line method
in former section 168(b)(3)).
(h) Qualified revitalization
building. The depreciation allowable for any taxable year for any
qualified revitalization building (as defined in section 1400I(b)(1))
for which the taxpayer has made a timely valid election under section
1400I(a) is determined as follows:
(i) if the taxpayer elected to
deduct one-half of any qualified revitalization expenditures (as defined
in section 1400I(b)(2)) chargeable to a capital account with respect to
the qualified revitalization building for the taxable year in which the
building is placed in service by the taxpayer, the depreciation
allowable for the property's placed-in-service year is equal to one-half
of the qualified revitalization expenditures for the property and the
depreciation allowable for the remaining recovery period of the property
is determined using the general depreciation system of section 168(a) or
the alternative depreciation system of section 168(g), as applicable; or
(ii) if the taxpayer elected to
amortize all of the qualified revitalization expenditures chargeable to
a capital account with respect to the qualified revitalization building
ratably over the 120-month period beginning with the month in which the
building is placed in service, the depreciation allowable is determined
in accordance with this election.
(i) Qualified New York Liberty
Zone leasehold improvement property. The depreciation allowable for any
taxable year for qualified New York Liberty Zone leasehold improvement
property (as defined in section 1400L(c)(2)) is determined by using the
depreciation method and recovery period prescribed in section 1400L(c)."
SECTION 2. Section 2.02 of the
APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 is deleted and replaced with the
following:
".02 Permissible to permissible
method of accounting for depreciation.
(1) Description of change. This
change applies to a taxpayer that wants to change from a permissible
method of accounting for depreciation under section 56(g)(4)(A)(iv) or
section 167 to another permissible method of accounting for depreciation
under section 56(g)(4)(A)(iv) or section 167. Pursuant to section
1.167(a)-7(a) and (c), a taxpayer may account for depreciable property
either by treating each individual asset as an account or by combining
two or more assets in a single account and, for each account,
depreciation allowances are computed separately.
(2) Scope.
(a) Applicability. This change
applies to any taxpayer wanting to make a change in method of accounting
for depreciation specified in section 2.02(3) of this APPENDIX for the
property in an account:
(i) for which the present and
proposed methods of accounting for depreciation specified in section
2.02(3) of this APPENDIX are permissible methods for the property under
section 56(g)(4)(A)(iv) or section 167; and
(ii) that is owned by the
taxpayer at the beginning of the year of change.
(b) Certain scope limitations
inapplicable. The scope limitations in sections 4.02(7) and 4.02(8) of
this revenue procedure are not applicable to this change.
(c) Inapplicability. This change
does not apply to:
(i) any taxpayer that is subject
to section 263A and that is required to capitalize the costs with
respect to which the taxpayer wants to change its method of accounting
under section 2.02 of this APPENDIX, if the taxpayer is not capitalizing
the costs as required;
(ii) any property to which
section 1016(a)(3) (regarding property held by a tax-exempt
organization) applies;
(iii) any property described in
section 167(f) (regarding certain property excluded from section 197);
(iv) any property subject to
section 167(g) (regarding property depreciated under the income forecast
method);
(v) any property for which
depreciation is determined under section 56(a)(1), section
56(g)(4)(A)(i), (ii), (iii), or (v), section 168, section 1400I, section
1400L(b), or section 1400L(c), or section 168 prior to its amendment in
1986 (former section 168);
(vi) any property that the
taxpayer elected under section 168(f)(1) or former section 168(e)(2) to
exclude from the application of, respectively, section 168 or former
section 168;
(vii) any property for which
depreciation is determined in accordance with section 1.167(a)-11
(regarding the Class Life Asset Depreciation Range System (ADR));
(viii) any depreciable property
for which the taxpayer is changing the depreciation method pursuant to
section 1.167(e)-1T(b) of the temporary Income Tax Regulations (change
from declining-balance method to straight-line method), section
1.167(e)-1T(c) (certain changes for section 1245 property), or section
1.167(e)-1T(d) (certain changes for section 1250 property). These
changes must be made prospectively and are not permitted under the cited
regulations for property for which the depreciation is determined under
section 168, section 1400I, section 1400L, or former section 168; or
(ix) any distributor commissions
(as defined by section 2 of Rev. Proc. 2000-38, 2000-2 C.B. 310) for
which the taxpayer is changing the useful life under the distribution
fee period method or the useful life method (both described in Rev.
Proc. 2000-38). A change in this useful life is corrected by adjustments
in the applicable taxable year provided under section
1.446-1T(e)(2)(ii)(d)(3)(i).
(3) Changes covered. Section 2.02
of this APPENDIX only applies to the following changes in methods of
accounting for depreciation:
(a) a change from the
straight-line method to the sum-of-the-years-digits method, the sinking
fund method, the unit-of-production method, or the declining-balance
method using any proper percentage of the straight-line rate;
(b) a change from the
declining-balance method using any percentage of the straight-line rate
to the sum-of-the-years-digits method, the sinking fund method, or the
declining-balance method using a different proper percentage of the
straight-line rate;
(c) a change from the
sum-of-the-years-digits method to the sinking fund method, the
declining-balance method using any proper percentage of the
straight-line rate, or the straight-line method;
(d) a change from the
unit-of-production method to the straight-line method;
(e) a change from the sinking
fund method to the straight-line method, the unit-of-production method,
the sum-of-the-years-digits method, or the declining-balance method
using any proper percentage of the straight-line rate;
(f) a change in the interest
factor used in connection with a compound interest method or sinking
fund method;
(g) a change in averaging
convention as set forth in section 1.167(a)-10(b). However, as
specifically provided in section 1.167(a)-10(b), in any taxable year in
which an averaging convention substantially distorts the depreciation
allowance for the taxable year, it may not be used (see Rev. Rul.
73-202, 1973-1 C.B. 81);
(h) a change from charging the
depreciation reserve with costs of removal and crediting the
depreciation reserve with salvage proceeds to deducting costs of removal
as an expense and including salvage proceeds in taxable income as set
forth in section 1.167(a)-8(e)(2). See Rev. Rul. 74-455, 1974-2 C.B. 63.
This change, however, may be made under this revenue procedure only if:
(i) the change is applied to all
items in the account for which the change is being made; and
(ii) the removal costs are not
required to be capitalized under any provision of the Code (for example,
section 263(a), 263A, or 280B);
(i) a change from crediting the
depreciation reserve with the salvage proceeds realized on normal
retirement sales to computing and recognizing gains and losses on the
sales (see Rev. Rul. 70-165, 1970-1 C.B. 43);
(j) a change from crediting
ordinary income (including the combination method of crediting the
lesser of estimated salvage value or actual salvage proceeds to the
depreciation reserve, with any excess of salvage proceeds over estimated
salvage value credited to ordinary income) with the salvage proceeds
realized on normal retirement sales, to computing and recognizing gains
and losses on the sales (see Rev. Rul. 70-166, 1970-1 C.B. 44);
(k) a change from item accounting
for specific assets to multiple asset accounting for the same assets, or
vice versa;
(l) a change from one type of
multiple asset accounting (pooling) for specific assets to a different
type of multiple asset accounting (pooling) for the same assets;
(m) a change from one method
described in Rev. Proc. 2000-38 for amortizing distributor commissions
(as defined by section 2 of Rev. Proc. 2000-38, 2000-2 C.B. 310) to
another method described in Rev. Proc. 2000-38 for amortizing
distributor commissions; or
(n) a change from pooling to a
single asset, or vice versa, for distributor commissions (as defined by
section 2 of Rev. Proc. 2000-38, 2000-2 C.B. 310) for which the taxpayer
is using the distribution fee period method or the useful life method
(both described in Rev. Proc. 2000-38).
(4) Additional requirements. A
taxpayer also must comply with the following:
(a) Basis for depreciation. At
the beginning of the year of change, the basis for depreciation of
property to which this change applies is the adjusted basis of the
property as provided in section 1011 at the end of the taxable year
immediately preceding the year of change (determined under the
taxpayer's present method of accounting for depreciation). If applicable
under the taxpayer's proposed method of accounting for depreciation,
this adjusted basis is reduced by the estimated salvage value of the
property (for example, a change to the straight-line method).
(b) Rate of depreciation. The
rate of depreciation for property changed to:
(i) the straight-line or the
sum-of-the-years-digits method of depreciation must be based on the
remaining useful life of the property as of the beginning of the year of
change; or
(ii) the declining-balance method
of depreciation must be based on the useful life of the property
measured from the placed-in-service date, and not the expected remaining
life from the date the change becomes effective.
(c) Regulatory requirements. For
changes in method of depreciation to the sum-of-the-years-digits or
declining-balance method, the property must meet the requirements of
section 1.167(b)-0 or 1.167(c)-1, as appropriate.
(d) Public utility property. If
any item of property is public utility property within the meaning of
former section 167(l)(3)(A), the taxpayer must attach to the application
a statement providing that the taxpayer agrees to the following
additional terms and conditions:
(i) a normalization method of
accounting within the meaning of former section 167(l)(3)(G) will be
used for the public utility property subject to the application; and
(ii) within 30 calendar days of
filing the federal income tax return for the year of change, the
taxpayer will provide a copy of the completed application to any
regulatory body having jurisdiction over the public utility property
subject to the application.
(5) Section 481(a) adjustment.
Because the adjusted basis of the property is not changed as a result of
a method change made under section 2.02 of this APPENDIX, no items are
being duplicated or omitted. Accordingly, no section 481(a) adjustment
is required or necessary."
SECTION 3. Section 2B of the
APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 is deleted and replaced with the
following:
"SECTION 2B. COMPUTER SOFTWARE
EXPENDITURES (SECTIONS 162, 167, AND 197)
.01 Description of change. This
change applies to a taxpayer that wants to change its method of
accounting for the costs of computer software to a method described in
Rev. Proc. 2000-50, 2000-2 C.B. 601. Section 5 of Rev. Proc. 2000-50
describes the methods applicable to the costs of developing computer
software. Section 6 of Rev. Proc. 2000-50 describes the method
applicable to the costs of acquired computer software. Section 7 of Rev.
Proc. 2000-50 describes the method applicable to leased or licensed
computer software. If a taxpayer treats the costs of computer software
in accordance with the applicable method described in Rev. Proc.
2000-50, the Service will not disturb the taxpayer's treatment of its
costs of computer software.
.02 Scope. This change applies to
all costs of computer software as defined in section 2 of Rev. Proc.
2000-50. However, this change does not apply to any computer software
that is subject to amortization as an "amortizable section 197
intangible" as defined in section 197(c) and the regulations thereunder,
or to costs that a taxpayer has treated as research and experimentation
expenditures under section 174.
.03 Statement required. If a
taxpayer is changing to the method described in section 5.01(2) of Rev.
Proc. 2000-50, the taxpayer must attach to the application a statement
providing the information required in section 8.02(2) of Rev. Proc.
2000-50."
SECTION 4. Section 2.05 of the
APPENDIX of Rev. Proc. 2002-9 is added to read as follows:
".05 Impermissible to permissible
method of accounting for depreciation or amortization for disposed
depreciable or amortizable property.
(1) Description of change. This
change applies to a taxpayer that wants to make the change in method of
accounting for depreciation or amortization (depreciation) provided
under section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2004-11, 2004-3 I.R.B. 311, for an item of
depreciable or amortizable property that has been disposed of by the
taxpayer. Section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2004-11 allows a taxpayer to make a
change in method of accounting for depreciation for the disposed
property if the taxpayer used an impermissible method of accounting for
depreciation for the property under which the taxpayer did not take into
account any depreciation allowance, or did take into account some
depreciation but less than the depreciation allowable, in the year of
change (as defined in section 2.05(3) of this APPENDIX) or any prior
taxable year.
(2) Scope. This change applies to
a taxpayer and an item of depreciable or amortizable property that are
within the scope of section 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 2004-11, provided:
(a) the taxpayer files the
original Form 3115 with the taxpayer's amended federal tax return for
the year of change (as defined in section 2.05(3) of this APPENDIX)
prior to the expiration of the period of limitation for assessment under
section 6501(a) for the taxable year in which the item of depreciable or
amortizable property was disposed of by the taxpayer; and
(b) the taxpayer's amended
federal tax return for the year of change (as defined in section 2.05(3)
of this APPENDIX) includes the adjustments to taxable income and any
collateral adjustments to taxable income or tax liability (for example,
adjustments to the amount or character of the gain or loss of the
disposed depreciable or amortizable property) resulting from the change
in method of accounting for depreciation made by the taxpayer under
section 2.05 of this APPENDIX.
(3) Year of change. The year of
change for this change is the taxable year in which the item of
depreciable or amortizable property was disposed of by the taxpayer.
(4) Scope limitations
inapplicable. The scope limitations in section 4.02 of this revenue
procedure do not apply. If the taxpayer is under examination, before an
appeals office, or before a federal court at the time that a copy of the
Form 3115 is filed with the national office, the taxpayer must provide a
copy of the Form 3115 to the examining agent, appeals officer, or
counsel for the government, as appropriate, at the time the copy of the
Form 3115 is filed with the national office. The Form 3115 must contain
the name(s) and telephone number(s) of the examining agent, appeals
officer, or counsel for the government, as appropriate.
(5) Filing requirements.
Notwithstanding section 6.02(3)(a) of this revenue procedure, a taxpayer
making this change must attach the original Form 3115 to the taxpayer's
timely filed amended federal tax return for the year of change and must
file the required copy (with signature) of the Form 3115 with the
national office no later than when the original Form 3115 is filed with
the amended federal tax return for the year of change.
(6) Section 481(a) adjustment
period. A taxpayer must take the section 481(a) adjustment into account
in the year of change."
Fast depreciation under the "Whiteco test"
In JFM, Inc. & Subs., TC Memo 1994-239 , the Tax Court used a six factor
test it articulated in Whiteco Industries, Inc (1975) 65 TC No. 664
(Whiteco test) to distinguish between land improvements in asset class
57.1 and asset class 57.0 property. The Whiteco test, aimed at
determining whether property is "inherently permanent," is as follows:
- Is the property capable of
being moved, and has it in fact been moved?
- Is the property designed or
constructed to remain permanently in place?
- Are there circumstances which
tend to show the expected or intended length of affixation (i.e.,
are there circumstances which show that the property may or will
have to be moved)?
- How substantial a job is
removal of the property and how time-consuming is it?
- How much damage will the
property sustain upon its removal?
- What is the manner of
affixation of the property to the land?
1. Is the property capable of
being moved and has it in fact been moved?
To facilitate off-site
construction, modular construction requires the manufacture and
transport of sectional units from the factory to another site where they
will be connected together. The practice of assembly and disassembly of
modular units is an everyday industry occurrence. The modular units are
designed to be legally transported form the factory over the public
highway before use, therefore, reuse after disassembly is commonplace in
practice and intended. Further, under contractual obligation, typically
the structure must be removed at the termination of the contract of when
needed. This most likely will not be the case for on-site constructed
facilities.
2. Is the property designed or
constructed to remain permanently in place?
Non-residential modular
construction typically is designed and manufactured to be readily
relocatable. Foundation systems that are used by modular structures are
a function of compliance with locally prescribed model construction
codes to support the structure. Depending on the prevailing local
construction codes, foundation systems, not the structure, may or may
not be sedentary or appear to be permanent.
For buildings leased, the term of
the average original operating lease contract is, typically less than
five years. At the termination of the lease, the structure must be
removed from the site, relocated, and then would be utilized at another
site.
Since the structure's modular
units are initially intrinsically designed to be transported for highway
movement from the factory to the first site, these structural units
maintain their transportability for secondary, and subsequent moves. For
these secondary moves, the act of disassembly typically does not
substantially damage these sectional modular units. Additionally, it is
common that once the modular units are removed, many of these units may
be inventoried, re-configured, and reused at other sites.
3. Are there circumstances
that show that the property may or will be moved?
The term of the lease or the use
of the structure dictates the removal of the modular sections. At the
termination of the lease or use, lessor or user is required to
disassemble and transport each of the modular section to another site or
return to inventory for re-use at a later time.
Since these structure are
initially constructed in a remote factory, this design allows an
industry-wide marketing application of short use of the structure in one
location and the ready relocation to another site. This practice is
prevalent in the educational, office, airport, institutional,
restaurant, correctional, and medical facilities' markets to name but a
few.
Since these structures have been
transported over public highways at least once, the ability exists
universally to disassemble and re-transport sectional units with minimal
costs for permits and transit. The fees to obtain local disassembly
permits are nominal in cost as well.
4. How substantial a job is
removal of the property, and how time consuming?
The job of removing the modular
sections of the structures is facilitated by the very initial design and
manufacture of the sectional units. Because of the inherent sectional
design, disassembly time is minimal. Typical of costs, including time
consumed and materials for disassembly and removal, are less the 20% of
the replacement costs of the total structure.
Typical disassembly time is less
than the time spent in the initial assembly.
Typical removal includes
disassembly and transportation to another site or to storage. Once in
storage, the sectional units may again be transported and reassembled or
reconfigured to suit the needs of the next lessee or owner. It is common
industry practice to inventory sectional units, and re-configure on a
site, as directed by the lessee of owner.
The question of cost, time and
intrinsic design provide the contrast between readily relocatable and
improbability and costly relocation of a structure.
5. How much damage will the
property sustain upon removal?
Since these sectional units are
inherently designed, manufactured, and transported in sectional format
for site coupling, these units suffer minimal damage during disassembly.
Typically disassembly and removal damage is less the 10% percent of
replacement costs to the property. Once disassembled and transported,
each sectional unit is capable of being readily re-used in another
application or site.
Site restoration costs are
minimal after removal, and is usually addressed in contract language,
therefore the intent to remove the structure is an integral part of the
design and application. Contract leases typically specify that the
structure is personal property in finite land and structure leases.
6. What is the manner of
affixation to the property to the land?
For the non-residential modular
industry, the manner of affixation to the property is typically
determined by local prevailing model construction codes. The manner of
affixation to the site is not an indication of intent of permanence,
rather it is a commonplace, as most states have a preemptive state-wide
construction code for the structure, and local agencies determine
appropriate foundation, utility, and land use issues.
The affixation between the
structure and the foundation system can be varied. With pier and pad
systems, it is gravity or bolted systems or tack-welded systems. The
attachment to the foundation is determined by structural requirements
and not by intention of permanence.
Typical foundation systems used
in conjunction with modular units allow for ready return to
pre-installation status with little or minor site reconstruction costs.
Foundation selection factors include wind, seismic, support, use, and
access requirements in determination of appropriate systems. Typically,
the termination of real or personal property is not one of the factors
in the selection of foundation systems.
Conclusion:
Any structure can be relocated
with enough time and money. The factors of intrinsic design and the
reality that every modular section has already moved over public
highways proves their relocatability. Designs that are constructed on
site, which might be relocated, rarely take into consideration these
costly relocation factors:
The tremendous structural stress
of relocation and transportation. This stresses multiples of typical
earthquake stress loads. Is the site constructed building specifically
designed for this stress and does it have the means to be lifted and
transported by truck?
The ability to move over public
highways without significant permit costs and efforts.
The destruction of the structural
integrity of the building, the high cost of material loss due to
disassembly, and the high costs of re-assembly.
Relocation of site constructed
structures regularly requires an entirely new review process of
structural and systems approval, since the design of the structure did
not initially consider, and was not approved as, a relocatable
structure. This frequently adds significant additional agency review
time, engineering, material, and labor costs to the relocation process.
Does a principal
residence converted to residential rental property still qualify for
tax-free treatment?
Q. I lived in a home as my principal residence for the first 2 of
the last 5 years. For the last 3 years, the home was a rental property
before selling it. Can I still avoid the capital gains tax and, if so,
how should I deal with the depreciation I took while it was rented out?
Ans. If, during the 5-year
period ending on the date of sale, you owned the home for at least 2
years and lived in it as your main home for at least 2 years, you can
exclude up to the maximum dollar limit. However, you cannot exclude the
portion of the gain equal to depreciation allowed or allowable for
periods after May 6, 1997. This gain is reported on
Form 4797
(PDF),Sale of Business Property. Refer to
Publication
523, Selling Your Home, and
Form 4797 (PDF),
Sale of Business Property, for specifics on calculating and reporting
the amount of gain.
References:
Q. Is the loss on the sale of your home deductible?
Ans. The loss on the sale
of a personal residence is a nondeductible personal loss.
References:
http://www.irs.gov/faqs/faq-kw140.html
Conclusion:
If the principal residence was converted to residential rental
property on a date that its market value was greater than the cost basis
(i.e. you'd have a gain upon sale) and then if the property appreciates
even more while rental property, then all of the gain including all of
the depreciation will be taxable upon sale if it was rental property for
more than three years.
Conversely - If the principal residence was converted to residential
rental property on a date that its market value was greater than the
cost basis (i.e. you'd have a gain upon sale) and then if the property
declines in value below your cost basis while rental property, then all
of the loss net of all of the depreciation, to an extent, will be tax
deductible upon sale if it was rental property for more than three
years.
If the rental lasts less than three years (meaning that during fully two
of the last five years it was your principal residence) then up to
$500,000 of any gain would not be recognized for federal income tax
purposes. Similarly all of the loss would not be recognized for
federal income tax purposes.
IRS Reg.
§1.469-2(f)(6) Self-Rental Rule
Connor v. Comr. (78th Cir.
7/5/2000)
Rental income generated by the lease of wife's office building to
husband's personal services C corporation during 1993-1994 was not
passive activity income and may not offset passive losses from rental of
taxpayer's other property.
Income from rental real estate, equipment or
other property leased to a business where the taxpayer works - is
non-passive.
A taxpayer may lease property
to a trade or business in which the taxpayer materially participates and
have the income from that lease recharacterized as nonpassive income.
For example, an individual can lease equipment to a partnership that
owns a restaurant in which the individual materially participates and
the net rental income may be recharacterized as nonpassive income, but
any loss remains passive.
A taxpayer may avoid a
"self-rental trap" by combining rental activity with the operations
activity by making a special election to aggregate the activities.
This election can only be made in the initial year the taxpayer reports
the activities. This election requires the attachment of a formal
statement to the tax return.
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=146330,00.html
http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/Articles_2008/CorpTax/rentaltrap.jsp
.
Taxation of Israel Mozel
Tov Bonds:
The total amount of OID on any
OID Bond will equal the excess of the bond’s "stated redemption price at
maturity" over its "issue price." The stated redemption price at
maturity equals the sum of all payments due under the OID Bond, other
than any payments of qualified stated interest. The issue price will
generally equal the initial public offering price at which a substantial
number of bonds are issued in a given offering.
The amount of OID on an OID Bond
that a United States Bondholder must include in income during a taxable
year is the sum of the "daily portions" of OID for that bond. The daily
portions are determined by allocating to each day in an "accrual period"
(generally the period between compounding dates) a pro rata portion of
the OID attributable to that accrual period. The amount of OID
attributable to an accrual period is the product of the "adjusted issue
price" of the bond at the beginning of the accrual period and its yield
to maturity. The adjusted issue price of a bond is generally equal to
the sum of its issue price and all prior accruals of OID. Cash payments
on an OID Bond are allocated first to any stated interest then due, then
to previously accrued OID (in the order of accrual) to which cash
payments have not yet been allocated, and then to principal.
A United States Bondholder
generally may make an irrevocable election to include in its income its
entire return on an OID Bond (including payments of qualified stated
interest) under the
constant yield method (also called the effective or scientific
method of amortization) applicable to OID.
Any OID included in a United
States Bondholder’s income will constitute foreign source income, and
generally will be "passive category income" (or in certain cases, as
"general category income") for United States foreign tax credit
purposes.
Disposition of the Bonds.
A United States Bondholder generally will recognize gain or loss on the
sale or retirement of a bond equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale or retirement and the tax basis of the bond. A
United States Bondholder’s tax basis in a bond generally will be the
purchase price of the bond, increased by any OID previously included in
the United States Bondholder’s income and decreased (but not below zero)
by any early principal payments. Except to the extent attributable to
accrued but unpaid interest or OID, gain or loss recognized on the sale
or retirement of a bond will be capital gain or loss, and will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the bond was held for more than one
year.
Under current law, net capital
gains of individuals may be taxed at lower rates than most items of
ordinary income. Limitations apply to the ability of United States
Bondholders to offset capital losses against ordinary income. Any gain
or loss recognized by a United States Bondholder on the sale or
retirement of a bond generally will constitute income from, or loss
allocable to, sources within the United States for United States federal
income tax purposes.
Gallenstein Decision of 1992:
Joint tenancy with
right of survivorship is a popular form of property ownership
between husband and wife. Possession of an interest in a joint
tenancy at death has major estate and income tax implications. The
value of the interest is includable in the decedent's estate, and
results in an adjustment to the tax cost basis for capital gains tax
purposes of the asset held by the surviving joint tenant.
Determining the amount included in the estate and the related basis
adjustment depends upon the application of Internal Revenue Code Section
2040 a provision that has undergone considerable change over the
years. In a case of first impression in 1992 (975 F.2d 286 (6th Cir.
1992)), the Sixth Circuit in Gallenstein v. United States of America,
addressed the issue of valuing certain spousal joint interests
created prior to 1977.
Statutory Backdrop
As originally enacted, Section 2040 prescribed that the entire value
of jointly held property was included in the estate of the
decedent/joint tenant except to the extent that the survivor could show
that he or she had acquired an interest for full and adequate
consideration.
The Tax Reform Act of 1976 amended Section 2040 to provide
that, in the case of a spousal joint tenancy, 50% of the value of the
jointly held property would be included in the estate of the first
spouse to die, regardless of the actual amount contributed by either
joint tenant/spouse. Hence, only 50% of the value of the property would
receive a step-up in basis for income tax purposes.
There were a number of subsequent amendments to Section 2040, some of
which left open some uncertainty concerning whether to use the so-called
"contribution" test or the 50% rule when valuing spousal joint tenancies
created prior to 1977 for estates of decedents dying after 1981.
Facts of Gallenstein
In Gallenstein, the taxpayer and her husband purchased real property
in Kentucky in 1955. The entire purchase price of $38,500 was derived
from the husband's earnings. The couple held the farm property as joint
tenants with right of survivorship until the husband died on 12/12/87.
In July 1988, the taxpayer sold some of the farm property for
approximately $3.6 million. After an amended estate tax return included
the entire property in her husband's estate, the taxpayer/wife claimed
that $3.6 million was her basis in the property. The Internal Revenue
Service, however, took the position that the basis of the property sold
should reflect only the step-up in basis for one-half of the property to
the fair market value at the date of death, as shown on the original
estate tax return.
Holdings of the Courts
In upholding the taxpayer's position, the District Court examined the
history of Section 2040. Originally, Section 2040 required a
contribution test to determine whether and to what extent the value of
jointly held property would be included in the estate of a
decedent/joint tenant.
The Service in Gallenstein argued that the legislative history
indicated that Congress intended to adopt an easily administered rule
for spousal joint interests that would eliminate the burdensome tracing
requirements under Section 2040(a).
In rejecting the Service's argument, the District Court first noted
that, in general, the doctrine of implied repeal is inappropriate where
the plain language of the statutes at issue is not in conflict. The
court reasoned that when the language of two statutory provisions is
unambiguous, resorting to the legislative history to interpret that
language would be unnecessary and improper. In addition, a strong
judicial policy disfavors the implied repeal of statutes.
Sixth Circuit's Analysis.
On appeal, the Sixth Circuit affirmed the District Court's holding.
Before the appellate court, the Service argued theories of express and
implied repeal. The Service contended that by changing the definition of
qualified joint interest in Section 2040(b)(2), Congress expressly
changed the effective date of Section 2040(b)(1). In rejecting this
argument, the Sixth Circuit noted that when Congress wanted to repeal a
particular section of the estate tax code (such as subsections (c)-(e)
of Section 2040), it did so expressly. Thus, the Court declined to
provide by judicial interpretation what Congress did not expressly
enact.
Many sophisticated tax observers were, to put it mildly, surprised by
the Gallenstein decision, and expected or predicted either that other
federal circuits would decline to accept its rationale, leading to a
U.S. Supreme Court reversal, or that the Service would prevail upon
Congress to "fix" what appeared to be an error or oversight. That has
not happened. Instead, other courts have adopted the Gallenstein
rationale and conclusion. (See Patten v. United States, 116 F.3d 1029).
And, as time goes by, the frequency of an estate owning property
acquired before 1977 continues to diminish, and the Service appears to
have turned its attention and resources to more pressing matters.
Tax Planning Considerations
Gallenstein holds promise for a surviving spouse who inherits
property held in a spousal joint tenancy that was created before 1977.
Based on the result in the case, the surviving spouse can receive a
step-up in basis to the full extent of the contribution of the first
spouse to die towards the purchase of the property, but there should be
no increase in estate tax on the death of the first spouse because of
the marital deduction. Under pre-1977 law, 100% of the value of
jointly held property was included in the estate of the first spousal
joint tenant to die except to the extent that the surviving joint tenant
spouse could show that he or she had contributed to the purchase of the
property. In most instances, it is likely that the holding in
Gallenstein will work to the surviving spouse's advantage as it is
typically the older spouse who contributed all of the purchase price and
dies first. Thus, the surviving spouse's tax basis in the property
should be 100% of the property's fair market value. If the property is
sold shortly thereafter, no capital gains should be realized.
Garn-St. Germain
Depository Institutions Act of 1982 - Due on Sale clause:
1701j-3. Preemption of
due-on-sale prohibitions
(a) Definitions For the purpose of this section-
(1) the term "due-on-sale clause" means a contract
provision which authorizes a lender, at its option, to declare due
and payable sums secured by the lender’s security instrument if all
or any part of the property, or an interest therein, securing the
real property loan is sold or transferred without the lender’s prior
written consent;
(2) the term "lender" means a person or government
agency making a real property loan or any assignee or transferee, in
whole or in part, of such a person or agency;
(3) the term "real property loan" means a loan,
mortgage, advance, or credit sale secured by a lien on real
property, the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a cooperative
housing corporation, or a residential manufactured home, whether
real or personal property; and
(4) the term "residential manufactured home" means a manufactured
home as defined in section
5402
(6)
of
title 42 which is used as a residence; and
(5) the term "State" means any State of the United States, the
District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, and the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
(b) Loan
contract and terms governing execution or enforcement of due-on-sale
options and rights and remedies of lenders and borrowers;
assumptions of loan rates
(1) Notwithstanding
any provision of the constitution or laws (including the judicial
decisions) of any State to the contrary, a lender may, subject to
subsection (c) of this section, enter into or enforce a contract
containing a due-on-sale clause with respect to a real property
loan.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of
this section, the exercise by the lender of its option pursuant to
such a clause shall be exclusively governed by the terms of the loan
contract, and all rights and remedies of the lender and the borrower
shall be fixed and governed by the contract.
(3) In the exercise of its option under a due-on-sale clause, a
lender is encouraged to permit an assumption of a real property loan
at the existing contract rate or at a rate which is at or below the
average between the contract and market rates, and nothing in this
section shall be interpreted to prohibit any such assumption.
(c) State
prohibitions applicable for prescribed period; subsection (b)
provisions applicable upon expiration of such period; loans subject
to State and Federal regulation or subsection (b) provisions when
authorized by State laws or Federal regulations
(1)In the case of a
contract involving a real property loan which was made or assumed,
including a transfer of the liened property subject to the real
property loan, during the period beginning on the date a State
adopted a constitutional provision or statute prohibiting the
exercise of due-on-sale clauses, or the date on which the highest
court of such State has rendered a decision (or if the highest court
has not so decided, the date on which the next highest appellate
court has rendered a decision resulting in a final judgment if such
decision applies State-wide) prohibiting such exercise, and ending
on October 15, 1982, the provisions of subsection (b) of this
section shall apply only in the case of a transfer which occurs on
or after the expiration of 3 years after October 15, 1982, except
that-
(A) a State, by a State law enacted by the State
legislature prior to the close of such 3-year period, with respect
to real property loans originated in the State by lenders other than
national banks, Federal savings and loan associations, Federal
savings banks, and Federal credit unions, may otherwise regulate
such contracts, in which case subsection (b) of this section shall
apply only if such State law so provides; and
(B) the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to real property
loans originated by national banks or the National Credit Union
Administration Board with respect to real
property loans originated by Federal credit unions may, by
regulation prescribed prior to the close of such period, otherwise
regulate such contracts, in which case subsection (b) of this
section shall apply only if such regulation so provides.
(2)
(A) For any contract to which subsection (b) of this section does not apply
pursuant to this subsection, a lender may require any successor or transferee of
the borrower to meet customary credit standards applied to loans secured by
similar property, and the lender may declare the loan due and payable pursuant
to the terms of the contract upon transfer to any successor or transferee of the
borrower who fails to meet such customary credit standards.
(B) A lender may not exercise its option pursuant to a due-on-sale
clause in the case of a transfer of a real property loan which is subject to
this subsection where the transfer occurred prior to October 15, 1982.
(C) This subsection does not apply to a loan which was originated by a
Federal savings and loan association or Federal savings bank.
(d) Exemption of specified transfers or dispositions
With respect to a real property loan secured by a lien on residential real
property containing less than five dwelling units, including a lien on the stock
allocated to a dwelling unit in a cooperative housing corporation, or on a
residential manufactured home, a lender may not exercise its option pursuant to
a due-on-sale clause upon-
(1) the creation of a lien or other encumbrance subordinate to the lender’s
security instrument which does not relate to a transfer of rights of occupancy
in the property;
(2) the creation of a purchase money security interest for household appliances;
(3) a transfer by devise, descent, or operation of law on the death of a joint
tenant or tenant by the entirety;
(4) the granting of a leasehold interest of three years or less not containing
an option to purchase;
(5) a transfer to a relative resulting from the death of a borrower;
(6) a transfer where the spouse or children of the borrower become an owner of
the property;
(7) a transfer resulting from a decree of a dissolution of marriage, legal
separation agreement, or from an incidental property settlement agreement, by
which the spouse of the borrower becomes an owner of the property;
(8) a transfer into an inter vivos trust (a/k/a a revocable "living trust") in
which the borrower is and remains a beneficiary and which does not relate to a
transfer of rights of occupancy in the property; or
(9) any other transfer or disposition described in regulations prescribed by the
Federal Home Loan Bank Board.
(e) Rules, regulations, and interpretations; future income bearing loans
subject to due-on-sale options
(1) The Federal Home Loan Bank Board, in consultation with the Comptroller of
the Currency and the National Credit Union Administration Board, is authorized
to issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing the
implementation of this section.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (d) of this section, the rules
and regulations prescribed under this section may permit a lender to exercise
its option pursuant to a due-on-sale clause with respect to a real property loan
and any related agreement pursuant to which a borrower obtains the right to
receive future income.
(f) Effective date for enforcement of Corporation-owned loans with
due-on-sale options
The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the
"Corporation") shall not, prior to July 1, 1983, implement the change in its
policy announced on July 2, 1982, with respect to enforcement of due-on-sale
clauses in real property loans which are owned in whole or in part by the
Corporation.
(g) Balloon payments
Federal Home Loan Bank Board regulations restricting the use of a balloon
payment shall not apply to a loan, mortgage, advance, or credit sale to which
this section applies.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Garn-St._Germain_Depository_Institutions_Act
http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/quarterly_review/1982v7/v7n4article6.pdf
http://www.foreclosureforum.com/mb/messages/17090.html
http://books.google.com/books
http://www.troyinsurancegroup.com/how-to-insure-seller-financed-wrap-arounds-and-properties-taken-subject-to-the-existing-loan/
Exemption (8) the Land Trust / or separate LLC "trick"
A land trust is form of a revocable, living trust which is
exempted under the Garn Act. A land trust, like a living trust, is
create by two legal documents:
1) A trust agreement between the creator (called "grantor" in
legal terms) of the trust and the trustee which defines the trust
arrangement; and
2) A deed from the creator of the trust to the trustee.
The trustee holds title for the benefit of the grantor (in this case,
the grantor is also the "beneficiary"). If you place title to your
property into a land trust, you have not violated the due-on-sale (so
long as there is no change in occupancy).
Let's say that you come across a seller who is willing to give you title
to his property. The only "glitch" is that the loan is not assumable
because the mortgage has a due-on-sale clause. Here's the process for
getting around it:
STEP 1: Sammy Seller signs a trust agreement with you as trustee of his
trust. Sammy is named as the "beneficiary" of the trust.
STEP 2: Sammy Seller transfers title to the trustee (no violation of the
due-on-sale clause)
STEP 3: Sammy Seller quietly assigns his interest under the trust to you
(similar to a transfer of stock in a corporation). This assignment is
not recorded in any public record. Sammy moves out and you move in.
STEP 4: You are now the beneficiary of the trust. Your trustee makes
payments to the lender.
Keep in mind that the assignment of Sammy Seller's interest under the
trust to you does trigger the due-on-sale, but who is going to tell the
lender? In reality, the lender will discover the transfer of an interest
in real estate in one of three ways:
1) Change of name on the deed. Not likely, since lenders don't readily
have "spies" at the clerk's and recorder's office;
2) Different name on the check received for payment. Not likely, since
the bank officers are far removed from the clerical workers who process
payments; or
3) Change of hazard insurance beneficiary. This is the most common way a
lender discovers a transfer of interest in the borrower's property.
If you notify your insurance carrier of a change in insurance
beneficiary, the lender, who is also a named beneficiary, receives a
copy of the change. However, if you transferred title into a land trust,
the new beneficiary under the insurance policy will be the trustee of
the land trust. The lender will probably not object, since it will
assume the seller has implemented an estate planning device. If the
beneficiary of the trust is assigned, the lender will not be notified
since the insurance beneficiary (the trustee) has not changed.
http://www.legalwiz.com/due-on-sale-clause
Worthless
Inventory Thor Power Tool Company v. Commissioner:
In this landmark case the IRS
challenged Thor's practice of writing down the value of its spare
parts inventory which it held to cover future warranty commitments.
Thor contended that, although the sales price on the individual
parts did not decline over the years, the probability of all the
parts being sold decreased as time passed, and thus so did the net
realizable value of the inventory as a whole. The IRS contended that
a decline in inventory values for tax purposes
must await actual decline in the sales price of the individual
parts. The Supreme Court indicated that for tax purposes, the
lower of cost or market method was to be applied on an individual
item basis and that if no decline in sales price occurred, no loss
should be permitted. (Intermediate Accounting, Kieso & Weygandt, 4th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1983, pp. 392-393)
Rexnord, Inc. v. United States of America
Rexnord reduced its 1977 and 1978 ending inventory by the goods
it had sold to S.R. Sales, thus increasing its cost of goods sold
and reducing its taxable income. The IRS claimed the reduction in
ending inventory was not valid because the sale were not genuine,
and the dispute over the $250,000 deficiency ended up in district
court.
The Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals said the "sales" were an attempt
to get around the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in Thor Power
Tool Co. (taxpayer may not write off excess inventory it
physically retains) and later cases in which manufacturers tried to
write off excess inventory while keeping control over it. Rexnord
claimed its sales were real because S.R. Sales had the right to
resell the goods.
Result: The district court and the appellate court both held the sales
were not bona fide. The economic reality was Rexnord maintained
control over the inventory. Thus, the inventory writeoffs were not
allowed.
The Tog Shop, Inc. v. United States
For its 1980 and 1981 tax years, Tog elected to use the "lower of cost
or market method" and valued the excess inventory at net realizable
value, which is the replacement cost of inventory less the direct
cost of disposing of it. Tog did not compare cost and market for
each individual item in its inventory. Instead, Tog applied a
percentage formula to the total inventory, which was classified by
age, to determine the value of the merchandise
Although this inventory valuation method met the provisions of GAAP
and was consistently applied as required by Treas. Reg. Sec 1.471-2,
the IRS argued that the method did not clearly reflect income. Even
though GAAP would allow the valuation of classes of items, the court
agreed with the IRS. Cited as precedent in Tog was Thor Power
Tool Co.
§471 inventory
rule under IRS Notice 2001-76 & Rev Proc 2001-10 & Rev Proc 2002-28:
Q: Do the new rules apply to all
eligible taxpayers that fall under the $10 million threshold?
A: Yes, although taxpayers with average gross receipts of $1 million
or less were already exempt under Rev. Proc. 2001-10. (5) That
exemption applies without regard to the nature of the taxpayer's
business; the Rev. Proc. 2002-28 exemption contains limits based on
the taxpayer's business.
Q: Do the new rules exempt cash-basis
taxpayers from the Sec. 471 inventory requirement?
A: Yes (but see the next Q&A). The exemption from Sec. 471 should be
particularly beneficial for service businesses that also sell
related products. As was discussed, the obligation of these service
businesses to account for inventories has triggered extensive
litigation.
Q: Does the Sec. 471 exemption mean that a cash-basis taxpayer can
expense its merchandise in the tax year of purchase?
A: No. Rev. Proc. 2002-28 makes clear that the treatment of
merchandise purchases must follow the treatment prescribed for
purchases of significant (nonincidental) materials and supplies.
Taxpayers can deduct the cost of such nonincidental items only as
they are consumed during the tax year, under Regs. Sec. 1.162-3.
Applying this rule to merchandise purchases means that the cost of
such items may be deducted in the year of sale to customers. An
exception applies when the taxpayer pays for the merchandise in a
tax year later than the year in which it sells the items to
customers. In this event, the items are deductible in the later tax
year.
http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:66yxAqwtoO4J:goliath.ecnext.com/coms2/gi_0199-1953592/Use-of-cash-method-by.html+Exempt+Rev+Proc+2001-10+%22already+exempt+under+Rev.+Proc.+2001-10%22&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=us
IRS Regs.
§1.132-6(a) de minimis rule:
de-minimis - IRS Regs.
§1.132-6(a)
A benefit is de minimis when the value of the worker's personal use
is so small or insignificant that accounting for it would be
unreasonable or administratively impractical. An example of this is
an employee who stops for lunch or runs a personal errand while
driving a company car on business. De minimis personal use is not
treated as taxable income to the employee.
IRS Code §132(d) Working Condition Fringe Defined
For purposes of this section, the term "working condition fringe"
means any property or services provided to an employee of the
employer to the extent that, if the employee paid for such property
or services, such payment would be allowable as a deduction under
section 162 or 167.
§132(e) De Minimis Fringe Defined
For purposes of this section--
§132(e)(1) In General - The term "de minimis fringe"
means any property or service the value of which is (after taking
into account the frequency with which similar fringes are provided
by the employer to the employer's employees) so small as to make
accounting for it unreasonable or administratively impracticable.
Hot
Assets under IRS Code §751 are taxable as ordinary (earned) income:
Hot Assets
§751(a) Sale Or Exchange Of Interest In Partnership
The amount of any
money,
or the fair market value of any property, received by a transferor
partner in exchange for all or a part of his interest in the
partnership attributable to--
751(a)(1)
unrealized
receivables of the partnership, or
751(a)(2) inventory items of the partnership,
shall be considered as an amount realized from the sale or exchange
of property other than a capital asset.
751(b) Certain Distributions
Treated As Sales Or Exchanges
751(b)(1) General Rule To the extent a partner receives
in a distribution--
751(b)(1)(A) partnership property which is--
751(b)(1)(A)(i) unrealized receivables, or
751(b)(1)(A)(ii) inventory items which have appreciated
substantially in value,
in exchange for all or a part of his interest in other partnership
property (including money), or
751(b)(1)(B) partnership property (including money) other than
property described in subparagraph (A)(i) or (ii) in exchange for
all or a part of his interest in partnership property described in
subparagraph (A)(i) or (ii),".
such transactions shall, under regulations prescribed by the
Secretary, be considered as a sale or exchange of such property
between the distributee and the partnership (as constituted after
the distribution).
751(b)(2) Exceptions
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to--
751(b)(2)(A) A distribution of property which the distributee
contributed to the partnership, or
751(b)(2)(B) payments, described in section 736(a), to a retiring
partner or successor in interest of a deceased partner.
751(b)(3) Substantial Appreciation.--
For purposes of paragraph (1)--
751(b)(3)(A) In General.--
Inventory items of the partnership shall be considered to have
appreciated substantially in value if their fair market value
exceeds 120 percent of the adjusted basis to the partnership of such
property.
751(b)(3)(B) Certain Property
Excluded.--
For purposes of subparagraph (A), there shall be excluded any
inventory property if a principal purpose for acquiring such
property was to avoid the provisions of this subsection relating to
inventory items."
Unrealized receivables
include:
- trade
accounts receivable of a cash-basis partnership
(less the cost of providing the goods or services
which under Regs. 1.751-1(c)(2) shall include all
costs or expenses attributable thereto paid or
accrued but not previously taken into account under
the partnership method of accounting. i.e. some of
the accounts payable to the extent that are
applicable to the services rendered + members' GPP
compensation to the extent they were involved in the
rendering of such services. )
- unbilled
services already rendered
- unbilled
services not yet rendered but which must be included
as income (less the projected cost of providing the
services per Regs. 1.751-1(c)(3))
- amortization
recapture on a disposition of an intangible asset
- depreciation
recapture
- ordinary
gain for trade name, trademarks
- uncompleted
contracts accounted for as long-term contracts
- others...
Inventory items include:
- accounts
receivable of an accrual-basis partnership
- sec 1231
property or property that is not a capital asset
Hot Stock under
IRS Code §355 are taxed as dividend income:
Hot Stock
Defined under §355(a)(3)(B) if the IR Code. The stock of a
controlled corporation is treated as boot if it is acquired within 5
years of the distribution in a taxable transaction.
(B) Stock Acquired In Taxable Transactions Within 5 Years Treated As
Boot
For purposes of this section (other than paragraph (1)(D) of this
subsection) and so much of section 356 as relates to this section,
stock of a controlled corporation acquired by the distributing
corporation by reason of any transaction--
355(a)(3)(B)(i) which occurs
within 5 years of the distribution of such stock, and
355(a)(3)(B)(ii) in which
gain or loss was recognized in whole or in part, shall not be
treated as stock of such controlled corporation, but as other
property.
Also see
Private Letter Ruling PLR-123406-06 dated
August 30, 2006
Section 355 of the Code provides that no gain or loss is
recognized if (i) a corporation distributes to its shareholders with
respect to its stock, stock or securities of a corporation which it
controls immediately before the distribution, (ii) the transaction
was not used principally as a device for the distribution of
earnings and profits and (iii) both the distributing corporation and
the controlled corporation have been engaged, throughout the
five-year period ending on the date of the distribution, in an
active trade or business and are engaged in an active trade or
business immediately after the distribution.
Rev. Rul. 86-131,
1986-2 C.B. 135.
Since FX1 acquired the stock of FX2 within five years
of the distribution of such stock in a transaction in which gain or
loss was recognized, the distribution described above will not
qualify as a tax-free distribution of stock under section 26 USC 355
of the Code and will be treated as a dividend to the extent provided
in sections 26 USC 301 and 26 USC 316. Section 26 USC 355(a)(3)(B).
Hot
Interest rule under IRS Code §6621(c) after a 30-day letter:
Hot Interest
In the case of a "large corporate underpayment", the underpayment
rate for periods after the applicable date is equal to the federal
short-term rate plus five percentage points. This increased rate of
interest is known as "hot interest." Hot interest applies only to
underpayments made by C corporations 12 when there is a threshold
underpayment of tax for a taxable period that exceeds $100,000,
computed without regard to interest, penalties, additional amounts,
and additions to tax. 13 Underpayments of different types of taxes
as well as underpayments relating to different taxable periods are
not aggregated for purposes of determining whether the $100,000
threshold is satisfied.
6621(c) Increase In
Underpayment Rate For Large Corporate Underpayments
6621(c)(1) In General - For purposes of determining the amount of
interest payable under section 6601 on any large corporate
underpayment for periods after the applicable date, paragraph (2) of
subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting "5 percentage
points" for "3 percentage points".
6621(c)(3) Large Corporate
Underpayment
For purposes of this subsection--
6621(c)(3)(A) In General The term "large corporate underpayment"
means any underpayment of a tax by a C corporation for any taxable
period if the amount of such underpayment for such period exceeds
$100,000.
6621(c)(3)(B) Taxable Period For purposes of subparagraph (A), the
term "taxable period" means--
6621(c)(3)(B)(i) in the case of any tax imposed by subtitle A, the
taxable year, or
6621(c)(3)(B)(ii) in the case of any other tax, the period to which
the underpayment relates.
Tax Benefit Rule under IRS Code §111
(recoveries or refunds received by taxpayer in a year after the year of payment / year of deduction):
Tax Benefit Rule
An Internal Revenue Service provision stating that amounts received
in one period, representing a recovery of an amount deducted in a
prior year, are to be included in income to the extent that the
prior deduction resulted in a decrease in taxable income in that
year.
-
If a taxpayer
recovers an amount that was deducted or credited
against tax in a previous year, the recovery must be
included in income to the extent that the deduction
or credit reduced the tax liability in the earlier
year. If no tax benefit was derived from a
prior-year deduction or credit, the recovery does
not have to be included in income.
-
If a taxpayer repays
an amount that was previously included in taxable
income, the repayment can be deducted in the year in
which it is repaid.
IR Code §111 Recovery of tax
benefit items:
(a) Deductions
Gross income does not include income attributable to the recovery
during the taxable year of any amount deducted in any prior taxable
year to the extent such amount did not reduce the amount of tax
imposed by this chapter.
(b)
Credits
-
In general
If- (A) a credit was allowable with respect to any
amount for any prior taxable year, and
(B) during the taxable year there is a
downward price adjustment or similar adjustment,
the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year
shall be increased by the amount of the credit
attributable to the adjustment.
-
Exception where
credit did not reduce tax
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the extent that the
credit allowable for the recovered amount did not
reduce the amount of tax imposed by this chapter.
-
Exception for
investment tax credit and foreign tax credit
This subsection shall not apply with respect to the
credit determined under section 46 and the foreign
tax credit.
(c) Treatment of carryovers
For purposes of this section, an increase in a carryover which has
not expired before the beginning of the taxable year in which the
recovery or adjustment takes place shall be treated as reducing tax
imposed by this chapter.
(d) Special rules for accumulated
earnings tax and for personal holding company tax
In applying subsection (a) for the purpose of determining the
accumulated earnings tax under section 531 or the tax under section
541 (relating to personal holding companies)-
-
any excluded amount
under subsection (a) allowed for the purposes of
this subtitle (other than section 531 or section
541) shall be allowed whether or not such amount
resulted in a reduction of the tax under section 531
or the tax under section 541 for the prior taxable
year; and
-
where any excluded
amount under subsection (a) was not allowable as a
deduction for the prior taxable year for purposes of
this subtitle other than of section 531 or section
541 but was allowable for the same taxable year
under section 531 or section 541, then such excluded
amount shall be allowable if it did not result in a
reduction of the tax under section 531 or the tax
under section 541.
Claim of Right Doctrine under IRS Code §1341 (payments returned from taxpayer in a year after the year of receipt / year of income)
:
IR Code §1341 Claim of Right
Doctrine:
- An item is
included in gross income for a prior taxable year
(or years) because it appeared that the taxpayer had
an unrestricted right to such item;
-
a deduction is
allowable for the taxable year because it was
established after the close of such prior taxable
year (or years) that the taxpayer did not have an
unrestricted right to such item or to a portion of
such item; and
-
the amount of such
deduction exceeds $3,000, then the tax imposed by
this chapter for the taxable year shall be the
lesser of the following:
-
the tax for the
taxable year computed with such deduction; or
-
an amount equal to
the tax for the taxable year computed without such
deduction, minus the decrease in tax under this
chapter (or the corresponding provisions of prior
revenue laws) for the prior taxable year (or years)
which would result solely from the exclusion of such
item (or portion thereof) from gross income for such
prior taxable year (or years).
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2004/1004/essentials/p42.htm
Where to report:
Enter the amount claimed as a refundable credit on line 68 (or line
71 in 2012) of Form
1040. Write "IRC Section 1341" in the space to the right of line 68
(or line 71 in 2012).
Or take as in itemized deduction on line 28 of Schedule A of Form
1040 in 2012. (see
IRS Publication 525)
Spiffs &
Incentive Payments are not subject to employment taxes:
Spiffs
or Special Performance Incentives for Field Force are "kickbacks" or
incentives paid by manufacturers or distributors to the retail sales
force.
|
Where a salesperson is awarded a payment or bonus for selling
selling a manufacturer's product, and the manufacturer is not the
salesperson's employer, such performance incentive payments are
considered other income not subject to self-employment tax.
These are mostly associated with the auto industry, The reason
behind why they became not subject to the SE tax is that auto sales
people used to write all their expenses off on Schedule C as opposed
to Schedule A and they ended up paying less in taxes. So this
"unfairness" was fixed
by making spiffs not subject to self-employment taxes.
If the manufacturer erroneously puts
the amount in box 7 of Form 1099-MISC, then you need to put it as
revenue on Sch C and the same amount as other expenses with a
description like "Manufacturer Incentive Reported on Page 1 Line
21". Then put the amount on line 21. If it is box 3 Other Income
then just put it on Line 21 with no SE Tax.
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p3204.pdf
one-time payments, even if "earned" might not qualify as a "trade or
business" and therefore are not subject to S/E taxes
Batok, TC Memo 1992-727
TAM 9423004 TAM 9525003 TAM 9647003
Foreign Tax Paid election: to deduct on
Schedule A, or to take as a foreign tax credit; - subject to a 10-year SOL for claiming a
refund:
Proforma letter to the IRS after receiving
rejections of Form 1040X :
The above taxpayers have received a denial of our claim for
refund for the stated reason that at the time, more than 3 years had
passed before filing the claim.
I request your reconsideration, because I believe that the Service
has erred by inadvertently overlooking the §6511(d)(3) "ten-year
rule."
I’d like to bring to your attention Chapter 61. LMSB International
Program Audit Guidelines, Section 10. Foreign Tax Credit 4.61.10.7
(05-01-2006) Changes in the Amount of Foreign Taxes Claimed
"4. There is a ten-year statute of limitations for filing a refund
claim when a U.S. taxpayer pays foreign tax relating to an earlier
year."
This is found on the following webpage:
http://www.irs.gov/irm/part4/irm_04-061-010.html
And pursuant to §6511(d)(3)(A) Special period of limitation with
respect to foreign taxes paid or accrued.
If the claim for credit or refund relates to an overpayment
attributable to any taxes paid or accrued to any foreign country or
to any possession of the United States for which credit is allowed
against the tax imposed by subtitle A in accordance with the
provisions of section 901 or the provisions of any treaty to which
the United States is a party, in lieu of the 3-year period
of limitation prescribed in subsection (a), the period shall be 10
years from the date prescribed by law for filing the return for the
year in which such taxes were actually paid or accrued.
§6511(d)(3)(B)Exception in the case of foreign taxes paid or
accrued.-
In the case of a claim described in subparagraph (A), the amount of
the credit or refund may exceed the portion of the tax paid within
the period provided in subsection (b) or (c), whichever is
applicable, to the extent of the amount of the overpayment
attributable to the allowance of a credit for the taxes described in
subparagraph (A).
And pursuant to regulation §301.6511(d)-3. Internal Revenue Service,
Special rules applicable to credit against income tax for foreign
taxes
(a)Period in which claim may be filed.-
In the case of an overpayment of income tax resulting from a credit,
allowed under the provisions of section 901 or under the provisions
of any treaty to which the United States is a party, for taxes paid
or accrued to a foreign country or possession of the United States,
a claim for credit or refund must be filed by the taxpayer
within 10 years from the last date prescribed for filing the return
(determined without regard to any extension of time for filing such
return) for the taxable year with respect to which the claim is
made. Such 10-year period shall be applied in lieu of the
3-year period prescribed in section 6511(a).
(b)Limit on amount to be credited or refunded.-
In the case of a claim described in paragraph (a) of this section,
the amount of the credit or refund allowed or made may exceed the
portion of the tax paid within the period prescribed in section
6511(b) or (c), whichever is applicable, to the extent of the amount
of the overpayment attributable to the allowance of a credit against
income tax referred to in paragraph (a) of this section [Reg.
§301.6511(d)-3.]
Please contact the undersigned to discuss.
Sale of "Personal Goodwill" Martin Ice Cream case:
http://www.mercercapital.com/print/?id=363
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2001/May/AvoidTaxesInLiquidation.htm
Demutualization a life insurance company:
Though generally considered as being
"tax-free," litigation may change the position on this from
time-to-time:
http://www.demutualization.biz/
http://www.costbasis.com/stocks/demutualizationshares.html
http://www.kpmg.com/us/en/issuesandinsights/articlespublications/taxnewsflash/pages/life-insurance-federal-district-court-grants-taxpayer-refud-claim-sale-shares-received-demutualization-life-company.aspx
Sale of life Insurance policy by a terminally ill or chronically ill insured
person "Viatical Settlements":
Viatical Settlements Viatication allows a
terminally or chronically ill person to sell a life insurance policy
to someone who is buying it as an investment (i.e., the buyer
receives the life insurance proceeds upon the death of the insured).
Amounts received from the sale or assignment of a life insurance
contract on the life of a terminally ill individual to a qualified
viatical settlement provider are excluded from gross income [IRC
Sec. 101(g)(2)]. However, the exclusion does not apply if the
payments are paid to someone other than the terminally ill
individual if the recipient has a business or financial relationship
with the insured [IRC Sec. 101(g)(5)]. (See the Preparation Pointer
under "Accelerated Life Insurance Proceeds" for the forms used to
report viatical settlement proceeds.) A chronically ill individual
(defined later in this key issue) can also exclude amounts received
for viatical settlements but only if the payments are used for
long-term care services and subject to per day and annual limits
[IRC Sec. 101(g)(3)]. (See Key Issue 6G.) The services cannot be
compensated by insurance and generally cannot be reimbursable by
Medicare. A viatical settlement provider is any person regularly
engaged in the trade or business of purchasing or taking assignments
of life insurance contracts on the lives of individuals who are
terminally or chronically ill. In addition, the viatical settlement
provider must generally be licensed in particular states where they
do business, or must otherwise meet certain legal requirements [IRC
Sec. 101(g)(2)(B)(i)]. See Rev. Rul. 2002-82 for details. An
individual need not be terminally or chronically ill to enter into a
viatical settlement. However, there is no income exclusion in this
situation. Instead, the seller must report income to the extent the
sales proceeds exceed his or her adjusted basis in the contract. The
adjusted basis, which cannot be less than zero, is equal to (1) the
amount of premiums the taxpayer paid up to the time of sale less (2)
the amount of any refunded premiums, rebates, dividends, or unrepaid
loans that were not included in the policyholder's income (Rev. Rul.
2009-13; Reg. 1.1021-1). Although a life insurance policy is a
capital asset in the hands of the policyholder, gain to the extent
of the policy's cash surrender value over the adjusted basis is
taxed as ordinary income under the assignment of income doctrine (Gallun;
Neese). To the extent the gain exceeds that amount, it is treated as
capital gain, assuming it is a capital asset in the hands of the
taxpayer (Rev. Rul. 2009-13).
Underpayment of withholding and estimated tax payments:
Underpayment of withholding and
estimated tax payments
- from IRS Publication 505:
General Rule
In general, you may owe a penalty for 2005 if the total of
your withholding and estimated tax payments did not equal at least
the smaller of:
1. 90% of your 2005 tax, or
2. 100% of your 2004 tax. (Your 2004 tax return must cover a
12-month period.)
Your 2005 tax, for this purpose, is your Total tax for 2005, defined
under Exceptions, later.
Amended returns.
If you file an amended return by the due date (ed note: is this
the original due date or the extended due date? unanswered!) of
your original return, use the tax shown on your amended return to
figure your required estimated tax payments. If you file an amended
return after the due date of the original return, use the tax shown
on the original return.
However, if you and your spouse file
a joint return after the due date to replace separate returns you
originally filed by the due date, use the tax shown on the joint
return to figure your required estimated tax payments. This rule
applies only if both original separate returns were filed on time.
2004 joint return and 2005
separate returns. If you file
a separate return for 2005, but you filed a joint return with your
spouse for 2004, your 2004 tax is your share of the tax on the joint
return. You filed a separate return if you filed as single, head of
household, or married filing separately.
Rev. Rul. 82-208, 1982-2 C.B. 58,
the IRS concluded that no deduction would be permitted in year 1 for
state income tax estimated tax payments for year 1 that were
unreasonably too high for year 1. The ruling involved a taxpayer
whose income was salary and for which state income tax withholding
was sufficient. Clearly the taxpayer was paying a high estimated
state income tax in year 1 in order to benefit from the deduction,
even though the payments would either be refunded or credited by the
state towards the taxpayer's year 2 state income tax liability.
Where a taxpayer, pursuant to state law authorizing such payment,
makes an estimated payment of state income taxes that is reasonably
determined in good faith at the time of payment, such payments are
deductible under section 164(a)(3) of the Code. But for this
ruling, the IRS held that the taxpayer had no reasonable basis to
believe that he owed any additional state income taxes and did not
allow the estimated payment to be deducted on the 1981 income tax
return.
In Estate of Cohen v. Comr., T.C. Memo 1970-272, the court rejected
the IRS attempt to deny a deduction for high estimated state income
tax payments made in year 1 towards year 1 state income tax
liabilities because the amount of state income tax liability was
uncertain at the time.
Employee withholding taxes, Form W-4:
Withholding
Compliance Questions & Answers
Q1: In the past, as an employer, I was required to submit
all Forms W-4 that claimed complete exemption from withholding (when
$200 or more in weekly wages were regularly expected) or claimed
more than 10 allowances. What Forms W-4 do I now have to submit to
the IRS?
A1: Employers are no longer required to routinely submit
Forms W-4 to the IRS. However, in certain circumstances, the
IRS may direct you to submit copies of Forms W-4 for certain
employees in order to ensure that the employees have adequate
withholding. You are now required to submit the Forms W-4 to IRS
only if directed to do so in a written notice or pursuant to
specified criteria set forth in future published guidance.
Q2: If an employer no longer has to submit Forms W-4
claiming complete exemption from withholding or claiming more than
10 allowances, how does the IRS determine adequate withholding?
A2: The IRS is making more effective use of information
contained in its records along with information reported on Form W-2
wage statements to ensure that employees have enough federal income
tax withheld.
Q3: If the IRS determines that an employee does not have
enough federal income tax withheld, what will an employer be asked
to do?
A3: If the IRS determines that an employee does not have
enough withholding, we will notify you to increase the
amount of withholding tax by issuing a “lock-in” letter that
specifies the maximum number of withholding allowances
permitted for the employee. You will also receive a copy for the
employee that identifies the maximum number of withholding
exemptions permitted and the process by which the employee can
provide additional information to the IRS for purposes of
determining the appropriate number of withholding exemptions. If the
employee still works for you, you must furnish the employee copy to
the employee. If the employee no longer works for you, NO ACTION IS
REQUIRED AT THIS TIME. However if the employee should return to work
within twelve (12) months, you should begin withholding income tax
from the employee’s wages based on the withholding rate stated in
this letter.The employee will be given a period of time before the
lock-in rate is effective to submit for approval to the IRS a new
Form W-4 and a statement supporting the claims made on the Form W-4
that would decrease federal income tax
withholding. The employee must send the Form W-4 and statement
directly to the IRS office designated on the lock-in letter. You
must withhold tax in accordance with the lock-in letter as of the
date specified in the lock-in letter, unless otherwise notified by
the IRS. You will be required to take this action no sooner than 45
calendar days after the date of the lock-in letter. Once a lock-in
rate is effective, an employer can not decrease withholding unless
approved by the IRS.
Q4: As an employer, after I lock in withholding on an
employee based on a lock-in letter from the IRS, what do I do if I
receive a revised Form W-4 from the employee?
A4: After the receipt of a lock-in letter, you must
disregard any Form W-4 that decreases the amount of withholding. The
employee must submit for approval to the IRS any new Form W-4 and a
statement supporting the claims made on the Form W-4 that would
decrease federal income tax withholding. The employee should send
the Form W-4 and statement directly to the address on the lock-in
letter. The IRS will notify you to withhold at a specific rate if
the employee’s request is approved. However, if, at any time, the
employee furnishes a Form W-4 that claims a number of withholding
allowances less than the maximum number specified in the lock-in
letter, the employer must increase withholding by withholding tax
based on that Form W-4.
Q5: As an employer who has received a modification letter
(letter 2808C) from the WHC program, do I wait for another 60 days
to change the marital status and/or number of allowances per the
modification letter?
A5: No, the modifications to the marital status and/or
number of allowances become effective immediately upon receipt of
the letter 2808C.
Q6: I have been directed to lock in an employee’s
withholding. What happens if I do not lock in the employee’s
withholding as directed?
A6: Those employers who do not follow the IRS lock-in
instructions will be liable for paying the additional amount of tax
that should have been withheld.
Q7: Our employees can submit or change their Forms W-4 on
line. How can I prevent them from changing their Forms W-4 after
they have been locked-in by the IRS?
A7: You will need to block employees who have been
locked-in from using an on line Form W-4 system to decrease their
withholding.
Q8: What should I do if an employee submits a valid
Form W-4 that appears to be claiming an incorrect withholding
amount?
A8: You should withhold federal income tax based on the
allowances claimed on the Form W-4. But, you should advise the
employee that the IRS may review withholding to ensure it is
adequate, and that the IRS may direct you, as the employer, to
withhold income tax for the employee at a certain rate if the review
indicates the employee’s withholding is inadequate. Once this occurs
the employee will not be allowed to decrease their withholding
unless approved by the IRS.
Q9: What do I do if an employee hands me a substitute
Form W-4 developed by the employee?
A9: Employers may refuse to accept a substitute form developed
by an employee and the employee submitting such a form will be
treated as failing to furnish a Form W-4. In such case, you
should inform the employee that you will not accept this form and
offer the employee an opportunity to complete an official Form W-4
or a substitute Form W-4 developed by you. Until the employee
furnishes a new Form W-4, the employer must withhold from the
employee as from a single person claiming no allowances; if,
however, a prior Form W-4 is in effect for the employee, the
employer must continue to withhold based on the prior Form W-4.
As an employer, a substitute withholding exemption certificate
developed by you can be used in lieu of the official Form W-4, if
you provide all the tables, instructions, and worksheets contained
in the Form W-4 in effect at that time to the employee.
Q10: What do I do if an employee hands me an official IRS
Form W-4 that is clearly altered?
A10: Any alteration of a Form W-4 (e.g. crossed out
penalties of perjury statement above the signature) will cause the
Form W-4 to be invalid. If an employer receives an invalid Form W-4,
the employee will be treated as failing to furnish a Form W-4; the
employer must inform the employee that the Form W-4 is invalid, and
must request another Form W-4 from the employee. Until the employee
furnishes a new Form W-4, the employer must withhold from the
employee as from a single person claiming no allowances. If,
however, a prior Form W-4 is in effect for the employee, the
employer must continue to withhold based on the prior Form W-4.
Q11: I heard my employer no longer has to routinely
submit Forms W-4 to the IRS. How will this affect me as an
employee?
A11: There is no change in the requirement that employees
have adequate income tax withholding. The withholding
calculator found on www.irs.gov is
available to help employees determine the proper amount of federal
income tax
withholding. Another useful resource, Publication 505, “Tax
Withholding and Estimated Taxes" is available on the IRS
Web site or can be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (829-3676).
Individuals who do not have sufficient income tax
withholding are subject to penalties. The IRS will be making more
effective use of information contained in its
records along with information reported on Form W-2 wage statements
to ensure that employees have enough federal
income tax withheld.
Q12: As an employee, what happens if the IRS determines
that I do not have adequate withholding?
A12: The IRS may direct your employer to withhold federal
income tax at an increased rate to ensure you have adequate
withholding by issuing a lock-in letter. At that point, your
employer must disregard any Form W-4 that decreases the amount of
withholding. You will receive a copy of the lock-in letter. You will
be given a period of time before the lock-in rate is put in effect
to submit for approval to the IRS a new Form W-4 and a statement
supporting the claims made on the Form W-4 that would decrease your
federal income tax withholding. You should send the Form W-4 and
statement directly to the address on the lock-in letter. Once a
lock-in letter is issued, you will not be allowed to decrease your
withholding unless approved by the IRS.
Q13: What if I don’t want to submit a Form W-4 to my
employer?
A13: Your employer is required to withhold income tax from
your wages as if you are single with zero allowances if you do not
submit a Form W-4.
Page Last Reviewed or Updated: 30-Oct-2012
http://www.irs.gov/Individuals/Withholding-Compliance-Questions-&-Answers
30-day letter,
90-day letter & tax court:
Proposed Individual Tax Assessment (Letter 2566
SC/CG)
Notice of Deficiency (Letter 3219 SC/CG)
Do I need to petition tax court?
If you file your return, it is not necessary to petition tax
court, as your submitted return will be processed based on your
information. This is true whether you file the return prior to the
IRS proposed assessment being made or after the IRS assessment has
been processed.
However if you do not file a return, and do not agree with the
tax proposed by the IRS, you have 90 days from the date on the
Notice of Deficiency to dispute the amount the IRS says you owe.
http://www.irs.gov/businesses/small/article/0,,id=171838,00.html
Trick to waive penalties for late filing a
partnership tax return:
Under Rev. Proc. 84-35, the following partnerships will qualify for
an
automatic waiver of the Sec. 6698 late-filing penalty for a
partnership return, if:
- The partnership
has 10 or fewer partners, all of whom are natural
persons (other than nonresident aliens) or estates;
- Each partners
share of each partnership item is the same as such
partners share of every other item;
- The partnership
can establish, if requested by the IRS, that all
partners have fully reported their shares of income,
deductions and credits on their timely filed
returns.
Service Center Advice
(Letter Ruling)
SCA 200135029 suggested that taxpayers answer the
following six questions:
- Is the
partnership a domestic partnership?
- Does the
partnership have 10 or fewer partners (husband and
wife and their estates are treated as one partner)?
- Are all partners
natural persons (other than a nonresident alien) or
an estate of a deceased partner?
- Is each of the
partner's shares of each partnership item the same
as his share of every other item?
- Have all of the
partners timely filed their income tax returns?
- Have all of the
partners fully reported their share of the
partnership's income, deductions and credits on
their timely filed income tax returns?
If the taxpayer can answer "yes"
to all of the above questions, the Service would abate abate
any failure-to-file penalty for partnerships.
Rev. Proc. 84-35, 1984-1 C.B. 509
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this revenue Procedure is to update Rev. Proc. 81-11,
1981-1 C.B. 651, to conform to the small partnership provisions of
section 6231(a)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Rev. Proc. 81-11
sets forth the procedures under which partnerships with 10 or
fewer partners
will not be subject to the penalty
imposed by section 6698 for failure to file a partnership return.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01 Section 6031(a) of the Code provides that every partnership must
make a return for each taxable year including all information that
the Secretary may by forms and regulations prescribe.
.02 Section 402 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
1982, 1982-2 C.B. 462, 585, added sections 6621 through 6232 to the
Code to provide that the tax treatment of partnership items must be
determined at the partnership level. For purposes of these sections,
section 6231(a)(1)(A) defines "partnership" to mean any partnership
required to file a return under section 6031(a) except as provided
in section 6231(a)(1)(B).
.03 Section 6231(a)(1)(B) of the Code provides an exception to the
definition of "partnership" for small partnerships. In general, the
term "partnership" does not include a partnership if the partnership
has 10 or fewer partners, each of whom is a natural person (other
than a nonresident alien) or an estate, and each partner's share of
each partnership item is the same as such partner's share of every
other item. A husband and wife, and their estates, are treated as
one partner for this purpose.
.04 Section 6698 of the Code imposes a penalty if any partnership
required to file a return under section 6031 fails to file a timely
return, or files a return that fails to show the information
required by that section, unless the failure is due to reasonable
cause.
.05 The Conference Committee Report concerning section 6698 of the
Code states:
The penalty will not be imposed if the partnership can show
reasonable cause for failure to file a complete or timely return.
Smaller partnerships (those with 10 or fewer partners) will
not be subject to the penalty under this reasonable cause test so
long as each partner fully reports his share of the income,
deductions, and credits of the partnership...
H.R. Rep. No. 95-1800 (Conf. Report), 95th Cong., 2d Sess. 221
(1978), 1978-3 C.B. (Vol. 1) 521, 555. See also H.R. Rep. No.
95-1445, 95th Cong., 2d Sess. 75 (1978), 1978-3 C.B. (Vol. 1) 181,
249, and S. Rep. No. 95-1263, 95th Cong., 2d Sess. 106 (1978),
1978-3 C.B. (Vol. 1) 315, 403, which contain similar statements.
SECTION 3. REQUIRED PROCEDURES
.01 A domestic partnership composed of 10 or fewer partners and
coming within the exceptions outlined in section 6231(a) (1)(B) of
the Code
will be considered to have met
the reasonable cause test and will not be
subject to the penalty imposed by section 6698 for the
failure to file a complete or timely partnership return, provided
that the partnership, or any of the partners, establishes,
if so requested by the Internal
Revenue Service, that all partners have fully reported their shares
of the income, deductions, and credits of the partnership on their
timely filed income tax returns.
.02 Partnerships having a trust or corporation as a partner, tier
partnerships, and partnerships where each partner's interest in the
capital and profits are not owned in the same proportion, or where
all items of income, deductions, and credits are not allocated in
proportion to the pro rata interests, do not come within the
exception provisions of section 6231(a)(1)(B) of the Code and, are
subject to the penalty imposed by section 6698.
.03 Although a partnership of 10 or fewer partners may not be
automatically excepted from the penalty imposed by section 6698 of
the Code under section 3.01, the partnership may show other
reasonable cause for failure to file a complete or timely
partnership return.
.04 In determining whether a partner has fully reported the
partner's share of the income, deductions, and credits of the
partnership, for purposes of section 3.01, all the relevant facts
and circumstances will be taken into account. In making this
determination, the nature and materiality of any error or omission
will be considered. For example, although an isolated clerical error
normally reflects no more than mere inadvertence, such an error may
be of such magnitude that the partner will not be considered to have
fully reported. If the error or omission results in a de minimis
understatement of the net amount payable with respect to any income
tax, the penalty will not be asserted. However, if the error or
omission results in a material understatement of the net amount
payable with respect to any income tax, the partner generally will
not be considered to have fully reported and the penalty will be
applied.
SECTION 4. EFFECT ON OTHER Revenue Procedures
Rev. Proc. 81-11 is modified and superseded.
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue Procedure is effective for returns required to be filed
after June 22, 1984.
IRM Exhibit 20.1.2-1 Revenue Procedure 84-35
http://www.irs.gov/irm/part20/irm_20-001-002-cont01.html#d0e5187
IRM 20.1.2.3.3.1 (04-19-2011) Revenue Procedure 84-35
http://www.irs.gov/irm/part20/irm_20-001-002-cont01.html#d0e4543
IRM
8.19.1.6.3.1 (12-01-2006)
Small Partnership Exception
http://www.irs.gov/irm/part8/irm_08-019-001.html#d0e396
IRM 3.11.15.14.10 (1-1-2013) Reasonable Cause for Failing to File a
Timely Return
http://www.irs.gov/irm/part3/irm_03-011-015r-cont01.html#d0e8820
Proforma request for penalty abatement:
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Cincinnati, OH 45999-0039
Re: XYZ Associates TIN: XX-XXXXXXX
Form 1065 penalty
Dear Sirs:
The above taxpayer received a
penalty of $195 per month, per partner for allegedly filing their tax
return three months late.
The taxpayer respectfully requests
abatement of the penalty under the provisions of Rev. Proc. 84-35,
1984-1 C.B. 509.
Under Section 2.05 of that Rev.
Proc. A partnership is exempt from the penalty as follows:
The Conference Committee Report concerning section 6698 of the Code
states:
The penalty will not be imposed if the partnership can show
reasonable cause for failure to file a complete or timely return.
Smaller partnerships (those with 10 or fewer partners) will not be
subject to the penalty under this reasonable cause test so long as
each partner fully reports his share of the income, deductions, and
credits of the partnership...
The partnership is comprised of
only five partners and each reported on their Form 1040 tax return
their share of the income, deductions, and credits of the
partnership.
Please inform the taxpayer
directly of your determination.
Very truly yours,
update: (IRM)
In late 2007 new law passed - late filing penalties for late filed
Form 1065 will no longer be @ $50 per partner, per month, for up to 5
months or $250/K-1. Rather effective 12/20/07, for 2007 tax returns a Code §6698(b)(1)
penalty is now $85, per K-1, per month, for up to 12 months, or $1,020/K-1. S-corp.
Form 1120S K-1's which were exempt in the past, now have a Code §6699(b)(1)
penalty for the same $1,020/K-1.
update:
For
2008 and 2009 tax returns, the
Form 1065 and Form 1120S
penalties were raised to
$89
or $90 per K-1, per month, for
up to 12
months or $1,068/K-1 or $1,080/K-1.
(the additional $1 increase was authorized by subsequent
passing of The Hokie Act and depend on the beginning date of the
taxable year)
update: 11/26/09
For 2010 tax returns, the Form 1065 and Form 1120S
penalties were increased to $195,
per K-1,
per month, for up to 12 months or
$2,340/K-1.
(over the fiscal period 2011 to 2019, these penalties are projected to raise $642 million (form
1065 partnership penalties) and $587 million (form 1120S S
corporation penalties)
update:
For 2017 tax returns, the Form 1065 and Form 1120S
penalties were increased to $200,
per K-1,
per month, for up to 12 months or
$2,400/K-1.
update:
For 2018 tax returns, the Form 1065 penalty was increased to $210,
per K-1,
per month, for up to 12 months or
$2,520/K-1.
update:
For 2019 tax returns, the Form 1065
and Form 1120S penalties were changed to $205,
per K-1,
per month, for up to 12 months or
$2,460/K-1.
update:
For 2020 tax returns, the Form 1065
and Form 1120S penalties were changed to $210,
per K-1,
per month, for up to 12 months or
$2,520/K-1.
comment:
Since 2018 the Form 1065 and Form 1120S penalties have
inconsistently been set at $205 or $210.
Actual example of a Form 1065 penalty notification dated
November 8, 2021 "The penalty is $205.00 for each person who was a
partner at anytime during the tax year, for each month or part of a
month the return was late, for up to 12 months. Number of
Partners: 2 Late filing penalty $420.00"
update 6/14/12
TC Summary Opinion 2012-55 determines reasonable cause
(and not due to willful neglect) for S-corp for the
purposes of the Code §6699(b)(1) penalty by interpreting 26 C.F.R.
section
301-6651-1(c)(1) "If the taxpayer exercised ordinary business
care and prudence and was nevertheless unable to file the return
within the prescribed time, then the delay is due to a reasonable
cause."
Potential effects of using
IRS Form 8893 to make the election pursuant
to
IRC
§6231(a)(1)(B)(ii) to have the provisions of subchapter C
of chapter 63 of the IRC apply with respect to a partnership (that
files Form 1065)
Starting in 2012, the IRS occasionally responds with a 168C or
854C letter to a partnership's request for
section 6698 penalty
abatement pursuant to Rev. Proc 84-35 by sending IRS LTR 854C to the
partnership:
"The partnership does not qualify for
a penalty waiver under Revenue Procedure 84-35 because our records
indicate that the partnership elected to be subject to the
consolidated audit procedures in
IRS 6221 through IRC 6233."
"The partnership does not qualify for a waiver under Rev. Proc 84 35
because our records indicate that the partnership elected to be
subject to the consolidated audit procedures in
IRS 6221 through IRC 6233."
But consider the IRS Nat'l
Office Significant Service Center Advice No. 200135029 Memorandum
for Associate Area Counsel, Boston Small Business/Self Employed CC:SB:1:BOS which states: "Section 6231(a)(1)(B) was enacted as part of
the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) of 1982, Pub L
97-248, in an effort to provide unified partnership audit and litigation
procedures. See generally I.R.C.
§6221 through 6233. These provisions,
which can be found in Subchapter C of Chapter 63 (governing tax
treatment of partnership items) are completely unrelated and have no bearing on the application and scope
of section 6698."
See LAW & ANALYSIS here:
200135029 Significant Service Center Advice - August 1, 2001
See Regs §301.6231(a)(1)-1 here:
http://law.justia.com/cfr/title26/26-18.0.1.1.2.3.56.43.html
See Code §6231(a)(1)(B) here: http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/26/6231
S-Corp late filing penalty waived due to reasonable cause:
T.C. Summary Opinion 2012-55
Ensyc Techs. v. Comm'r of Internal Revenue
19 DEC S Corp Late Filing Penalty Excused IRC 6699 Ensyc Technologies V. Commissioner
Reasonable Cause to Avoid Tax Penalties
Trick to waive penalty for late payment of individual income tax:
Proforma request for penalty
abatement:
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
P.O. Box 9019
Holtsville, NY 11742-9019
Re: James and Jane Lastname
SSN: XXX-XX-XXXX Form 1040 penalty
Dear Sirs:
The above taxpayer received a
penalty under Code Section 6651 for paying their 20XX taxes late.
The taxpayer respectfully requests
abatement of the penalty due to reasonable cause, which is presumed
when ninety percent (90%) or more of the 20XX tax liability was paid
by April 15, 20XY and the balance due was remitted with the filing
of the tax return. (see Regs. §301.6651-1(c)(3)).
Please inform the taxpayer
directly of your determination.
Very truly yours,
Trick to
use when Form W-2 is missing - new IRS/State crackdown starting
2007:
Were you an "employee" misclassified by your employer as a
"self-employed sub-contractor"?
(Caution to businesses / employers:
you need to be aware of these items available to your subcontractors
/ employees)
When Form W-2 is lost, missing or incorrect
or was not even issued to "an employee," then
IRS Form 4852 can be used as a substitute.
Additional new crackdown on employers "incorrect" reporting of
employees:
Starting with 2007 employment
as an "employee" - but you were not issued a Form W-2 or you were
issued a Form 1099-MISC instead of a Form W-2, then
IRS Form 8919 may be "required" to be filed.
To determine if a person is an employee (rather than a
subcontractor)
IRS Form SS-8 may be needed.
IRS
Announcement 2001-64 Voluntary Classification Settlement Program
VCSP is a new program developed by the IRS that allows taxpayers to voluntarily reclassify their workers as employees for future tax periods for employment tax purposes
FAQ
Old rules - pre 2007:
IRS Notice 989 (issued March 1999) When IRS Determines Your
Work Status is "Employee" gave the
following instructions to these employees:
If you are filing an original
Form 1040
return, show the total computed social security and Medicare tax due
on
Form 4137,
Social Security and Medicare Tax on Unreported Tip Income. Cross
out the word "TIP(S)" and insert the word "WAGE(S)" on the Form 4137
and use wage(s) in place of tip(s) when completing the form. Then
enter the social security and Medicare tax total on Form 1040, page
2 in the other taxes section as instructed on the Form 4137. Use the
appropriate forms for the tax year you are filing.
Starting with 2007 Form 4137 includes the following new
instructions: "Use Form 4137 only
to figure the social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did
not report to your employer, including any allocated tips shown on
your Form(s) W-2 that you must report as income. " "If you
believe you are an employee and you received Form 1099-MISC,
Miscellaneous Income, instead of Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement,
because your employer did not consider you an employee, do not use
Form 4137. Instead, use Form 8919, Uncollected Social Security and
Medicare Taxes on Wages."
What to Do
If You Are Missing a W-2
http://www.irs.gov/newsroom/article/0,,id=106470,00.html
|
|
IRS
TAX TIP
2009-28
Did
you
get
your
W-2?
These
documents
are
essential
to
filling
out
most
individual
tax
returns.
You
should
receive
a
Form
W-2,
Wage
and
Tax
Statement,
from
each
of
your
employers
each
year.
Employers
have
until
February
2,
2009
to
provide
or
send
you
a
2008
W-2
earnings
statement
either
electronically
or
in
paper
form.
If
you
haven’t
received
your
W-2,
follow
these
steps:
-
Contact your employer.
If you have not received your Form W-2, contact your employer to inquire if and when the W-2 was mailed. If it was mailed, it may have been returned to the employer because of an incorrect or incomplete address. After contacting the employer, allow a reasonable amount of time for them to resend or to issue the W-2.
-
Contact the IRS.
If you still do not receive your W-2 by February 17th, contact the IRS for assistance at 800-829-1040. When you call, have the following information:
-
Employer's name, address, city, and state, including zip code;
-
Your name, address, city and state, including zip code, and Social Security number; and
-
An estimate of the wages you earned, the federal income tax withheld, and the period you worked for that employer. The estimate should be based on year-to-date information from your final pay stub or leave-and-earnings statement, if possible.
-
File your return.
You still must file your tax return on time even if you do not receive your Form W-2. If you have not received your Form W-2 by February 17th, and have completed steps 1 and 2 above, you may use Form 4852, Substitute for Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement. Attach Form 4852 to the return, estimating income and withholding taxes as accurately as possible. There may be a delay in any refund due while the information is verified.
-
File a Form 1040X.
On occasion, you may receive your missing documents at a later date and some may have conflicting information. You may receive a Form W-2 or W-2C (corrected form) after you filed your return using Form 4852, and the information differs from what you reported on your return. If this happens, you must amend your return by filing a Form 1040X, Amended U.S. Individual Income Tax Return.
Form
4852,
Form
1040X,
and
instructions
are
available
on
the
IRS
Web
site,
IRS.gov
or
by
calling
800-TAX-FORM
(800-829-3676).
Links:
-
Form 4852, Substitute for Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement (PDF 29K)
-
Form 14157, "E-filing Using Payroll Stub" question 13 page 1 and page 4 (PDF)
-
Form 14039, "Identity Theft Affidavit" (PDF)
-
Form 1040X, Amended U.S. Individual Income Tax Return (PDF 123K)
-
Instructions for Form 1040X (PDF 43K)
|
|
(Caution to businesses /
employers: you need to be aware of this IRS / State crackdown)
FS-2007-25, November 2007
QETP Definition: Questionable employment tax practices (QETP)
are employment tax schemes or practices that have no objective other
than to avoid federal and/or state employment taxes.
Additional
information from the IRS on the Questionable Employment Tax
Practices (QETP) Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
IRS Publication 1976 regarding relief available under Section
530
information
IRS offers tips on correcting misclassified employee reporting
IRS site search for updated
information
Google search for updated
information
Information for newly registered employers:
depositing employees' withholding taxes
small employer tax filings
business.gov - 10 steps to hiring your first employee
(Caution to businesses /
employers: you need to be aware of this 2008 IRS / State
crackdown)
IRS will be using a computer matching program to further check on
the payees of any business that issues five or more Form 1099-MISC
to workers in an amount exceeding $25,000 each. They will then
do a search for all 1099's and W-2's to these workers and a listing
of prospects for employment tax audits will be generated.
(source: KiplingerTaxLetter 2/22/08)
(Voluntary Classification
Settlement Program (VCSP) started by IRS in
September 2011)
Employers may file an application using IRS
Form 8952 if
they consistently treated workers in question as outside contractors
and must have issued Forms 1099 annually for at least the last three
years. See IRS
Announcement
2011-64 for details.
Application-for-Voluntary-Classification-Settlement-Program-(VCSP)
Re: payments as "employee
reimbursements" and "independent contractor."
A person who is an employee,
generally, may not provide services as an independent contractor (to
the same business owner).
It is generally viewed as a form of tax evasion and is routinely
reclassified to wages, along with interest and penalty, including as
a penalty - the employer must pay the income taxes for the
independent contractor/employee.
Employee expense reimbursements
are okay
only if they are paid pursuant to an "accountable plan"
meaning that you reimburse the employee for the exact amount in
exchange for appropriate receipts from the employee. Any
"unaccountable plan" such as giving the employee a flat $100 to
cover costs for uniforms, mileage or other costs of a business trip,
must be added to the employee's W-2 as wages.
You may give one separate check to
an employee in the amount of $25 each calendar year as a "gift" and
this does not need to be reported on the employee's W-2.
Trick to
use when Form W-2 is checked as being an active participant in retirement plan:
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/f8275.pdf
For information on the active participant rules, see Notice
87-16, 1987-1 C.B. 446, Notice 98-49, 1998-2 C.B. 365,
section
219(g)(5), and Pub. 590, Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs).
Notice 87-16
I. DEDUCTIBLE
CONTRIBUTIONS TO IRAs
A. ACTIVE PARTICIPANT STATUS
An individual who is not an active participant
in a retirement arrangement specified in section 219(g)(5) of the
Code may make a deductible IRA contribution for the taxable year of
up to the lesser of $2,000 ($2,250 for spousal IRAs) or 100% of
compensation. An individual who is married and files a joint federal
income tax return will be treated as an active participant if such
individual's spouse is an active participant.
Section 219(g) of the Code provides that if an
individual is an active participant in such a retirement arrangement
for a taxable year, the $2,000 ($2,250 for spousal IRAs) dollar
limit on the individual's deduction may be reduced or eliminated for
such year. Accordingly, the first step in determining the
permissible IRA deduction for a year is to determine active
participant status for the taxable year.
For purposes of the IRA deduction rules, an
individual shall be an "active participant" for a taxable year if
either the individual or the individual's spouse (with whom the
individual files a joint tax return) actively participates in any of
the following:
1) a qualified plan described in section
401(a) of the Code,
2) an annuity plan described in section 403(a)
of the Code,
3) a plan established for its employees by the
federal, state or local government or by an agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than a plan described in section 457
of the Code),
4) an annuity contract or custodial account
described in section 403(b) of the Code,
5) a simplified employee pension described in
section 408(k) of the Code, or
6) a trust described in section 501(c)(18) of
the Code.
See Questions Al through Al4 for active
participant rules that apply to all plans.
In determining when an individual is an active
participant in retirement arrangement for a taxable year, different
rules are applied, depending upon whether the retirement arrangement
is a defined benefit or a defined contribution plan.
Defined Benefit Plan Rule
In the case of a defined benefit plan, an
individual who is not excluded under the eligibility provisions of
the plan for the plan year ending with or within the individual's
taxable year shall be an active participant in the plan, regardless
of whethe r such individual has elected to decline participation in
the plan, has failed to make a mandatory contribution specified
under the plan or has failed to perform the minimum service required
to accrue a benefit under the plan. For example:
An individual is a calendar year taxpayer who
is not excluded from participation under the provisions of a defined
benefit plan with a July 1 to June 30 plan year. The individual
separates from service on December 31, 1987. Because the individual
is not excluded under the plan's eligibility provisions for the plan
year ending in such individual's 1988 taxable year, such individual
shall be an active participant for the 1988 taxable year.
See Questions Al5 through Al8 for defined
benefit plan active participant rules.
Defined Contribution Plan
Rule
Generally, in the case of a defined
contribution plan, an individual shall be an active participant if
employer or employee contributions or forfeitures are allocated to
such individual's account with respect to a plan year ending with or
within the individual's taxable year. For example:
Company B sponsors a money purchase pension
plan with a plan year ending on June 30. The plan provides that
contributions must be allocated as of the last day of the plan year.
On December 31, 1987, an individual employed by the Company
separates from service. The contribution for the plan year ending on
June 30, 1988 is not made until February 15, 1989, when the Company
files its corporate return. In this case, the individual is an
active participant for such individual's 1988 taxable year.
A special rule applies to certain plans in
which it is impossible to determine whether or not an amount (other
than earnings) will be allocated to an individual's account for a
given plan year. If, with respect to a particular plan year, no
amount attributable to forfeitures, employer contributions or
employee contributions has been allocated to an individual's account
by the last day of the plan year, and contributions to the plan are
purely discretionary for the plan year, such individual shall not be
an active participant for the taxable year in which such plan year
ends. If, however, after the end of such plan year, the employer
contributes an amount for such plan year, an individual to whose
account an allocation is made shall be an active participant for the
taxable year in which the contribution is made.
Contributions shall be treated as purely
discretionary for the plan year if, as of the end of the plan year,
the employer is not obligated under the law or terms of the plan to
make a contribution for the plan year, and whether or not
contributions are made to the plan is ultimately dependent upon the
employer's decision or factors within the control of the employer.
Contributions are not purely discretionary merely because they are
dependant on profits.
For example:
An individual covered by a profit-sharing plan
separated from service on December 31, 1987. The plan year runs from
July 1 to June 30. Under the terms of the plan, employer
contributions, if any, shall be made at the complete discretion of
the Board of the Directors and shall be contributed to the plan
prior to the due date for filing the employer's tax return. Such
contributions are allocated as of the last day of the plan year, and
allocations are made to the accounts of individuals who have any
service during the plan year. As of June 30, 1988, no employer or
employee contributions had been made that are allocated to the June
30, 1988 plan year, and no forfeitures had been allocated within the
plan year. In addition, as of such date, the employer was not
obligated to make a contribution for such plan year and it was
impossible to determine whether or not a contribution would be made
with respect to the plan year. On December 31, 1988, the Board of
Directors agreed to contribute a specified amount to the plan, with
respect to the plan year ending June 30, 1988; on February 15, 1989,
such contribution was made to the plan. As a result of the amount
allocated to such individual,s account as of June 30, 1988, the
individual is an active participant in the plan for the 1989
calendar year but not for the 1988 year.
See Questions Al9 through A26 for the defined
contribution plan rules.
GENERAL ACTIVE PARTICIPANT
QUESTIONS
Al: How will an employer report active
participant status for a taxable year?
A: An individual's employer (or former
employer) must inform an individual of active participant status for
the taxable year of the individual. This status must be reported on
a Form W- 2.
A2: If an individual is not an active
participant, but such individual's spouse is an active participant,
will the individual be treated as an active participant?
A: If the couple files a joint federal income
tax return for the applicable year, active participation by either
spouse will cause both spouses to be treated as active participants.
But see Question A3.
A3: If an individual is married but files a
separate tax return, will active participation by his or her spouse
affect the individual's active participant status?
HMTZ Note: This answer is no longer the
correct answer. Congress changed the law after a year to remove this
option.
A: No. Section 219(g)(4) of the Code provides that a married
individual who files a separate tax return is considered single for
purposes of determining active participant status. Thus, if the
individual is not an active participant. the fact that his or her
spouse is an active participant will not limit such individual's IRA
deduction.
A4: If a married individual obtains a divorce
during his or her taxable year (and does not remarry during such
year), is the individual considered an active participant merely
because the former spouse is an active participant for the year?
A: No. Marital status is determined as of the
end of the year. Thus, if the individual is not married at the end
of the year, the fact that his or her former spouse is an active
participant will not cause the individual to be treated as an active
parti cipant. Similarly, if an individual marries during the year,
and the individual's new spouse is an active participant, the
individual shall be treated as an active participant for the entire
year if the couple files a joint tax return.
A5: If a married individual dies during a
taxable year and is an active participant for such taxable year,
will the survivor be treated as an active participant for purposes
of section 219(g) of the Code?
A: Yes. In the taxable year of death, active
participation is determined as if the deceased spouse was still
alive. Thus, if the deceased spouse was an active participant for
the taxable year of death and a joint return is filed for the
taxable year of death, the survivor will also be treated as an
active participant. In such a case, the applicable dollar limitation
for AGI purposes is $40,000. (See I. B., below.) For taxable years
following the taxable year of death, the deceased spouse's status as
an active participant in the year of death has no effect on the
survivor's status as an active participant because the survivor is
not treated as married to the deceased spouse for purposes of the
active participation rules. However, for AGI purposes, in th ose
cases in which the survivor meets the filing status requirements
under section 2(a) of the Code, the survivor will use the same
$40,000 applicable dollar limitation used by married taxpayers
filing jointly.
A6: An individual has an amount deferred for a
taxable year in a plan described in section 457 of the Code. Does
participation in such a plan cause the individual to be an active
participant?
A: No. Section 219(g)(5) of the Code
specifically exempts unfunded deferred compensation plans described
in section 457 of the Code from the definition of relevant plans for
purposes of determining who is an active participant. Participation
in any ret irement plan established by a state or local government,
other than a plan described in section 457 of the Code, is active
participation for purposes of section 219(g)(5) of the Code.
A7: Is an individual who is covered under
Social Security or Railroad Retirement (Tier I or Tier II) an active
participant?
A: No. Under Section 219(g)(5), neither Social
Security nor Railroad Retirement (Tier I and Tier II) is a
retirement arrangement for purposes of determining active
participant status.
A8: Is a retired individual who is receiving
pension annuity payments an active participant?
A: No. An individual will not be treated as an
active participant merely because the individual receives benefits
under a retirement arrangement described in section 219(g)(5) of the
Code.
A9: If an individual is ineligible for benefit
accrual in a retirement plan that is integrated with Social Security
solely because the compensation of that individual is below the
integration level or because the full benefit will be offset by
Social S ecurity, is the individual an active participant?
A: No. In the case of a defined benefit plan,
an individual who is not excluded under the eligibility provisions
of the plan, but who is nonetheless ineligible to accrue a benefit
under a plan because compensation is below the integration level or
whos e benefit will be fully offset by social security for the plan
year ending with or within the taxable year, shall not be an active
participant in such plan. (Note: This is an exception to the general
rule applicable to defined benefit plans, and it is lim ited to the
facts set forth in the preceding sentence.) Similarly, in a defined
contribution plan, if an individual is ineligible for an allocation
in a plan year because the individual's compensation is below the
integration level, such individual shall not be an active
participant for the taxable year with or within which such defined
contribution plan year ends.
A10: Is an individual who makes employee
contributions to a qualified plan described in section 219(g)(5) an
active participant?
A: Yes. If an individual makes either
voluntary or mandatory employee contributions to a plan, such
individual shall be an active participant for the individual's
taxable year containing the end of the plan year in which the
contributions are allocated .
A11: In the case of a plan year that begins in
1986 and ends in 1987, will actions attributable to the 1986 part of
the plan year that would normally make an individual an active
participant for a year, make an individual an active participant for
the 1987 taxable year?
A: No. For purposes of determining whether an
individual is an active participant for 1987, a plan year beginning
in 1986 and ending in 1987 (an "overlap plan year") is to be treated
as two short plan years, the first ending on December 31, 1986 and
th e second beginning on January 1, 1987. In addition, any employee
contributions or employer contributions or forfeitures allocated
during the 1987 portion of the overlap plan year shall be treated as
allocated on December 31, 1986 to the extent such contri butions are
attributable (i) to compensation that would have been paid (but for
a deferral election) or was actually paid before January 1, 1987 or
(ii) to services performed before January 1, 1987.
For example, if a participant in a cash or
deferred arrangement that is part of a plan with an overlap plan
year elects to have no elective deferrals made out of compensation
that would have been paid (but for the deferral election) in the
1987 portion of the overlap plan year, such participant will not be
treated as an active participant for the 1987 taxable year merely
because of the elective deferrals made out of compensation that
would have been paid (but for the deferral election) before January
1 , 1987. Similarly, if a participant in a defined contribution plan
with an overlap plan year separates from service from the employer
on December 31, 1986, such participant will not be treated as an
active participant for the 1987 taxable year merely beca use an
employer contribution that is based on the participants's
compensation and service before January 1, 1987 is allocated to such
participant's account as of the last day of the overlap plan year.
A12: Is an individual considered an active
participant merely because such individual participates in a plan as
an Armed Forces reservist if the individual has less than 90 days of
active duty during the year, or participates in a plan described in
sec tion 219(g)(5)(A)(iii) of the Code, based on activities as a
volunteer firefighter?
A: No. Such individual is not an active
participant pursuant to section 219(g)(6) of the Code.
A13: If only a single dollar is allocated to
an individual's account for a plan year (in a defined contribution
plan), or an individual accrues a benefit of only one dollar for a
plan year (in a defined benefit plan), is such an individual an
active pa rticipant in such plan?
A: Yes.
A14: If an amount is allocated to an
individual's plan account for a plan year in a defined contribution
plan, or an individual accrues a benefit for a plan year in a
defined benefit plan, but such individual has no vested interest in
such account or a ccrual, is such an individual an active
participant in such plan?
A: Yes. Active participant status is
determined without regard to vesting.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN ACTIVE
PARTICIPATION QUESTIONS
A15: In many defined benefit plans a
participant's right to benefit accruals is conditioned upon the
performance of a prescribed number of hours of service. If an
individual does not complete the requisite hours of service needed
in order to accrue a b enefit in a plan year, is the individual an
active participant for such year?
A: Yes. If the individual is not excluded
under the eligibility provisions of the plan for the plan year
ending with or within the individual's taxable year, the individual
is an active participant.
A16: If an individual participates in a
defined benefit plan in which benefit accruals are frozen for the
entire plan year ending with or within the individual's taxable
year, is such individual an active participant in such plan for the
taxable year?
A: No. When a plan is frozen, i.e., when
benefit accruals under a plan have ceased for all participants, an
individual in such a plan is not an active participant. However,
where a benefit may vary with future compensation, all accruals will
not be con sidered to have ceased. For example, a "High 3" plan, in
which future accruals have ceased but the actual benefit will depend
upon future compensation, will not be considered as a plan in which
accruals have ceased for all participants.
A17: If a calendar year defined benefit plan
terminates on January 2, 1988, is an individual who is covered under
the plan an active participant for such individual's 1988 taxable
year?
A: Yes. If an individual is not excluded under
the eligibility provisions of the plan for any portion of the plan
year ending with or within the taxable year, the individual is an
active participant. Accordingly, an individual covered by the plan
shall be an active participant for the taxable year in which the
plan year ends, whether or not the plan terminated.
A18: If a calendar year defined benefit plan
terminates on November 30, 1987, but does not commence distributions
until January 31, 1988, is an individual covered under the plan an
active participant in either plan year?
A: As noted in question Al7, the individual
will be an active participant for the taxable year within which the
plan terminates (1987) because such individual was not excluded
under the eligibility provisions of the plan in the plan year which
ended wi th or within the taxable year. In the 1988 plan year, a
participant is excluded under the eligibility provisions for the
plan year which ends with or within the participant's taxable year
because the plan has terminated.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
ACTIVE PARTICIPATION QUESTIONS
A19: Is an individual an active participant
merely because earnings are allocated to such individual's account?
A: No. An individual is not an active
participant merely because earnings have been allocated to such
individual's account.
A20: Certain defined contribution plans
condition the right to an allocation on the performance of a
specified number of hours (e.g., 1,000) or on the employment of the
participant on a certain day. In such a plan, if an individual does
not meet the co ndition for a particular plan year, is the
individual an active participant with respect to the taxable year
within which such plan year ends?
A: No. An individual is not an active
participant in a defined contribution plan if, under the terms of
the plan, the individual is not entitled to an allocation of
contributions or forfeitures to the individual's account with
respect to the plan year ending with or within the individual's
taxable year.
A21: If an employer sponsoring a defined
contribution plan is required to make a contribution to an
individual's account but fails to do so (whether or not in violation
of section 412(d) of the Code), is an individual for whom an
allocation is required an active participant in the plan for the
plan year ending in the individual's taxable year?
A: Yes. In the case of such a plan, if an
allocation must be made to an individual's account with respect to a
particular plan year, such individual shall be an active participant
in the taxable year in which such plan year ends, regardless of
whether the contribution is made.
A22: If a plan is required to make a top heavy
minimum allocation for the plan year, and must make an allocation to
the account of an individual who would not otherwise be entitled to
an allocation for the plan year, is the individual an active partici
pant merely because a top heavy minimum allocation is made to such
individual's account?
A: Yes. If a top heavy minimum is required to
be allocated to an individual's account, the individual is an active
participant for the taxable year in which ends the plan year with or
within which the allocation is required to be made.
A23: If an individual elects to defer
compensation under a section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement
(CODA), is such individual an active participant?
A: Yes. An individual who elects to defend
compensation pursuant to a plan described in section 401(k) shall be
an active participant. The same rule applies to elective deferrals
and salary reductions under sections 408(k), 501(c)(18), and 403(b).
A24: If an individual who is eligible to make
elective deferrals under a CODA declines to make elective deferrals
for a year, and no other contributions or forfeitures are allocated
to such individual's account for the plan year ending with or within
t he individual's taxable year, is such individual an active
participant for that year?
A: No. An individual shall not be an active
participant merely due to eligibility to participate in a CODA.
A25: If an individual makes an elective
deferral during a plan year, but later has the deferral distributed
from the plan as an excess deferral, pursuant to section 402(g)(2)
of the Code, is such individual an active participant for the
taxable year wi th or within which ends the plan year?
A: Yes. For purposes of determining active
participant status, if an individual chooses to make an elective
deferral to a plan, the individual is an active participant for the
plan year as of which the deferral contribution is allocated,
regardless of whether the contribution remains in the individual's
account.
A26: A profit sharing plan has a July 1 to
June 30 plan year. Under the terms of the plan, employer
contributions, if any, are made at the sole discretion of the Board
of Directors. As of June 30, 1987, no employee or employer
contributions have been m ade and no amounts have been forfeited for
the plan year ending June 30, 1987. Moreover, it is impossible to
determine whether a contribution will be made for the plan year
ending on June 30, 1987. On January 15, 1988, the employer makes a
contribution fo r the plan year ending on June 30, 1987. On November
30, 1988, the employer makes a contribution for the plan year ending
June 30, 1988.
On June 30, 1989 it is again impossible to
determine whether a contribution will be made for the plan year
ending on that date, and no contribution is made by December 31,
1989. Will a participant in the plan described above be an active
participant on ly for the 1988 taxable year?
A: No. In such a situation, when contributions
to a discretionary defined contribution plan for two plan years are
made in one calendar year, solely for the purposes of determining
active participant status, the contributions for the later plan year
ar e deemed to be made in the next taxable year. In the fact pattern
described above, the contribution made on November 30, 1988 is
deemed to be made in taxable year 1989. Thus, the individual is an
active participant in both the 1988 and 1989 taxable years.
Notice 98-49
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/n-98-49.pdf.
Sec. 1.219-2 Definition of active participant
(a) In general. This section defines the term active
participant for individuals who participate in retirement plans
described in section 219(b)(2). Any individual who is an active
participant in such a plan is not allowed a deduction under section
219(a) for contributions to an individual retirement account.
(b) Defined benefit plans—(1) In general. Except as
provided in subparagraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this paragraph, an
individual is an active participant in a defined benefit plan if for
any portion of the plan year ending with or within such individual's
taxable year he is not excluded under the eligibility provisions of
the plan. An individual is not an active participant in a particular
taxable year merely because the individual meets the plan's
eligibility requirements during a plan year beginning in that
particular taxable year but ending in a later taxable year of the
individual. However, for purposes of this section, an individual is
deemed not to satisfy the eligibility provisions for a particular
plan year if his compensation is less than the minimum amount of
compensation needed under the plan to accrue a benefit. For example,
assume a plan is integrated with Social Security and only those
individuals whose compensation exceeds a certain amount accrue
benefits under the plan. An individual whose compensation for the
plan year ending with or within his taxable year is less than the
amount necessary under the plan to accrue a benefit is not an active
participant in such plan.
(2) Rules for plans maintained by more than one employer.
In the case of a defined benefit plan described in section 413(a)
and funded at least in part by service-related contributions,
e.g., so many cents-per-hour, an individual is an active
participant if an employer is contributing or is required to
contribute to the plan an amount based on that individual's service
taken into account for the plan year ending with or within the
individual's taxable year. The general rule in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section applies in the case of plans described in section
413(a) and funded only on some non-service-related unit, e.g.,
so many cents-per-ton of coal.
(3) Plans in which accruals for all participants have ceased.
In the case of a defined benefit plan in which accruals for all
participants have ceased, an individual in such a plan is not an
active participant. However, any benefit that may vary with future
compensation of an individual provides additional accruals. For
example, a plan in which future benefit accruals have ceased, but
the actual benefit depends upon final average compensation will not
be considered as one in which accruals have ceased.
(4) No accruals after specified age. An individual in a
defined benefit plan who accrues no additional benefits in a plan
year ending with or within such individual's taxable year by reason
of attaining a specified age is not an active participant by reason
of his participation in that plan.
(c) Money purchase plan. An individual is an active
participant in a money purchase plan if under the terms of the plan
employer contributions must be allocated to the individual's account
with respect to the plan year ending with or within the individual's
taxable year. This rule applies even if an individual is not
employed at any time during the individual's taxable year.
(d) Profit-sharing and stock-bonus plans—(1) In
general. This paragraph applies to profit-sharing and stock
bonus plans. An individual is an active participant in such plans in
a taxable year if a forfeiture is allocated to his account as of a
date in such taxable year. An individual is also an active
participant in a taxable year in such plans if an employer
contribution is added to the participant's account in such taxable
year. A contribution is added to a participant's account as of the
later of the following two dates: the date the contribution is made
or the date as of which it is allocated. Thus, if a contribution is
made in an individual's taxable year 2 and allocated as of a date in
individual's taxable year 1, the later of the relevant dates is the
date the contribution is made. Consequently, the individual is an
active participant in year 2 but not in year 1 as a result of that
contribution.
(2) Special rule. An individual is not an active
participant for a particular taxable year by reason of a
contribution made in such year allocated to a previous year if such
individual was an active participant in such previous year by reason
of a prior contribution that was allocated as of a date in such
previous year.
(e) Employee contributions. If an employee makes a
voluntary or mandatory contribution to a plan described in
paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, such employee is an
active participant in the plan for the taxable year in which such
contribution is made.
(f) Certain individuals not active participants. For
purposes of this section, an individual is not an active participant
under a plan for any taxable year of such individual for which such
individual elects, pursuant to the plan, not to participate in such
plan.
(g) Retirement savings for married individuals. The
provisions of this section apply in determining whether an
individual or his spouse is an active participant in a plan for
purposes of section 220 (relating to retirement savings for certain
married individuals).
(h) Examples. The provisions of this section may be
illustrated by the following examples:
Example 1. The X Corporation maintains a
defined benefit plan which has the following rules on participation
and accrual of benefits. Each employee who has attained the age of
25 or has completed one year of service is a participant in the
plan. The plan further provides that each participant shall receive
upon retirement $12 per month for each year of service in which the
employee completes 1,000 hours of service. The plan year is the
calendar year. B, a calendar-year taxpayer, enters the plan on
January 2, 1980, when he is 27 years of age. Since B has attained
the age of 25, he is a participant in the plan. However, B completes
less than 1,000 hours of service in 1980 and 1981. Although B is not
accruing any benefits under the plan in 1980 and 1981, he is an
active participant under section 219(b)(2) because he is a
participant in the plan. Thus, B cannot make deductible
contributions to an individual retirement arrangement for his
taxable years of 1980 and 1981.
Example 2. The Y Corporation maintains a
profit-sharing plan for its employees. The plan year of the plan is
the calendar year. C is a calendar-year taxpayer and a participant
in the plan. On June 30, 1980, the employer makes a contribution for
1980 which as allocated on July 31, 1980. In 1981 the employer makes
a second contribution for 1980, allocated as of December 31, 1980.
Under the general rule stated in §1.219–2(d)(1), C is an active
participant in 1980. Under the special rule stated in
§1.219–2(d)(2), however, C is not an active participant in 1981 by
reason of that contribution made in 1981.
(i) Effective date. The provisions set forth in this
section are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31,
1978.
Presumption of
correctness of 1099-MISC forms (in CP2000 and CP2501 cases):
Portillo v. Commissioner, 932 F.2nd
1128 (1991) / Weimerskirch v. Commissioner, 596 F.2d 358
(1979) and others...
various excerpts:
The
presumption of correctness
generally prohibits a court from looking behind the Commissioner's
determination even though it may be based on hearsay or other
evidence inadmissible at trial. See
Clapp v. Commissioner, 875 F.2d 1396, 1402-03 (9th Cir.1989); Zuhone
v. Commissioner, 883 F.2d 1317, 1326 (7th Cir.1989); Dellacroce v.
Commissioner, 83 T.C. 269, 280 (1984). Justification for the
presumption of correctness lies in the government's strong need to
accomplish swift collection of revenues and in the need to encourage
taxpayer recordkeeping.
Carson, 560 F.2d at 696. The need for tax collection does not serve
to excuse the government, however, from providing some factual
foundation for its assessments. Id. "The tax collector's presumption
of correctness has a herculean muscularity of Goliathlike reach, but
we strike an Achilles' heel when we find no muscles, no tendons, no
ligaments of fact."
In this case we find that the
notice of deficiency lacks any "ligaments of fact."
As the Supreme Court has held, the presumption of correctness
does not apply when the government's assessment falls within a
narrow but important category of a " 'naked' assessment without any
foundation whatsoever...." Janis, 428
U.S. at 442, 96 S.Ct. at 3026. Several courts, including this one,
have noted that a court need not give effect to the presumption of
correctness in a case involving unreported income if the
Commissioner cannot present some predicate evidence supporting its
determination.
Carson, 560 F.2d at 696; Anastasato,
794 F.2d at 887; Weimerskirch v. Commissioner, 596 F.2d 358, 360
(9th Cir.1979); Pizzarello v. United States, 408 F.2d 579 (2d Cir.),
cert. denied, 396 U.S. 986, 90 S.Ct. 481, 24 L.Ed.2d 450 (1969).
Although a number of these cases involved unreported illegal income,
given the obvious difficulties in proving the nonreceipt of income2,
we agree with the Third Circuit that this principle should apply
whether the unreported income was allegedly obtained legally or
illegally. See Anastasato, 794 F.2d at 887.
It is obvious
that
a naked assessment without any foundation is arbitrary and
erroneous; see United States v.
Janis, supra. This is the law in at least nine Circuits and has in
fact been the law since at least 1935. In Helvering v. Taylor, 293
U.S. 507, 55 S.Ct. 287 (1935), the Commissioner determined a
deficiency of $9,156.69 on account of respondent's 1928 income tax
and the Board of Tax Appeals made the same determination. But on
appeal, the circuit court held it excessive and concluded that the
evidence did not show the correct amount; it thus reversed the order
of the Board and remanded the case for further proceedings in
accordance with the opinion. The petition for writ to the Supreme
Court stated the question to be presented as follows:
"In asserting that a new rule was
pronounced in this case, the government turns its back on United
States v. Janis... Janis holds that
where 'the assessment is shown to be naked and without any
foundation,' it is not entitled to the presumption of correctness
ordinarily conferred upon a notice of tax deficiency. The inception
of this holding is found in Helvering v. Taylor, 293 U.S. 507..., a
case which was decided in 1935!" Id., at 28-29.
"It is well established that as a
general matter, the Commissioner's determination of deficiency is
presumed correct, and the taxpayer bears 'the burden of proving it
wrong.' (Cites omitted). In Helvering v. Taylor, 293 U.S. 507,
515... (1935), the Court refined its formulation of this burden,
holding that the taxpayer is entitled to have the
determination set aside if he can prove that it is 'arbitrary and
excessive,'
regardless of whether he can prove the amount he actually owes.
Under the Taylor decision, the determination of the correct amount
of tax is an inquiry entirely separate from, and subsequent to, the
finding that the Commissioner's determination of deficiency should
be rejected as arbitrary and excessive.
For example, in Weimerskirch v.
Commissioner, 596 F.2d 358, 361 (9th Cir. 1979), the court held that
the Commissioner may not rely on a presumption of correctness of
deficiency 'in the absence of a minimal evidentiary foundation.'
Since the Commissioner in that case offered no evidence from which
it could even be inferred that Taxpayer engaged in the sale of
narcotics, introduced no records to substantiate the computations
made by IRS, and made no attempt to support the charge of unreported
income by 'any other means such as by showing net worth, bank
deposits, cash expenditures, or source and application of funds,'
the Notice of Deficiency was arbitrary. Id. at 362 (emphasis added).
See also Portillo v. Commissioner, 932 F.2d 1128, 1133 (5th Cir.
1991) (Commissioner was not entitled to a presumption of correctness
where the notice of deficiency lacked any 'ligaments of fact' and
the Commissioner relied solely upon naked assertion; 'Commissioner
would merely need to attempt to substantiate the charge of
unreported income by some [] means, such as by showing the
taxpayer's net worth, bank deposits, cash expenditures, or source
and application of funds.'); Carson v. United States, 560 F.2d 693
(5th Cir. 1977) (single $10 notebook entry and cryptic statement
that review of the records seized from the taxpayer 'revealed that
taxpayer received wagers' did not provide the Commissioner with a
presumption of correctness from the Notice of Deficiency
'particularly where none of the records or other evidence introduced
at trial by the government support[ed] such a revelation of wagering
activities.'); Tokarski v. Commissioner, 87 T.C. 74, 1986 WL 22155
(1986) (the presumption of correctness is not given effect in an
unreported illegal income case and Commissioner must come forward
with evidence linking the taxpayer to an income producing activity
only where 'there was no evidence that the Taxpayer had actually
received anything during the period in issue.')," Id., at 764.
In a series of decisions beginning
with Stout v. Commissioner, 273 F.2d 345, 350 (4th Cir. 1959), the
Fourth Circuit had developed this separate, subordinate procedural
scheme under which the burden of production during the first phase
of the suit can shift to the government. In Stout, that court held:
The Fourth Circuit later revisited
the question of the means by which the taxpayer may overcome the
"presumption of correctness" in Foster v. Commissioner, 391 F.2d 727
(4th Cir. 1968). In Higginbotham v. United States, 556 F.2d 1173,
1176 (4th Cir. 1977), Chief Judge Haynsworth, the author of Stout,
reformulated the approach taken in Foster:
"...[t]he discussion of the burden
of proof in Foster applies only to the procedural effects of the
presumption that an assessment is accurate. Once a taxpayer
has introduced evidence sufficient to support a finding that the
assessment is wrong, Foster prevents the Government from simply
resting on the presumption and requires it to come forward with some
evidence
to support a conclusion that the
assessment is correct in spite of the taxpayer's evidence. But the
taxpayer continues to bear the risk of nonpersuasion. Foster does
not relieve the taxpayer of the burden of proving the government's
assessment wrong by a preponderance of evidence."
The court in Cebollero, 967 F.2d,
at 991, recounted what it had stated in Higginbotham:
"Higginbotham has not been
uniformly interpreted as reaffirming Stout. In Anastasato v.
Commissioner, 794 F.2d 884, 887 (3d Cir. 1986), the Court cited
Stout for the proposition that the ultimate burden as to the amount
of a deficiency can 'shift' to the Commissioner. The Court
erroneously cited Higginbotham, however, as standing for the view
that the burden of persuasion remains on the taxpayer even after the
'presumption of correctness' has been overcome. It is worth
emphasizing that there is no such inconsistency in our cases. In
this Circuit, the Commissioner always has the burden of persuasion
as to the amount and existence of any deficiency."
In summary, there are many cases
which have held that an assessment like the one here dated September
16, 1991, is nothing more than a "naked" assessment which will not
even be enforced civilly; proof of that "nakedness" is derived from
Silkman's proposed Ex. 106. If such an assessment is invalid for
civil purposes, it is equally invalid here where the burden of proof
clearly fell upon the Government.
http://bulk.resource.org/courts.gov/c/F2/932/932.F2d.1128.90-4343.html
http://fly.hiwaay.net/~becraft/Silkmanbrief.htm
In fiscal year 2010 the IRS made over 15
million contacts that taxpayers might regard as examinations, but
treated only 1.6 million as "real" examinations, subject to
real examination and taxpayer protections
procedures. 78% of the
"real"
examinations were handled by correspondence in a highly-automated
campus setting.
IRS
closed
4.336.000 Automated Underreporter cases, such as with the CP2000 &
CP2501 notices.
http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-utl/2011_arc_revenueprotectionmsps.pdf
|
|
|